Land Warfare Development Centre Army Doctrine Publication AC 71940
Land Operations
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS & CONDITIONS OF RELEASE
COPYRIGHT
This publication is British Ministry of Defence Crown copyright. Material and information contained
in this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system and transmitted for MOD use
only, except where authority for use by other organisations or individuals has been authorised by a
Patent Officer of the Defence Intellectual Property Rights whose details appear below.
Crown copyright and Merchandise Licensing, Defence Intellectual Property rights, Central Legal
Services, MOD Abbeywood South, Poplar 2 #2214, Bristol BS34 8JH, Email: DIPR-CTM@mod.uk
STATUS
This publication has been produced under the direction and authority of the Chief of the General
Staff by ACOS Warfare branch in his capacity as sponsor of Army Doctrine. It is the individual’s
responsibility to ensure that he or she is using the latest version of this publication. If in doubt the
individual should contact the Warfare Branch of HQ Field Army (details below).
The contents constitute mandatory regulations or an MOD Approved Code of Practice (ACOP) and
provide clear military information concerning the most up to date experience and best practice
available for commanders and troops to use for operations and training. To avoid criminal liability
and prosecution for a breach of health and safety law, you must follow the relevant provisions of
the ACOP. Breaches or omissions could result in disciplinary action under the provisions of the
Armed Forces Act.
DISTRIBUTION
As directed by ACOS Warfare.
CONTACT DETAILS
Suggestions for change or queries are welcomed and should be sent to Warfare Branch Editor,
Headquarters Field Army, Land Warfare Development Centre, Imber Road, Warminster BA12 0DJ
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
| i
Foreword
CGS Foreword to ADP Land Operations
ADP Land Operations is the British Army’s core doctrine. It provides the framework of
understanding for our approach to combat and to operations. It is the foundation for all of
our tactical doctrine. It recognises that the nature of warfare remains constant: it remains
visceral and violent, characterised by friction, in which the simplest things become difficult;
its outcomes are more often about the effects on peoples’ minds than they are about
physical effects; and it is always about politics. This new edition is necessary because the
character of conflict has evolved significantly due to the pervasiveness of information.
The context is complex and dynamic. We live and fight in a goldfish bowl. There are few secrets
any longer. We have access to multiple audiences and they have access to us. No longer is
there a clear distinction between war and peace. We live in an era of constant competition
and confrontation in which our adversaries exploit the grey area short of combat operations
to seek advantage. There is no boundary between what happens abroad and what happens
at home. Success is more likely to be achieved through non-military or non-lethal means, and
invariably it is the triumph of the narrative that is decisive, not necessarily the facts on the
ground. The battlefield is increasingly decentralized with a premium placed on the talent of low
level leadership and its understanding of the strategic context. And the expectations of military
restraint, as well as the complexity of the legal context, constrain commanders as never before.
The two central ideas in British Doctrine remain constant. The requirement for Mission
Command and the Manoeuvrist Approach has not changed, however the latter is focused
on the enemy – and in this complex and dynamic environment manoeuvre has to take
account of a much broader audience than simply the ‘enemy’. A new idea is therefore
required - this is called Integrated Action. It is a unifying doctrine that requires commanders
first to identify their outcome; second to study all of the audiences that are relevant to the
attainment of the outcome; third to analyse the effects that need to be imparted on the
relevant audience; before determining the best mix of capabilities, from soft through to
hard power, required to impart effect onto those audiences to achieve the outcome.
Put simply, doctrine is not just what is taught, it also captures a set of beliefs – the beliefs
that underpin how we practise our profession. ADP Land Operations should be read by all,
applied at the appropriate level, and used intelligently as the framework of understanding
to inform our Army’s development in this increasingly complex and dynamic context.
CGS
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ii |
Preface
Army Doctrine Publication (ADP) Land Operations is the primary source of doctrine for
UK land operations. Building on the foundations laid by higher-level North Atlantic
Treaty Organisation (NATO) and Defence doctrine, it provides the philosophy and
principles that guide land forces’ approach to operations. As the capstone doctrine
of UK land forces, its philosophy and principles inform the practices and procedures
in the Army Field Manual (AFM) series, handbooks and aides-memoire.
ADP Land Operations is required reading for all land force commanders from sub-unit upwards
and for staff officers working in the land environment. They must explain the doctrine to their
subordinates and so ensure that the whole land force operates in accordance with its principles.
It is also useful for allies, joint staffs, civil servants and civilians working alongside land forces.
Unless otherwise specified, all definitions used in ADP Land Operations are consistent with
those of NATO Allied Administrative Publication (AAP) 06, NATO Glossary of Terms.
ADP Land Operations has three parts.
Part 1 establishes the context which informs the fundamentals of land doctrine.
Chapter 1 describes the nature of conflict, of the land environment and
of land forces, how the character of conflict changes, and key aspects of
contemporary conflict. It identifies important implications for land forces.
Chapter 2 examines the UK national context and describes the NATO framework
of operations and relationships within which operations are conducted.
Chapter 3 describes the three components of land forces’
Fighting Power: conceptual, moral and physical.
Part 2 describes the fundamentals of land doctrine.
Chapter 4 explains Integrated Action, a unifying doctrine, which guides
the orchestration and execution of operations whether the task is any
combination of fighting, engagement, security or support.
Chapter 5 describes the Manoeuvrist Approach, the British Army’s fighting
doctrine for the tactical level, specifically focused on the enemy.
Chapter 6 is concerned with Mission Command, the
command philosophy of the British Army.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
| iii
ii |
Part 3 introduces how operations are conducted. These subjects
are covered in greater detail in the AFM series.
Chapter 7 explains interoperability, how land forces organise for operations, and how
they support and are supported by other components.
Chapter 8 provides general guidance on how operations are planned and conducted
to achieve Integrated Action. It explains the tactical functions, operational art, various
doctrinal frameworks and provides a summary of the tactical activities that contribute to
Integrated Action.
Chapter 9 describes wider aspects of command (in the context of Mission Command),
the characteristics of the commander and staff, how operations are controlled and the
operations process.
Chapter 10 is concerned with sustainment of land operations, its philosophy and
principles and how it is planned and executed.
ADP Land Operations continues the evolution of modern land forces capstone doctrine,
from British Military Doctrine (1989) and its associated five volumes of ADPs, to ADP Land
Operations (2005) and ADP Operations (2010).
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
iv |
Contents
FOREWORD i
PREFACE ii
PART 1 - CONTEXT OF OPERATIONS P1
CHAPTER 1 - NATURE AND CHARACTER OF CONFLICT 1-1
Introduction 1-1
The nature of conflict 1-2
The land environment 1-3
Land forces 1-4
The character of conflict 1-5
Implications of the nature and character of conflict 1-8
ANNEX 1A - Principles of war 1-11
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL AND OPERATIONAL CONTEXT 2-1
Introduction 2-1
UK context 2-1
Campaign authority, legitimacy and legality 2-2
Military frameworks of operations 2-4
Operational relationships 2-8
Joint 2-8
Inter-agency 2-9
Multinational 2-10
Whole force approach 2-12
UK land forces contribution to strategy and joint operations 2-13
CHAPTER 3 - FIGHTING POWER 3-1
Introduction 3-1
The conceptual component 3-3
The moral component 3-8
The physical component 3-13
Readiness, deployability and recovery 3-16
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
| v
iv |
PART 2 - FUNDAMENTALS
CHAPTER 4 - INTEGRATED ACTION
Introduction
Understanding and the audience
Integration of actions to achieve desired outcomes
CHAPTER 5 - MANOEUVRIST APPROACH
Introduction
Requirements
Psychological impact of the Manoeuvrist Approach
Seizing and holding the initiative
Shaping understanding
Attacking will and cohesion
CHAPTER 6 - MISSION COMMAND
Introduction
Context
Nature of command
Mission Command
Principles of Mission Command
Application of Mission Command
PART 3 - CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS
CHAPTER 7 - ORGANISING FOR OPERATIONS
Introduction
Interoperabilty
Organisation of land forces
Relationships of land forces to other components and capabilities
The air component
The maritime component
The special forces component
The logistic component
Cyberspace
P2
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-4
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-4
5-4
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-2
6-4
6-5
6-7
P3
7-1
7-1
7-1
7-4
7-7
7-8
7-10
7-12
7-15
7-16
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
vivi ||
CHAPTER 8 - ORCHESTRATING AND EXECUTING OPERATIONS
Introduction
Operational overview
The tactical functions
Operational art
Doctrinal frameworks
Tactical activities
ANNEX 8A - Basis of understanding
ANNEX 8B - Centre of gravity analysis
ANNEX 8C - Operational themes and types of operations
CHAPTER 9 - COMMANDING OPERATIONS
Introduction
Principles of command
The human components of command
Command relationships
Control of operations
The operations process
ANNEX 9 - UNDERSTANDING RISK
CHAPTER 10 - SUSTAINING OPERATIONS
Introduction
Terminology
Philosophy and principles
Functional groupings
Planning
Execution
INDEX
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
8-1
8-1
8-1
8-3
8-10
8-12
8-17
8A-1
8B-1
8C-1
9-1
9-1
9-1
9-3
9-6
9-7
9-9
9A-1
10-1
10-1
10-1
10-2
10-4
10-5
10-7
11-1
G1
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
vi |vi | | P1
PART 1
Context of operations
Part 1 provides the context from which flow
the fundamentals of land doctrine. While the
nature of conflict endures, the character evolves.
Certain themes are likely to shape the character
of contemporary conflict into the early 2020s.
These include the continued proliferation and
speed of information, and the instability of a
world characterised by constant competition
between an array of actors, many of whom seek
to undermine the international rules-based order.
As well as through traditional tactics and strategies
in the physical domain, we and our opponents
increasingly use and contest the virtual domain,
through digital media and cyber. The information
age allows adversaries – unconstrained by Western
policy, ethical and legal codes – to exploit our
vulnerabilities in novel ways. It also means that
for UK land forces, and our allies and partners,
tactical success is increasingly difficult to achieve
in purely physical terms. Most importantly, it is not possible to translate tactical success into
desirable political outcomes without gaining favourable consensus among multiple audiences.
Part 1 – Context
Nature and character of conflict
National and operational context
Fighting Power
Part 2 – Fundamentals
Integrated Action
Manoeuvrist Approach
Mission Command
Part 3 – Conduct of operations
Organising for operations
Orchestrating and executing
operations
Commanding operations
Sustaining operations
Chapter 1 describes the nature and character of conflict and their implications for land
forces. Chapter 2 summarises the national context and higher level conceptual frameworks,
common across NATO, which aid understanding of the land force contribution to operations.
Chapter 3 explains how the concept of Fighting Power is applied by UK land forces.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 1
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Nature and character
of conflict
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
4 |4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
4 |4 | | 1-1
CHAPTER 1
Nature and character of conflict
Introduction
1-01. The nature and character of conflict are different.
The fundamental nature of conflict does not
change; it is adversarial, human and political.
Yet each conflict has a different character.
1-02. The timeless aspects of land conflict are the
nature of conflict, the land environment, and the
inherent attributes of armies. The character of
conflict changes continuously, as a consequence
of a number of factors, including the politics and
technology of the age, and each conflict’s unique
causes, participants, technology and geography.
Nature and character
of conflict
Introduction
Nature of conflict
Land environment
Land forces
Character of conflict
Implications
Annex
Principles of War
When the UK is a participant, our particular political, economic, geographic
and historical position becomes a factor in the character of the conflict that we
experience. Because each conflict is unique, a single description of the character
of contemporary conflict is not possible. But it is important to understand the
factors that influence character, and the general implications of those factors.
The first, the supreme, the most far-reaching act of judgement that the statesman and
commander have to make is to establish…the kind of war on which they are embarking;
neither mistaking it for, nor trying to turn it into, something that is alien to its nature.
Carl von Clausewitz
1-03. The concept of the nature and character of conflict informs our approach
to doctrine, force design, education and training. Deductions from the
nature of conflict inform enduring principles and ideas, while those from the
character of conflict allow us to prepare appropriately for the requirements of
contemporary operations. It is essential to draw on both in the right balance.
1-04. This chapter first describes the enduring nature of conflict, the land environment and
armies. It then examines how the character of contemporary conflict is affected by
three particular aspects: the way people communicate; the proliferation and power of
weapons; and evolving strategies and tactics. It concludes with the implications of the
nature and character of conflict for land forces, and, in Annex 1A, the Principles of War.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-2 |
The nature of conflict
Unless you know the actual circumstances of war, its nature and its relation to other things,
you will not know the laws of war, or how to direct war and how to win victory.
Mao Tse Tung
1-05. Whether the belligerents are states or other entities, all armed conflict is essentially
adversarial, human (involving friction, uncertainty, violence and stress) and political.
1-06. Conflict is a reciprocal contest of will, in which multiple adversaries and
actors act and react to each other, often unpredictably, in a struggle to succeed.
Adversaries seek constantly to mitigate their own weaknesses, avoid opponents’
strengths, and focus instead on aligning their strengths against weaknesses.
1-07. As human dynamics lie at the heart of all conflict, it follows that the nature of conflict
will continue to be influenced by and represent the entire spectrum of human behaviour,
emotion and capability. As a human activity, it cannot be reduced to scientific templates
and principles, but relies on initiative, enterprise and intelligence. Conflict will always
be a violent contest between humans, marked by friction, uncertainty, chaos, violence,
danger and stress, affecting the participants’ will to fight and function. As social animals
who respond to leadership and friendship, we tend to organise ourselves to fight in
hierarchical groups. Our physiology limits what we can do physically; we cannot go
for long without food, sleep and shelter, for example. Our psychology means that our
decisions and behaviour are informed by our perceptions of what is happening. These
subjective perceptions contribute to the enduring unpredictability of conflict on land.
a. Friction frustrates action; makes the simple difficult; and the difficult seemingly
impossible. Friction may be mental, perhaps caused by indecision, or physical, for
example caused by the effects of violence. While friction can be imposed upon
opponents with great effect, it can also be imposed on us by an adversary or the
environment, or be self-induced, for example by a poor plan, process or organisational
structure.
b. No matter how much information there is in conflict, a ‘fog of war’ that can lead
to uncertainty and chaos will always descend. Chaos might be deliberately used by
enemies, and presents opportunities for the bold to seize.
c. The threat or use of violence is the means by which one side in armed conflict
ultimately seeks to impose their will upon the other. Violence can result in bloodshed,
destruction and human suffering. Applying appropriate violence at the right time and
place can be decisive.
d. Combat can be horrific, and violence, danger, stress, fear, exhaustion, isolation and
privation, or their prospect, adversely affect the will of all those involved. Success in
battle is as often decided by the psychological ability of each side to withstand these
shocks as it is by physical results.
1-08. The use or threat of violence to achieve political objectives has endured through
the ages. Clausewitz’s observation that “war is not merely an act of policy but a true
political instrument, a continuation of political intercourse, carried on with other means”
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-2 | | 1-3
remains relevant today. Confrontation and conflict involve persistent political competition
and disagreement, which from time to time are manifested in armed violence; all
conflicts are blends of ‘battlefield’ and ‘non-battlefield’ engagements. Conflict is a
means to an end, not an end in itself. The initiation, continuance and termination of
conflict are all political decisions, and so the employment of the military instrument
of power ought to be in pursuit of political objectives. The pervasive nature of politics
in conflict shapes the manner in which operations are conducted by land forces.
The land environment
1-09. The land environment has human, information and physical aspects. Most people live
in towns, cities and villages, and increasingly in coastal regions. There are very few areas
in which no people live; even then, most apparently unpopulated space is a resource
that supports the population in some way. People exist in linguistic, cultural, social, and
political groups with specific identities, usually associated with particular territories.
These territories typically take the form of states, or regions within or between them.
1-10. The significance of territory is, therefore, associated with group identity
and access to resources; it is often rooted in deep cultural and historical
factors as well as in governments’ obligations to provide security for
their people. Competition for territory and resources, and issues such as
injustice and lack of representation are often at the root of conflict.
1-11. Because of its significance, the physical capture and occupation of territory, or the credible
threat to do so, has often been regarded as decisive. But, the ultimate decision is political
rather than physical; people have to decide whether or not to accept the facts on the
ground. Land forces, by dint of their presence among and proximity to the people, provide
an important and usually necessary contribution to achieving these political outcomes.
1-12. The land environment is also shaped by the way that information is exchanged
between individuals, tribes, ethnic and interest groups, and countries. This
communication can be verbal, directly between people, through radio, television,
and online. Human interaction is expanding and accelerating as information flows
in the virtual domain increase. In the new information landscape, any digitally
connected person has the ability to shape public understanding of and consensus for
(or against) a conflict, or be influenced by other actors who exploit these means.
1-13. Terrain in the land environment is varied and complex, with open grassland, cultivated
land, forests, mountains, deserts, jungles, rivers, swamps, urban and littoral areas.
Each creates constraints and freedoms, placing different demands on the people and
equipment that operate within them. Terrain can block or enable communication,
provide cover from detection or attack, and obstruct or enable movement. Movement
on land is impeded by obstacles that land forces must overcome. Land forces have
to be highly adaptable and resilient to operate in these different conditions.
1-14. The land itself can also be altered by human activity. Obstacles can be cleared and
roads built to enable access. Globally, the phenomenon of urbanisation is creating
physically, culturally and institutionally complex cities that are challenging for military
forces operating in them. In the littoral, the complexities of the urban environment for
land forces are amplified. Other strategic trends, including competition for resources,
economic inequality and climate change continue to dictate where and how people live.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-4 |
1-15. Climate accentuates the demands of terrain. It also affects visibility,
movement and communication. Climate can bring danger and threaten our
very survival, but it also brings opportunities that sustain life and provide
protection. Night operations can provide cover and the element of surprise,
but strain the ability to retain effective command and control.
Land forces
1-16. The capability of armed forces is often described using the concept of Fighting
Power. Fighting Power consists of three components: conceptual (the ideas behind
how to operate and fight); moral (the ability to get people to operate and fight);
and physical (the means to operate and fight). Land, maritime and air forces all
have Fighting Power, but they have different, yet complementary attributes.
1-17. The nature of conflict and the land environment are timelessly relevant to all land
forces. They inform the concept of land power, and the attributes of land forces
that inform doctrine and force design. Building on these attributes, a land force
needs certain qualities if it is to be able to exercise land power effectively.
1-18. Military power is mainly divided into complementary
maritime, land, air and space power, alongside cyber
Land power
and information capabilities. Land power is the
The ability to exert
ability to exert control within the land environment
control within the land
and to influence the behaviour of actors and the
environment and to
course of events. Air and maritime power can be
influence the behaviour
applied to the land, but cannot fully control the
of actors and the course
land; this can only be done from within the land
environment by land forces (often with the essential
of events.
support of maritime, air and space power).
1-19. All land forces, regular or irregular, have four inherent attributes. Each attribute has
advantages that can be used, but also disadvantages that have to be avoided or mitigated.
a. The primary attribute of any land force is its people. Land conflict is a human activity,
between individuals and groups of individuals. Each of these participants has their
own perceptions and interpretations of the environment. Land forces, therefore,
are complex organisations, requiring moral as well as structural cohesion and deep
hierarchies of command. They can be difficult to direct, so decentralised command
systems tend to work best. Large numbers of people can also be expensive and lead to
competition with other sectors of society requiring skilled personnel. Land forces are
particularly reliant on high quality leadership, education and training at all levels.
b. Land forces’ presence on the ground means that they operate in close proximity
to people and terrain. Soldiers are able to gain access to people and communicate
directly with them. This gives them the potential to develop detailed understanding of
the human, information and physical aspects of the environment. They can get close
enough to distinguish between different people and groups, adjusting their approach
accordingly. They present a particular kind of threat to adversaries, and are uniquely
able to reassure and secure neutral and friendly people. Land forces can manoeuvre
over ground, or via air or water, to take physical possession of terrain, or they can
physically defend or secure it. The presence of land forces, therefore, is often essential
for success which may only be achievable by fighting. The same presence, however,
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-4 | | 1-5
can also disturb local relationships, cause people to feel threatened, and become a
focus for resistance to which land forces are uniquely vulnerable. Sometimes this threat
is mitigated by small or discreet deployments that contribute out of proportion to their
size. To operate effectively, land forces must be able to understand and cooperate with
local actors.
c. The attribute of persistence, the capacity of land forces to extend their presence
in an area for long periods of time, gives land forces the potential to deepen their
understanding of the local context, and develop engagement, control and influence.
Presence and persistence can be highly significant, if matched by political commitment.
Persistent engagement requires sustainment and protection commensurate with the
threats, the distance of the task from the home base and its duration.
d. Land forces have inherent versatility because they consist largely of organised groups
that can relatively easily conduct a very wide range of military and non-military tasks.
So even when optimised for warfighting, land forces can be adapted to support, for
example, stability and non-conflict activities such as humanitarian assistance and
disaster relief.
1-20. Although all land forces display these attributes, it does not follow that they are all
effective on operations. To be effective, land (as well as maritime and air) forces require
certain other qualities including: balance between their human and physical aspects; the
ability to start operations at the appropriate time and place and to continue for as long
as the operation demands; and the right level of force. The key quality which alters
these properties so they are relevant in new and changing situations is adaptability.
1-21. Although land forces are inherently versatile, they must be adaptable to deal with
new and changing situations. Future conflict cannot be predicted accurately, so land
forces must prepare for the most complex and demanding operations but be able
to adapt rapidly to specific operational requirements. Having adjusted to deal with
the new situation, the force must adapt during conflict. Adversaries and enemies
seek to deceive and surprise us, and themselves adapt: if we are to succeed we must
adapt more quickly than they do. Adaptability is explained further in Chapter 3.
The character of conflict
1-22. No two conflicts are the same and none retains a fixed character. Each is the
product of its era and of the particular conditions which apply at the time. The ever-
changing character of conflict is influenced by global political, economic, social, and
technological factors. Significant developments can cause marked changes to the
general character of conflict. Examples include the growth of democracy and the
invention of mass manufacturing. But the most significant impact has often been from
changes in technology, such as gunpowder, the internal combustion engine, wireless
communications, powered flight, nuclear weapons, computers and the Internet.
1-23. In addition, the goals of belligerents, their relative strengths and popular
support, as well as their tactics and strategies, will always differ and so give
each conflict its own unique character. Further, the character of any given
conflict does not remain constant; as a contest of wills, conflicts change over
their duration. Adversaries constantly adapt their tactics and strategies to
gain advantage, whilst technologies evolve and new threats emerge.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-6 |
No matter how clearly one thinks, it is impossible to anticipate precisely the character of
future conflict. The key is to not be so far off the mark that it becomes impossible to adjust
once that character is revealed.
Professor Sir Michael Howard
1-24. It is not possible to predict the exact character of contemporary conflict, because it is
constantly changing and each conflict is unique and evolves in its own way. Nevertheless,
certain trends and developments are apparent,1 of which global connectivity and the
accelerating flow of information are currently the most important. Although each
conflict must be examined in its own right, three inter-related aspects of contemporary
conflict are clear: the way in which people communicate; the proliferation and
ever-increasing power of physical weapons; and evolving strategies and tactics.
Initially, the Israeli military response to Hezballah [in 2006] was widely seen as justified, but
as time progressed and Hezballah successfully manipulated print, broadcast, and online
media, the world increasingly saw images of civilian casualties (both doctored and real)
and the tide of public opinion turned. There was a widespread sentiment regarding Israel’s
“disproportionate response,” and Israel was not successful in turning this tide.
United States Joint and Coalition Operational Analysis
Decade of War, Volume 1. Enduring lessons from the past decade of operations (2012)
1-25. Rapid and broad communication of messages and ideas flow across physical boundaries
through the virtual domain, energising the causes for which people fight. Adversaries
can develop and exploit recruitment, manipulation, mobilisation and targeting
opportunities, while promoting their own narratives of events, in competition with our
own. Our adversaries can share information and adapt more quickly than in the past.
1-26. Because of the proliferation of information, military activity is often immediately
visible to a local and global audience. The local audience includes enemies, adversaries
and a range of actors, from allies and partners to the local population. The global
audience is unbounded. Each of these groups interprets our activity through their
own lens, and each is influenced by others. Many actors are adept at presenting
military activity to the audience, magnifying, mitigating or altering it to influence
observers’ understanding of what actually happened. This is critically important
to us, our allies and adversaries, because the audience judges whether military
action achieves its political objectives. The impact of physical military activity can
have more immediate, wide-ranging consequences than in the past, for example
more quickly deterring, demoralising or stiffening the resolve of other actors.
1-27. As we and other actors become more and more reliant on sophisticated information
services, so the threat of cyber attack increases. This novel threat has the potential to
disrupt our information services and any systems that rely on electronic control systems.
1 DCDC’s Global Strategic Trends and the Army’s Agile Warrior programme provide detailed analysis of likely future trends.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-6 | | 1-7
1-28. As our military operations become more visible, and come under greater domestic
and international scrutiny and criticism, there is a higher expectation of military
restraint compared with the past. This often leads to legal and policy constraints on
our use of force additional to the requirements of international law. Many of our
actual and potential adversaries do not recognise international law, and do not have
the same constraints. They are able to exploit this situation to their advantage by,
for example, concealing themselves in the population, using tactics and weapons
not available to us, or causing us to be restricted by our own (legitimate) rules.
All planning, particularly strategic planning, must pay attention to the character of
contemporary warfare.
Carl von Clausewitz
1-29. The power of physical weapons continues to increase, and these weapons are
often available to irregular forces. Chemical weapons are used and biological,
nuclear and radiological weapons remain a threat. Fires and explosives continue
to dominate and shape the tactical battlespace, whether, for example, delivered
by long range rocket systems or in the form of improvised explosive devices.
These are what destroy things and kill and injure people; therefore they have the
greatest resonance in the eyes of the participants and observers of conflict.
1-30. Air power remains a critical factor in the successful application of land power,
and space capability is increasingly important. Aircraft are a very powerful
and effective means of delivering fires, and they are a key contributor to
intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance (ISR), and sustainment. Those states
able to use space have particular strengths in ISR and communications.
1-31. The proliferation of commercially available technology means that secure
communications, cyber capabilities, and surveillance systems including unmanned
air systems are easily acquired or improvised, even by irregular forces.
1-32. The recent period has seen the emergence of the concept of ‘hybrid warfare’.
This describes strategies that are not new, but which are increasingly employed by
state and non-state actors. Potential adversaries are demonstrating the will and
capability to undermine Western operational capability, resolve and legitimacy
by blending conventional and unconventional forms of conflict, using both
attributable and non-attributable methods. These include posturing, provocation
and persuasion in the physical and virtual domains; subversion; and economic
and cyber warfare, with or without the employment of conventional military
forces. This ‘hybrid’ threat to the international rules-based order can be applied
in a way that remains below formal Western military response thresholds.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-8 |
Implications of the nature and character of conflict
(In spite of…changes), the task of the soldier in the front line remains as it has always
been, and the soldierly virtues and skills he needs remain remarkably unchanged. He must
be skilled in the use of his weapons and of ground; he must be alert, steadfast and brave,
and must be able to endure hardship of every kind. He must be prepared to stay where he
is or to move forward in the face of firepower…risking wounds or death, and himself be
prepared to kill.
Field Marshal Car ver
1-33. Certain implications for UK land forces and doctrine can be
derived from the land environment, the nature and character
of conflict and the attributes inherent in land forces.
1-34. There are four functions of Land Power – to fight, engage, secure and support. They draw
on the attributes of Land Forces and can be exercised independently or in combinations.
a. The fundamental capability of land forces is to
fight in the most demanding
circumstances. This capability underpins the other three functions; gives credibility
to deterrence, coercion and containment and other strategies; and is essential for
interventions and territorial defence.
b. Land forces can
engage with a range of actors and audiences, directly and indirectly,
contributing to understanding, influence and conflict prevention.
c. Land forces are particularly able to secure and protect people and places persistently
in the land environment. This includes providing security in support of inter-agency
stabilisation and reconstruction.
d. Land forces can
support and assist state and non-state institutions. They can provide
mass and presence as well as specialist capabilities.
1-35. In a single conflict environment, land forces may simultaneously perform all four
functions (fight, engage, secure, support), integrating different types of operation. For
example, while one element of the force is conducting high intensity combat operations,
others may be engaged in humanitarian relief, counter-insurgency or capacity building.
Each type of operation may also contain the full range of tactical activities – offensive,
defensive, enabling and stability. The relationship between types of operations, activities
and conflict can be visualised as a mosaic of conflict, formed of small pieces, all
of which are required to see the full picture. Each piece of the mosaic represents a
tactical activity or group of activities. This is explained in full in paras 2-16 to 2-18.
1-36. Land conflict today requires a force and soldiers with high contemporary skills. Conflict
involves new technologies, emerging threats, many potential operating environments,
and adversaries and enemies who seek to deceive and surprise us. Within the land
force, a broad range of skills are required, from highly sophisticated technical and cyber
knowledge to proficiency in languages and psychology, to individual physical robustness.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-8 | | 1-9
1-37. Land forces require highly effective leadership. Morale, will, adaptation and
the ability to cooperate with others are all essential requirements of land
forces, and are given strength by leadership throughout the hierarchy and
in all elements of the force. Commanders must inspire confidence and be
decisive and resilient in the face of adversity, judicious and flexible.
We had to arrange their minds in order of battle, just as carefully and as formally as other
officers arranged their bodies; and not only our own men’s minds, though them first; the
minds of the enemy, so far as we could reach them; and thirdly, the mind of the nation
supporting us from behind the firing line, and the mind of the hostile nation waiting the
verdict, and the neutrals looking on.
TE Lawrence
1-38. As the audience’s judgement is an increasingly significant factor in contemporary
conflict, operations must be designed and conducted accordingly. No conflict has a purely
military solution, and overall success requires favourable consensus among a diverse
audience. How we say, how we behave and what we do, influence how we are seen
must be consistent and appropriate. At the margin, a neutral or nearly neutral outcome
of military action can be turned into a success or a failure by how it is perceived.
Loss of hope rather than loss of life is the factor that really decides wars, battles and even
the smallest combats. The all time experience of warfare shows that when men reach the
point where they see, or feel, that further effort and sacrifice can do no more than delay
the end, they commonly lose the will to spin it out, and bow to the inevitable.
BH Liddell Hart
1-39. Because military force is used to achieve political outcomes, it should be consciously
aimed at altering people’s behaviour. The application and threat of force, and the
gaining and retention of physical objectives should be used to affect people’s decision
making in ways consistent with our goals. For this reason, in combat physical destruction
and damage is used to achieve two things: an immediate local reduction in enemy
capability; and more importantly, wider damage to the enemy’s will and cohesion.
The most efficient and often most effective way to achieve this is by creating and
attacking weaknesses to demoralise and disintegrate the enemy, rather than attacking
strength head-on to destroy as much equipment, manpower and materiel as possible.
1-40. As well as fighting and providing security, land forces are in a position to
communicate directly with individuals and groups involved in a conflict.
To change or maintain the behaviour of these actors, land forces should
integrate the use of force with communications in a mutually reinforcing
way. In turn, to achieve political outcomes, they must integrate their activity
with that of the diplomatic and economic instruments of power.
1-41. The particular nature of friction in land conflict, coupled with the necessary organisation
of land forces, has implications for the way in which command is best conducted.
There are a number of methods, but decentralised command is highly effective in
hierarchical land forces operating in a context of friction, uncertainty and chaos. It
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1-101-10 ||
empowers leaders down to the lowest level, enabling subordinate commanders to
rapidly identify and exploit opportunities to achieve their commander’s intent.
1-42. If operations are to be effective, land forces must develop a good understanding
of the important aspects of the operating environment. This requires them
to comprehend the relevant human, information and physical aspects of a
given situation. It is particularly important to understand how to influence and
assess behaviour, and how the audience is likely to perceive our actions.
1-43. Land forces must develop interoperability at a number of levels. Within the force,
different specialist branches must cooperate in the field. The land force must also
cooperate with maritime and air forces, as well as with allies and other agencies.
1-44. It is essential that forces are held at the appropriate readiness so that they
can be prepared appropriately and applied at the right time and place.
1-45. The relative ease with which our activities can be observed, commented on
and interpreted by multiple audiences makes previous operational and non-
operational distinctions less valid. Even relatively minor armed conflicts have
potentially global consequences, for example through diaspora of people with
common identities or transnational economic dependencies. Actions and challenges
at home can have repercussions for deployed forces. Threats overseas can rapidly
migrate to the home base, requiring increased focus by land forces on homeland
resilience and security tasks in support of the civil authority. Moreover, how our
armed forces are perceived when they conduct ‘non-operational’ activity, for example,
training or recruiting, is increasingly likely to influence the operational audience.
The supreme art of war is to subdue the enemy without fighting.
Sun Tzu
1-46. Since the effects of even distant conflicts have consequences domestically and
for the international rules-based order, there is a strategic imperative for land
forces to contribute to improved security in relevant parts of the world. Military
power, complementary to other instruments of state power, can contribute
through early and persistent engagement overseas, capacity building of local
security forces, and by deterrence. In doing so, land forces can develop the
understanding, relationships and outlook necessary should conflict occur.
1-47. Above all, as each of these implications imply, the general character of conflict is
changing rapidly, and the conflicts in which we might be involved are many and
varied, it follows that to be effective, our land forces must be highly adaptable.
Principles of War
1-48. Throughout history, many military thinkers have proposed enduring Principles
of War, based on their assessment of the nature of warfare. These were
intended as guidelines to warfighting. Some thinkers thought that these could
be followed as if they were scientific rules, but the longstanding view now is that
effective land operations, deeply human as they are, are as much of an art as a
science. It follows that there are no rules that guarantee military success, only
guidelines. Despite the changes in the character of conflict, the UK’s Principles
of War remain highly relevant. They are listed and explained at Annex 1A.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
| 1A-1
1-10 |1-10 |
ANNEX 1A
Principles of War
The Principles of War provide comprehensive considerations at all levels
for planning and executing campaigns and operations. They are not absolute
or prescriptive, but provide a foundation for adversary-focused military activity and
doctrine. With the exception of the master principle, which is placed first, the relative
importance of each may vary according to context, and their application according to
judgement, common sense and intelligent interpretation. While the UK’s Principles of
War are consistent with the Principles of Operations applied by NATO, there are some
differences. Allied Joint Publication 01 Allied Joint Doctrine lists the principles of Allied
joint and multinational operations.
Selection and maintenance of the aim. Selection and maintenance of the aim
is the master Principle of War. When conducting military operations, at every level,
it is essential to select and define the aim clearly. The aim provides a focus for
coordinated effort and a reference point against which to assess progress. A hierarchy
of aims at different levels is required. There should be a strategic aim supported by
a number of operational aims, themselves supported by an array of tactical aims
which are steps on the path towards that strategic aim. Following this principle
prevents unnecessary activity and conserves resources. The overall aim must pervade
subordinate operations so that they contribute to achieving the desired outcome.
In practice, uncertainty, political reality and insufficient initial understanding of a
situation frequently conspire against setting an unambiguous aim from the outset.
Nevertheless, military commanders have an obligation to their subordinates, partners,
allies and political leaders to define a mission appropriate to their level of command,
based on their detailed understanding of the operational requirement and context. This
same understanding will also avoid blinkered rigidity. It also enables, through Mission
Command, identification of when a fresh aim is required as well as, exploitation of
success and adaptation to the ever evolving environment. The maintenance of the aim
ensures that the whole force remains focused on the outcome and every subordinate
on their commander’s intent.
Maintenance of morale. Morale is a positive state of mind – a will to win – which
depends on strong leadership. It consists of fighting spirit, moral cohesion, discipline,
comradeship, pride in self and unit, confidence in equipment and sustainment, and
a firm spiritual foundation. High morale enables a land force to fight offensively and
overcome the privations of conflict, not only for a single battle or engagement, but for
a campaign. It can inspire an army from the highest to the lowest ranks. Success in land
operations depends as much on moral factors as physical ones.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1A-2 |
Offensive action. It is through offensive action that a commander seeks to gain
advantage, sustain momentum and seize and retain the initiative. As it is an active
rather than passive approach, it is the primary means open to a commander to
influence the outcome of a campaign or a battle. Defensive operations that do not
include offensive action are often unsuccessful and rarely tactically decisive. Effective
offensive action relies on high morale and is often a way of gaining ascendancy over
the enemy and the confidence of allies and partners.
Security. An appropriate degree of physical security and information denial is essential
to all military operations. Security enables (and is in turn enhanced by) surprise and
deception, and is essential in preserving the capability of the force; ultimately it helps
to provide freedom of action. It involves the judicious management of risk, because in
conflict it is not possible to protect everything all of the time.
Surprise. Surprise is a potent psychological weapon, causing shock through
unexpected action in time, space and method. Enabled by security, surprise involves
using secrecy, concealment, deception, originality, audacity or tempo to confuse,
paralyse or disrupt effective decision-making, and undermine an adversary’s cohesion
and morale. Surprising an adversary is a significant way of seizing the initiative and
must be central to the design of all combat operations. Surprise is by nature transient,
as shock and confusion recede over time, so its effects should be exploited rapidly and
aggressively. Commanders should anticipate the effects of being surprised themselves
and make appropriate plans to safeguard their freedom of action.
Concentration of force. Concentration of force requires the decisive, synchronised
application of effort and resource at the critical point in time and space to achieve the
commander’s intent. The nature of the force concentrated will depend on the mission
and will include elements of manoeuvre, fires, information activities and capacity
building. The main effort describes the activity where a commander assigns the
greatest concentration of force. Commanders must accept that concentration of force
on the main effort can, however, create vulnerabilities and will entail economy of effort
elsewhere.
Economy of Effort. The consequence of concentration of force is economy of effort.
It is impossible to be strong everywhere, so if decisive strength is to be concentrated
at the critical time and place there must be no wasteful expenditure of effort where it
cannot significantly affect the issue.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1A-2 | | 1A-3
Flexibility. Flexibility is the ability to change rapidly, appropriately and effectively
to new circumstances. It comprises the versatility, responsiveness, resilience and
adaptability of the whole force. Versatility is the physical and structural ability to
perform many functions. Responsiveness is a measure of speed of action, reaction and
of how quickly the initiative can be seized or regained. Resilience is the degree to which
people and their equipment remain effective under arduous conditions or in the face of
hostile action. Adaptability embraces the need to learn quickly, to adjust to changes in
a dynamic situation, and to amend plans that, in the light of experience, seem unlikely
to lead to a suitable outcome.
Cooperation. Military operations are joint enterprises. Their success requires
cooperation between all participants. These include individuals and groups of actors
who may be military or civilian, governmental or non-governmental, national, allied
or from host nations. Within the land force, the cooperation of all arms in combined
arms forces is critical. Cooperation is best engendered through shared training,
which develops interoperability, team spirit and cohesion. It relies upon: mutual trust
and goodwill; unity of purpose, if not command; and common understanding of
responsibilities, capabilities and limitations.
Sustainability. Sustainability is the ability of a force to maintain the necessary level of
combat power for the duration required to achieve its objectives without culmination.
Fighting Power, freedom of action and operational success rest on the sustainability
of the force through every stage of a campaign, from force preparation through to
redeployment and recuperation. A rigorous assessment of logistic realities is essential to
operational planning; indeed, it is often the deciding factor in assessing the feasibility of
an operational choice.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 2
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
National and operational
context
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1A-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
1A-6 | | 2-1
CHAPTER 2
National and operational context
Introduction
2-01. Chapter 2 expands on the UK national context, introduces the important
concepts of campaign authority, legitimacy and legality, and describes the North
Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) framework of operations and relationships
within which operations are conducted. It concludes with a summary of
the contribution of UK land forces to strategy and joint operations.
UK context
2-02. The UK is a liberal democracy, an island nation in Europe, and a member of
many international political, economic and security-orientated organisations.
Notably, from a security perspective, the UK is a permanent member of the
United Nations Security Council and a member of NATO. Relatively small in size
and population, the UK has global economic, social and political responsibilities,
including for UK dependencies and citizens. Security threats include: terrorism,
cyber attack, international military conflict and the re-emergence of state based
threats, overseas instability, environmental, health and natural hazards.
2-03. In tackling these challenges, the UK government employs three instruments
of power: diplomatic, economic and military, all underpinned by information.
2
The military instrument can be costly and is relatively small; its resilience
depends on its ability to regenerate; and it is increasingly reliant on global
partners rather than on a national, strategic industrial base.
2-04. These geopolitical factors, as well as deductions from the nature and character of
conflict, inform the ways in which UK land forces approach and conduct operations.
a. UK land operations at any scale are almost always multinational, reflecting
relationships with allies and partners, and mitigating the relatively small size of our
land forces. Although capable of acting independently, alliances and partnerships are
fundamental to our approach to defence and security. Collective security is promoted
primarily, but not exclusively, through NATO and enduring bilateral relationships with,
for example, the United States and France. UK land doctrine, therefore, must be
coherent with NATO’s, with exceptions made clear.
b. The UK, like any country, cannot afford to lose the force. A warfighting division
constitutes the centre of gravity of the UK’s land forces. We must seek to apply
strength against vulnerabilities, always protecting the will and cohesion of the force.
c. UK land forces must be ready to deal with a wide variety of threats and conflict
situations. They must be able to adapt rapidly to new challenges, while supporting
Government strategy to prevent conflict and instability. They must be maintained
Note that NATO views information as a separate instrument of power.
See Allied Joint Publication (AJP) 01, Allied Joint Doctrine.
2
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-2 |
at the right level of competence and readiness. Major operations will be overseas
and almost always multinational. UK land forces must be effective operating within
formations larger than they possess, requiring understanding of and influence within
higher level allied formations.
Campaign authority, legitimacy and legality
2-05. UK Armed Forces are subject to political direction, democratic oversight,
and national and international law. For military actions to be effective in this
context, they must be legitimate and lawful, and be perceived as such.
2-06. Campaign authority is the authority established by international forces, agencies
and organisations within a given situation. It comprises four interdependent factors:
the perceived legitimacy of the mandate; the manner in which those exercising the
mandate conduct themselves, individually and collectively; the extent to which factions,
local populations and others consent to, comply with, or resist the authority of those
executing the mandate; and the extent to which the audience’s expectations are
met by those executing the mandate. Campaign authority is not simply granted to
the mission, but has to be earned and maintained. Without campaign authority, it is
difficult, if not impossible, to convert military success into desired political outcomes.
2-07.
Legitimacy encompasses the legal, moral, political, diplomatic and ethical propriety
of the conduct of military forces. As the justification for using force, and the manner
in which it is applied, legitimacy has collective and individual aspects, both of which
directly affect the utility of force. Legitimacy is based upon inter-related subjective
factors, such as the perceptions and beliefs of audiences, and objective legal matters.
For example, operations are increasingly subject to judicial oversight, reflecting political
responses to domestic expectations, themselves informed by regulated and unregulated
media reporting of military activities. When preparing for and conducting operations,
land forces must understand how their actions may be perceived by a global as well as a
domestic and local audience, ensuring that they act lawfully and ethically at all times.
2-08. The most fundamental and enduring requirement for campaign authority and legitimacy
is that our actions are lawful. The increasing incorporation of evolving Western civilian
norms into our legal system, resulting in increased judicial scrutiny of military conduct,
makes the legal dimension of operations both complex and potentially constraining.
The legal aspects described below are only an introduction to this important subject,
which requires focused study and training prior to and during operations
.3
a. Law and policy are different. Sometimes, constraints are imposed on commanders as
matters of policy, rather than law. Examples of these are rules of engagement (ROE),
and directives for targeting and the handling of captured personnel, which may restrict
military activity even though the law may be more permissive.
b. UK forces, whether overseas or in the UK, operate within a legal framework. All
service personnel, wherever they serve, are subject to Service lawas provided by the
Armed Forces Act 2006. However, in the UK, civilian authorities may exercise primacy.
Soldiers are held legally accountable through the Service Justice System for offences
covered by the Armed Forces Act 2006, irrespective of where the offence is committed.
3 See Joint Service Publication (JSP) 381, Aide-Memoire on the Law of Armed Conflict, JSP 383, Joint Service Manual
of the Law of Armed Conflict, and JSP 398 United Kingdom Manual of National Rules of Engagement.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-2 | | 2-3
When deployed, various international laws may also apply, including host nation law
and international human rights law. To these may be added rights and obligations
placed on the UK under a United Nations Security Resolution or bilateral/multilateral
agreements such as status of forces agreements, technical arrangements and
memoranda of understanding. On multinational operations, other nations’ forces may
not all be subject to the same legal framework – their applicable domestic laws, for
example, are likely to be different. The legal framework will vary between operations
and at different times and places within a campaign as it progresses.
c. Law governs the use of force in a number of ways. It regulates when states can
resort to using force, for example by sending their troops onto the sovereign territory
of another state. It also establishes how force can be lawfully used once those troops
have been deployed, whether in an armed conflict, on a peacekeeping mission or other
operation. It is important to distinguish between laws that regulate how a state may
act, and those that govern the conduct of individuals and units. Commanders at all
levels are responsible for ensuring that forces under their command operate within the
law. At the same time, each individual remains ultimately responsible in law for their
actions.
4
Despite the codification of much customary law into treaty form during the last one
hundred years, four fundamental principles still underlie the law of armed conflict. These
are military necessity, humanity, distinction, and proportionality. The law of armed conflict
is consistent with the economic and efficient use of force. It is intended to minimize the
suffering caused by armed conflict rather than impede military efficiency.
JSP 383 The Joint Ser vice Manual of the Law of Armed Conflict
d. Military operations must comply with the underpinning principles of the law of
armed conflict – military necessity, humanity, distinction and proportionality – so that
they are consistent with the wider ethical considerations from which the law is derived.
As well as governing the use of force, the law of armed conflict also, for example,
provides protections and rights for captured persons and prohibits acts of deception
that amount to perfidy. The basic principles of the law of armed conflict are described
in JSP 383 and summarised below:
(1) Military necessity requires that only the necessary amount of armed force
is applied. This force is controlled, lawful and directed towards achieving the
complete or partial submission of an enemy at the earliest possible moment, and
with the minimum expenditure of life and resources.
(2) The principle of humanity forbids the infliction of suffering, injury, or destruction
not actually necessary for the accomplishment of legitimate military purposes.
Also prohibited is the use of weapons, means and methods of warfare of a nature
that cause superfluous injury and unnecessary suffering.
(3) The principle of distinction demands that land forces distinguish between
enemy forces and non-combatants. Non-combatants include civilians and certain
individuals within an enemy force, most notably, for example, medical and
JSP 398 Annex A. 4
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-4 |
religious personnel. Any intentional direct attack against the civilian population or
civilian objects is prohibited and may amount to a war crime.
(4) Armed forces only use force in proportionality to the military end sought. What
is proportionate can only be judged in the particular prevailing circumstances at
the time. This judgement requires careful deliberation and will be informed at all
stages by considerations of the above three principles by individuals throughout
the chain of command.
e. Rules of Engagement (ROE) are commanders’ directives – in other words policy and
operational guidance – sitting within the legal framework rather than law themselves.
They are expressed as permissions and prohibitions which govern where armed forces
can go, what they can do and, to an extent, how and when certain actions can be
carried out. They are designed to ensure that action taken by UK forces is lawful and
consistent with government policy. They are also used to enhance operational security,
avoid fratricide and to avoid counter-productive effects which could destabilise a
campaign. ROE do not by themselves guarantee the lawfulness of action; it remains
the individual’s responsibility in law to ensure that any use of force is lawful. ROE do
not restrict the inherent and inalienable right of an individual to act in self-defence.
Military frameworks of operations
2-09. Land forces, as a component of the military instrument of power, conduct operations
within a framework that describe the levels and types of operations. This allows them
to harmonise their contribution to alliance, coalition, national and defence objectives.
2-10. The framework of the strategic, operational and tactical levels of warfare are used to
command, categorise and define military activity. The structure and discipline of these
levels help to maintain a clear integrity of purpose between the state, its armed forces
and their missions. The levels delineate delegated responsibilities for the use of armed
force, but these distinctions are not required to control economic and diplomatic power.
The levels of warfare are not tied to specific military levels of command. Depending
on the situation, corps, division, brigade, battlegroup or unit commanders may all
operate at either the operational or tactical level. It should be noted that the levels,
if they are recognised at all, may be interpreted or applied differently, depending
on the situation, by multinational partners and other government departments.
In highlighting the importance of the strategic level, David Fraser referred to Field Marshal
Alanbrooke as regarding the art of strategy as “…(determining) the aim, which is, or
should be, inherently political; to derive from that aim a series of military objectives to be
achieved; to assess these objectives as to the military requirements they create, and the
pre-conditions which the achievement of each is likely to necessitate; to measure available
and potential resources against the requirements; and to chart from this process a coherent
pattern of priorities and a rational course of action.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-4 | | 2-5
2-11. The strategic level is the level at which a nation or group of nations determines national
or multinational security objectives, and deploys national, including military, resources
to achieve them. Land forces require an understanding, at all levels, of the evolving
strategic context of their actions. In a globalised, networked battlespace, there are few
situations where tactical activity cannot have strategic consequences. Encompassing
all aspects of national, defence and military strategy, in the planning and execution
of operations, three aspects of strategy are particularly relevant to military forces.
a. A successful national strategy sets out a path, using the diplomatic, economic and
military instruments of power, to achieve government policy goals. Strategy usually
involves collaboration with other nations’ governments and armed forces and other
international organisations. In a multinational context, constituent states have their
own national strategies, which should be coherent with the remainder of the alliance
or coalition. National strategy consists of and should describe interdependent ‘ends’
(objectives of the strategy), ‘ways’ (methods) and ‘means’ (resources).
b. The military contribution to strategy is the application of military resources to
achieve national strategic objectives. During planning for operations, military planners
determine military objectives, identify freedoms and constraints, set out options for
the desired end-state and describe the military approach and resources required. This
enables coherent military advice to be given to UK Government decision-makers by the
Chief of the Defence Staff and the Chiefs of Staff. A decision is then made and the
campaign is conducted.
c. A successful campaign requires a strategic narrative, described in joint doctrine
5
as
communication that portrays a story designed to resonate in the mind of the audience
that helps explain the campaign strategy and operational plan. This message must
resonate to those deployed, and the domestic and broader international audience,
including in the conflict region. It will be contested; adversaries will create their own
narratives in support of their goals, or perhaps multiple narratives to confuse the
audience so that our narrative fails to gain traction. A compelling strategic narrative,
reinforced at operational and tactical levels and coherent with actions taken, has the
potential to be decisive in developing favourable public consensus and maintaining
campaign authority.
2-12. The operational level is the level at which campaigns and major operations are
planned, conducted and sustained to accomplish strategic objectives within theatres
or areas of operations. The operational level provides the gearing between the
strategic and tactical levels. Joint campaigns and operations are constructed and
directed at the operational level to fulfil national, alliance or coalition strategy. An
operational commander designs, plans, sequences and sustains a campaign according
to the authorised campaign plan. Joint doctrine concentrates on the operational
level, unifying tactical and environmental operations into a coherent campaign
through joint action. Joint action is defined as the deliberate use and orchestration of
military capabilities and activities to affect actors’ will, understanding and capability,
and the cohesion between them to achieve influence.
6
It is implemented through
the orchestration of information activities, fires, manoeuvre and outreach.
5 Joint Doctrine Publication (JDP) 3-00, Campaign Execution.
6 Ibid.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-6 |
2-13. The tactical level is the level at which activities, battles and engagements are planned
and executed to accomplish military objectives assigned to tactical formations and units.
It is at the tactical level that troops are deployed directly in tactical activities, using the
tactical functions. Couched in the context of the strategic and operational levels, the
focus of this Army Doctrine Publication is on how tactical land operations are conducted.
Tactics form the steps from which operational leaps are assembled; strategy points out the
path.
A A Svechin
2-14. British Army doctrine follows the NATO codification of operations themes, types of
operation and tactical activities.
7
This enhances interoperability
with allies and aids understanding of the mosaic of conflict. Those
relevant to land operations are shown in Figure 2-1.
Operations themes
Warfighting
Security
Peace
support
Defence
engagement
Types of operation
Tactical activities
Combat
Stability
Counter-irregular
activity (Counter-
insurgency, Counter-
terrorism, counter-
criminality)
Military contribution to
peace support
Military contribution to
humanitarian aid
Military contribution
to stabilisation and
reconstruction
Military support to
Capacity Building
Non-combatant
evacuation operation
Extraction
Military aid to the
civil authority
Offensive activities
Attack
Raid
Ambush
Exploitation
Pursuit
Breakout
Feint
Demonstration
Reconnaissance in force
Defensive activities
Defence
Delay
Enabling activities
Reconnaissance
Security
Advance to contact
Link up
Withdrawal
Retirement
Relief of troops in
combat and encircled
forces
March
Obstacle breaching
and crossing
Stability activities
Security and control
Support to security sector
reform
Support to initial
restoration of essential
services
Support to interim
governance tasks
Figure 2-1. Operations themes, types of operation and tactical activities
7 AJP-01. This codification replaces the framework of military activities.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-6 | | 2-7
2-15.
2-16.
2-17.
Operations may be assigned or described in terms of particular contextual themes.
These operations themes allow the general conditions of the operating environment
to be understood, informing the intellectual approach, resources available (including
force levels, rules of engagement and force protection measures), likely activities
required and levels of political appetite and risk. There are four themes, aligned
to the functions of land power: warfighting, security, peace support and
defence engagement.
8
These themes provide a framework for understanding
in general terms the context and dynamics of a conflict. A theme may be set at
the strategic level and form part of the narrative for operations, but this will not
necessarily happen. As a conflict evolves, the thematic designation may change. It is
important for the operational and strategic levels of command, informed by tactical
commanders, to anticipate the need for any change. Within a single operations
theme more than one type of operation will often occur simultaneously.
Within the operations themes, certain types of operation exist. They are not mutually
exclusive and are often concurrent with other types of operation within the mosaic of
conflict. As doctrinal definitions, they are neither designed nor do they necessarily correspond
to UK Defence planning tools or assumptions. Rather, they aid analysis and articulation
of complex missions and provide the essential gearing required to sequence a series of
tactical activities to achieve operational objectives. This doctrine groups types of operations
into combat, stability and military aid to the civil authority (MACA) operations. Stability
operations (which NATO describes as crisis response operations) and MACA are UK terms.
This doctrine also includes an additional, discrete type of operation described as capacity
building. Types of operation and operations themes are covered in more detail in Annex 8C.
Within all types of operation, land forces conduct all or some of a range of tactical
activities, often concurrently. The balance between the different activities varies from
one operation to another over time, as illustrated in Figure 2-2. Tactical activities are
either offensive, defensive, stability or enabling. In the mosaic of conflict a force may be
required to conduct all activities simultaneously. Also, these activities are not mutually
exclusive. A single force element may link them by a simple transition from one activity to
another without breaking contact with an enemy; for instance from a defensive activity
to an offensive one. Enabling activities are never conducted for their own sake; their
purpose is to enable or link other activities. Tactical activities are described in Chapter 8.
Figure 2-2. The balance of tactical activities, varying over time and between types of operation
AJP-01. Note that UK doctrine refers to defence engagement which is largely the same as NATO doctrine’s
description of peacetime military engagement, but is not constrained to peacetime situations.
8
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-8 |
Operational relationships
2-18. Operations and campaigns are unlikely to be conducted by a single Service or indeed by
armed forces alone, and will most likely be multinational. Successful strategy requires
more than military means; it depends on the cooperation of diplomatic, economic and
military instruments of power, and the alignment of ends (objectives), ways (methods)
and means (resources), underpinned by a compelling narrative. Land forces always
seek to combine arms and will rarely work in isolation, more often supporting or being
supported by air, maritime, special forces and logistic components as part of a joint force.
Also, although the UK may choose to act alone, contemporary political and economic
factors suggest that in most cases its forces are likely to operate as a contributing or
lead nation, within an alliance or as part of an ad hoc coalition. They will often also
work with regional or host nation partners. Most of the operations that land forces are
likely to participate in, therefore, will require joint, inter-agency and multinational
relationships.
9
The joint force also consists of regular and reserve military personnel,
civil servants and contractors, combined into a single team; this is described as the
whole force approach. This section provides a summary of these four relationships.
Joint
2-19. The term joint describes an operation or organisation is one in which elements
of at least two Services participate. More specifically, a joint operation is one
where scalable maritime, land, air and special forces operate together within a
single military force and/or command structure to achieve a specific mission or
missions, in peace, war or crisis. A joint approach is one of the foundations of
UK defence policy. Most campaigns in British military history have been joint; and
contemporary national, NATO and coalition operations are all joint, structured
according to the nature of the task. A joint approach combines capabilities to make
each of them more effective. In operations this requires that maritime, land, air,
special forces and logistic components are included in planning from the start.
Separate ground, sea and air warfare is gone forever. If ever again we should be involved in
war, we will fight it in all elements, with all services, as one single, concentrated effort.
President Eisenhower
2-20. In military terms, expeditionary campaigns are usually conducted by joint task
forces (JTFs), created specifically for an operation. These may be national,
coalition or NATO JTFs. JTFs are tailored to a mission, and furnished with the
capabilities necessary to achieve specified objectives. They are usually multinational
and their titles differ depending on the alliance or coalition involved.
2-21. JTF headquarters plan and conduct the campaign at the operational level. Their
subordinate force elements prosecute and coordinate battles and other tactical
engagements to achieve operational level objectives. In larger scale operations, including
major combat operations, a JTF will often exercise command through subordinate
land, air, maritime, special forces and logistic components. This structure brings
9 Commonly referred to as the combined, joint, inter-agency, intra-governmental and multinational (CJIIM) environment.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-8 | | 2-9
significant coherence to environmental activities, but land forces may not experience
the same depth or proximity of joint cooperation as they might be accustomed to in a
national or land-centric context. Indeed, in a land-centric campaign, command may be
conducted by a JTF (Land), integrating the components within a single headquarters,
alongside non-military actors and agencies. The JTF structure is designed to achieve
the campaign objectives, rather than satisfy individual Service requirements. In both
cases, the detail of the organisational structure is less important than the success of
the campaign, which depends on a flexible approach to command and control.
2-22. Generally components work together through ‘supported/supporting’ relationships,
maximising the overall effect of the joint force. A supported commander has
primary responsibility for all aspects of a task or line of operations assigned
by higher authority. A supporting commander provides augmentation or other
support to a supported commander, or develops a supporting plan. Land forces
always require support from the air component and may receive support from, or
give support to, any component for particular joint objectives in a campaign.
Inter-agency
2-23. Successful strategy requires an inter-agency approach to integrate the application of the
military, economic and diplomatic instruments of power, at all levels of command and
throughout the campaign. Ultimately states resort to the use of force when diplomatic
and economic power cannot achieve the outcome required. When military power is
used, it is in conjunction with the other two. It is, therefore, important to understand
which agencies function at the operational level, how they will affect the tactical level,
and the impact they will have on the conduct of operations. This inter-agency aspect of
operations includes supranational organisations, for example the UN; UK government
departments other than the Ministry of Defence, national intelligence agencies, host
nation or other indigenous partners, non-governmental organisations, humanitarian
groups, private security companies; and other contractors and commercial organisations.
2-24. To engender effective inter-agency relationships, the UK government seeks to engender
effective inter-agency relationships across all departments. This approach requires a
culture of collaboration and cooperation as well as structures developed to enable
shared understanding. Where activity cannot be synchronised or integrated it must
be deconflicted. This is described through the Full Spectrum Approach, which is
also referred to in other government departments as the Integrated Approach.
10
Similiarly, NATO doctrine describes a Comprehensive Approach in which military
and non-military actors contribute with a shared purpose, based on a common sense
of responsibility, openness and determination. This is facilitated by civil-military
interaction which applies at the strategic, operational and tactical levels.
2-25. By harnessing the three instruments of power, a full spectrum approach can increase
tactical freedom. It applies expertise where and when it is needed to improve
the prioritisation, synchronisation and coordination of activity. This approach
can contribute to a sense of stability because when power is exercised in a civil
context it creates perceptions of normality. There are also potential constraints
10 The Full Spectrum Approach will be described in the FSA Primer to be produced by DCDC. Although
both terms are current in government, the Full Spectrum Approach will be used in this book.”
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-10 |
that can be caused by an integrated or full spectrum approach. There might be
different perceptions of risk, competing resource priorities, language difficulties,
differences in operating procedures, clashes of organisational culture, or variations
in empowerment and operational objectives. Even within a common strategy,
all are potential sources of friction which could impact adversely on military
activity and consequently broader operational outputs. Ultimately, the test of
success lies not in the degree of cooperation, even though intrinsically valuable,
but in the complete, integrated outcomes achieved through cooperation.
2-26. Human relationships are decisive in making the approach work or fail. Underlying
the approach is the common desire to achieve unity of effort and an acceptance
that all three instruments of power are required for success. Military headquarters
and their command posts, because they are usually relatively well-resourced and
secure, can provide the physical means to enable a full spectrum approach.
Multinational
2-27. Although the UK retains the capability to conduct certain types of
overseas operations independently, Defence policy is described as
‘international by design’.
11
Multinational operations are the norm, whether
in alliances, coalitions or partnerships with host nation forces.
There is only one thing worse than fighting with allies, and that is fighting without them.
Winston S Churchill
2-28. Alliances exist between states for mutual benefits, which may be economic, diplomatic
or military. Military alliances can be between individual countries or based on an
alliance organisation, of which NATO is pre-eminent from the UK’s perspective. They
seek to develop shared strength during peacetime, working and training together
to build interoperability. Coalitions are formed as temporary alliances for common
action by two or more nations, or based around an alliance like NATO. They will
usually have an agreed lead nation. National policy envisages that most major overseas
military operations involving UK land forces will be as part of a coalition that will
probably be led by the United States. Coalitions and alliances bring mass, legitimacy
and diplomatic power but also friction. Land forces must be ready to adapt to the
requirements of a particular coalition. Although the stated purpose of an alliance
or the action required by a coalition may be clear, nations join them for a range
of reasons, explicit and unstated. Cooperation always has challenges, which are
exacerbated when alliance or coalition members do not have matched motives and
capabilities. In every case, national considerations will play out at the tactical level,
requiring commanders and staff to understand partners’ considerations and to exercise
diplomacy. There are, therefore, benefits and costs in joining coalitions and alliances:
11 National Security Strategy and Strategic Defence and Security Review, 2015.
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-10 | | 2-11
a. Membership of a coalition or alliance provides many benefits, particularly diplomatic
leverage to achieve international influence, not only to pursue a campaign but also to
shape that campaign in the national interest. This benefit is broadly in proportion to
the level of equity that a nation invests in the operation, with lead nations reaping the
greatest potential reward. Membership also confers: representation in the coalition
chain of command; unity and economy of effort, and a common purpose which adds
to legitimacy and provides access to capability and mass; a sharing of risks; and a share
of the benefits of a successful outcome from the campaign. Alliances and coalitions
concentrate resources and provide a range of options which most nations could not
generate independently.
b. Membership of a coalition or alliance means bearing a share of additional risks. It
demands interoperability, the pursuit of which can be expensive and time-consuming.
Membership can dilute national and military priorities. Coalitions may also include
new allies with which the land force has not developed interoperability, requiring
the force to adapt accordingly. Other costs include the need for consensus and a
consequent reduction in freedoms. If a campaign goes badly, it is difficult to disengage
from collective responsibility. The committal of resources to a coalition or alliance
reduces the freedom to conduct other tasks. Burden sharing can also undermine the
requirement for national military capabilities and versatile forces.
Where responsibility is to be shared, it is essential to have written agreement in advance
on how decision making and governance will operate within an alliance or coalition. The
UK normally acts with allies, as it did in Iraq. Within the NATO Alliance, the rules and
mechanisms for decision taking and the sharing of responsibility have been developed
over time and are well understood. The Coalition in Iraq, by contrast, was an ad hoc
alliance. The UK tried to establish some governance principles in the Memorandum of
Understanding proposed to the US, but did not press the point. This led the UK into the
uncomfortable and unsatisfactory situation of accepting shared responsibility without the
ability to make a formal input to the process of decision making.
Sir John Chilcot, The Iraq Inquiry (2016)
2-29. The extent of a force’s multinationality depends on a number of factors. The degree of
interoperability is the foundation that governs what is achievable. However, the nature
of the task is the deciding factor. Certain tasks are not achievable at certain levels unless
interoperability is very high. Also, the more deeply a force is integrated, the more likely
it is that a nation’s forces will come under the command of allied officers. Consequently,
the higher the risks involved in tactical activity, the more likely it is that national chains
will compete with, even supersede, multinational chains of command. This is also the
case when the deployment is close to a nation’s strategic interests. This is why unit level
multinationality is more common on peace support than it is on warfighting operations.
The design of a force will depend on judgement, balancing the strategic benefits of
the multinational arrangement with the tactical feasibility, limited by interoperability.
2-30. It is essential that joint, allied and coalition forces establish effective host nation
partnerships. The degree of support offered to and by host nation governments
and security forces is linked to its own political and social context as well as to the
campaign itself. A host nation may provide access, overflight or staging facilities
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-12 |
for joint forces to and from the area of operations. Alternatively it may be within its
territory that operations are conducted and it may provide military capability directly,
including its own land forces. We may work with a host nation partner to help improve
their external and internal security capability through direct or indirect capacity
building. In all cases, the nature of the relationship with host nations is likely to be
dynamic. They may exert their sovereignty in different ways during the campaign.
Their motivations and political interests may evolve and will affect how joint forces
conduct operations. Politics, culture, extant relationships, legitimacy and capabilities
all affect the character of host nation partnerships. Early engagement with and
understanding of organisations with which land forces may operate is fundamental
in forming effective partnerships. Defence Engagement provides one aspect of this.
Within a wider integrated or full spectrum approach, it sees land forces developing
relationships with host nation security forces in peacetime, and during and after conflict.
Whole force approach
2-31. The whole force approach
12
concerns the appropriate mix of individual people within
each group of Defence actors that contribute to operations. People are the defining
attribute of land forces, whether organised as part of or alongside combined arms,
joint or multinational formations. The operational challenges require people who are
agile, adaptable and together have the full range of knowledge, skills and experience.
2-32. The whole force approach places human capability at the heart of decision making,
ensuring that outputs are delivered by the right mix of capable and motivated
people. This mix might include regular and reserve service personnel, civil servants,
other civilians (including local nationals) and contractors. This approach enables and
requires land forces to draw on specialist expertise not normally held within regular
military establishments. In addition to seeing civil servants embedded within land
force structures, this may also include, for example, logisticians, cyber experts, or
medics from either the reserve forces or as contractors. Contractor support to
operations describes specific groups of contractors on deployed operations
(referred to as CONDO), private security companies and sponsored reserves.
2-33. The mix of individuals varies from operation to operation. Forces at very high readiness
usually comprise mostly regular personnel, while forces engaged on more enduring
stabilisation operations contain a broader mix. At the same time, the blurring of previous
distinctions between domestic and overseas operations and threats means that a whole
force approach is as relevant and necessary in the UK as in the deployed force.
Contractors need to be in our force design and generation from the outset. This will ensure
integration at the earliest opportunity and allow better planning to make certain that the
contractor produces the desired military effect.
Operation HERRICK Campaign Study (2015)
12 Previously described as “Total Support Force or the Whole Force Concept”
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
2-34. In the same way that relationships with multinational and joint partners are
improved through mutual understanding, working and training together, the
whole force approach will also benefit. Civilians and contractors work under
different terms and conditions to regular and reserve personnel. Their flexibility
and security requirements will vary, as will the assurance of their input.
UK land forces contribution to strategy and joint operations
2-35. The context of operations informs the enduring contributions that land
forces make to strategy and joint operations. UK land forces can:
a. integrate the effects of national instruments of power in the land environment;
b. defeat enemy land forces;
c. secure and hold terrain objectives, including access to areas of operations;
d. directly influence the behaviours of conflict actors, in conjunction with other
instruments of power;
e. enable other Services, instruments of power, partners and agencies to operate,
including through providing security, tactical understanding and interpersonal
relationships;
f. represent strong political commitment in support of national, alliance, coalition or
bilateral objectives, complementary to other instruments of power;
g. deter hostile and potentially hostile actors from aggression, as part of a credible and
capable joint force;
h. support the civil authorities in providing of homeland resilience and security; and
i. support conflict prevention and security improvement through persistent engagement
and capacity building.
2-12 | | 2-13
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Fighting Power
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
CHAPTER 3
Fighting Power
Introduction
3-01. Fighting Power is a concept that describes the
operational effectiveness of armed forces, or any
element of them. Common across Defence and
NATO,
13
the concept guides force development
and preparation. This chapter explains the
contextual characteristics of Fighting Power,
and then describes its three components:
conceptual, moral and physical. See Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1. Model of Fighting Power
3-02. The conceptual component is the force’s knowledge, understanding and application
of doctrine – the ideas behind how to operate and fight – kept relevant by its ability
to learn and adapt. The moral component is the force’s morale, leadership and ethical
conduct: the ability to get people to operate and fight and to do so appropriately.
The physical component consists of manpower, equipment, sustainability and
13 See AJP-01, AJP-3.2, Allied Joint Doctine for Land Operations and JDP 0-01, UK Defence Doctrine. Note that United States
Army doctrine does not use this model.
Fighting Power
• Introduction
• Conceptual component
• Moral component
• Physical component
• Readiness, deployability
and recovery
Context
Relative
Competitive
Environment
Actors
Physical
component
î‚„ Manpower
î‚„ Equipment
î‚„ Training and
collective
performance
î‚„ Sustainability
î‚„ Resources
Conceptual
component
î‚„ Understanding of
how to operate
î‚„ Flexibility to adapt
Moral
Component
î‚„ Morale
î‚„ Leadership
î‚„ Ethical
foundations
| 3-1
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
resources: the means to operate and fight. Training is considered as part of the
physical component, although it develops and integrates all three components. The
three components are interdependent. In some circumstances, one component can
be more important than the others. The level of Fighting Power is closely connected
to readiness: the more complete all the elements are, the higher the level of
readiness. The Fighting Power of a force element relies on the overall Fighting Power
of its Service, and on its ability to provide the necessary institutional support.
3-03. The Fighting Power of a Service or force must be adaptable if it is to be effective on
operations. A force must be balanced, able to start the operation at the appropriate
time and place, able to continue for as long as is necessary, and be large enough
for the task. These requirements point to readiness, deployability, and the capacity,
if necessary, for endurance. The nature of the task or campaign will indicate the
scale of force required, but it may be necessary to generate mass: to expand armed
forces for unforeseen circumstances, as the UK did in the world wars and for the
Korean War. Beyond the requirements of readiness, deployability, duration and
mass, the force must be adapted to the context of each unique operation.
3-04. Fighting Power is in some respects a relative as well as an absolute concept.
For example, certain forces may be assessed as having high and balanced
Fighting Power, but be fundamentally unsuited for the task. So Fighting Power
is inherently contextual, determined by how well a force (our own, allied or
enemy) is adapted to the character of the operation in which it is engaged.
Certain contextual characteristics inform assessment of Fighting Power:
a. Assessment of Fighting Power is both quantitative and qualitative. Much of the
physical component can be quantitatively measured. This constitutes the visible
combat power of a force and informs force ratio assessments, and so contributes
to understanding relative capabilities. On the other hand, the moral and conceptual
components tend more to subjective, qualitative assessment. The three components
are interdependent, although which, if any, is pre-eminent depends on the situation.
b. Military effectiveness is measured not against an absolute standard; rather it is relative
and competitive in nature. Comparison to and understanding of the Fighting Power
of other relevant actors provides the essential reference points by which land forces’
Fighting Power can be assessed and adapted in a given situation.
c. The environment in which land forces are used and for which they are prepared
also has a significant bearing on their actual Fighting Power. Given the uncertainty
of where, against whom and with whom operations might be conducted, land forces
require mental and physical preparation to operate in a range of environments. A force
optimised to fight and operate in a single environment may not have the appropriate
balance of Fighting Power to operate elsewhere. When Fighting Power is developed to
deal with the complexities of the most demanding operational environments, a force
increases its potential to adapt rapidly to new situations.
d. In contemporary operations, the Fighting Power of UK land forces is dependent on
effective interoperability with other Services, allies, partners and agencies. The moral
component is strengthened through human interoperability, the physical through
technical interoperability, and the conceptual through procedural interoperability.
3-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
The conceptual component
3-05. The conceptual component of Fighting Power rests on the development and
application of doctrine. As the intellectual basis of Fighting Power, it guides the
physical and moral components. Deficits in the conceptual component, for example
through misunderstanding, or insufficient flexibility, severely damage a force’s
overall Fighting Power, even if the will and means to fight are well developed.
Theory exists so that one does not have to start afresh every time sorting out the raw
material and ploughing through it, but will find it ready to hand and in good order. It is
meant to educate the future commander or, more accurately, to guide him in this self-
education; not accompany him to the battlefield.
Carl von Clausewitz
3-06. The conceptual component is as important to routine military activity as it is to
operations, providing the corporate mental agility, intellectual rigour and creativity
required to adapt quickly. This section describes two elements of the conceptual
component particularly relevant in an operational context: understanding
how to operate, and the flexibility by which a land force can adapt.
3-07. Understanding how to operate, the basis of the conceptual component, requires
understanding of a given situation and knowledge of the relevant doctrine.
Understanding is the perception and interpretation of a particular situation to
provide the context, insight and foresight required for effective decision making.14
To operate effectively in complex situations, land forces must develop understanding
of the nature and character of conflict and its context. This understanding,
constantly refined through education and experience, not only ensures that the
doctrine used is relevant and useable, but also that it can be applied pragmatically,
rather than by prescription. See Annex 8A for further detail on understanding.
3-08. Doctrine is defined as a set of fundamental principles
by which military forces guide their actions in support
of objectives. It is authoritative but requires judgement
in application. Doctrine is a formal expression of military
knowledge and thought that the British Army accepts
as being relevant at a given time. Agile, not dogmatic,
it takes past experience and extracts guidance for
dealing with future challenges, providing a foundation
from which initiative can be applied with confidence.
3-09. As doctrine underpins all military activity, it is the basis for education and training.
UK land forces doctrine is founded on joint and NATO doctrine.
15
Where there are
deviations from this, they must be clearly communicated to all involved. The language
and terminology used in doctrine must be precise, clear, and formally agreed.
14 JDP 04, Understanding.
15 It is Defence policy that except where there is a specific need for national doctrine, the UK will adopt
NATO doctrine, with caveats or amplification where necessary. Army Doctrine Publication (ADP)
Land Operations is an example of national doctrine, albeit coherent with that of NATO.
Military Doctrine
is defined as a set of
fundamental principles
by which military forces
guide their actions in
support of objectives
3-2 | | 3-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
The central idea of an army is known as its doctrine, which to be sound must be based
on the Principles of War, and which to be effective must be elastic enough to admit of
mutation in accordance with change in circumstance. In its ultimate relationship to the
human understanding, this central idea or doctrine is nothing else than common sense –
that is, action adapted to circumstance.
Major General JFC Fuller
3-10. Doctrine is broadly categorised as either higher or lower level, as illustrated in Figure 3-2:
a. Higher-level doctrine establishes the philosophy and principles that underpin the
approach to military activity. It provides a framework for the employment of the
military instrument and a foundation for its practical application. While it is in part
prescriptive, it is mostly descriptive. Higher level NATO and joint doctrine is contained
in the Allied Joint Publication and Joint Doctrine Publication series respectively. If NATO
doctrine differs significantly from UK joint doctrine, UK either retains a national JDP
or adds national ‘green pages’ to the AJP, referred to as a ‘hybrid’ publication. Army
Doctrine Publication Land Operations is the British Army’s higher level doctrine, also
referred to as capstone doctrine for land forces.
b. Lower-level doctrine focuses on the practices and procedures required for the effective
employment of military forces. It is more prescriptive than higher-level doctrine and
at its lowest levels includes instructions for specific drills. NATO lower-level doctrine
for land forces is found in the Allied Tactical Publication series. For UK land forces,
the equivalents are the Army Field Manual series (of thematic, environmental and
functional doctrine), tactical aides-memoire, handbooks, and standard operating
procedures and instructions.
3-11. Effective doctrine is accessible, credible and relevant. This requires engaging with three
groups in its development: writers, teachers and practitioners. It is the responsibility of
commanders not only to understand and apply doctrine, but to impart understanding
to their subordinates, as well as to recommend improvements to those who write
it. Doctrine is reviewed and refreshed as required to account for evolving strategic
direction, emerging doctrine (from both higher and lower levels), the changing character
of conflict and relevant lessons from experimentation, training and operations.
3-12. The second essential element of the conceptual component is the flexibility
to adapt to deal with complex, dynamic challenges. Flexibility spans all
components of Fighting Power, but is guided by the conceptual component. A
dogmatic and rigid conceptual component stifles the opportunities presented by
organisational versatility. A flexible conceptual component can enable the whole
force to adapt with confidence in the face of uncertainty and in competition with
adversaries, when whoever adapts most effectively is more likely to prevail.
Flexibility is the ability to change rapidly, appropriately and effectively to new
circumstances.
Principle of War – Flexibility
3-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
NATO
Joint Land
AJP -01
Allied Joint Doctrine
ADP
Land Operaons
Allied Taccal
Publicaons
AJPs
JDPs
AFMs
Supporng AJPs
Handbooks, Procedures,
Aides Memoire
Special to Arm Doctrine
Funconal
Themac
Funconal
Themac
Environmental
AJP-5
Army Leadership
Doctrine
The Staff Standard
for the Army
Higher level philosophy and principlesLower level pracces and procedures
JDP 0-01
Brish Defence Doctrine
Environmental
Hybrid
Figure: 3-2. Doctrine organisation
3-4 | | 3-5
Contents
Contents
Page 3
Page 3
3-13. History is full of examples of military forces that have either successfully
adapted or failed to do so. Land forces that are successful in adaptation
require, though not exclusively: the right command and cognitive skills across
the force; a broad, flexible doctrine; the ability to identify and learn lessons;
organisational and technical flexibility; and broad-based preparation.
16
3-14. Firstly, land forces require the command and cognitive skills to be flexible and
adaptable. Essential to all aspects of flexibility is a military culture that supports and
nurtures mental agility and initiative. The British Army’s command philosophy, Mission
Command, promotes decentralised command, freedom and speed of action, and
initiative. Mission Command not only encourages but also demands that subordinates
use their initiative. It is through initiative and a culture of mutual trust providing a
safe environment for open analysis of shortfalls that a land force learns lessons, and
adopts innovative approaches to complex challenges. Initiative draws strength from
experience and realistic training. It also draws strength through understanding of
doctrine, military education and a questioning mindset across the whole force.
3-15. Secondly, a broad doctrine provides a common foundation on which land
forces can build when faced with potentially new situations. Although the
principles of doctrine endure, tactics, techniques and procedures need to evolve
rapidly, adapting to the specific situation. A land force can only gain meaningful
understanding when it has actually engaged on an operation. It can then generate
lessons from the operational theatre, enabling its own rapid adaptation, that
of follow on forces, and longer term institutional level force development.
a. Lessons are experiences, examples, or developed observations that impart beneficial
new knowledge or wisdom for the future. Lessons can be identified through historical
study, training, operations and the experiences of other forces. An effective lessons
capability depends on a military culture that strives for continuous improvement,
encouraging enquiry into and examination of what has gone well and what has not.
Fundamental to this culture are leaders who engage directly and openly in the process,
with humility, trust and a willingness to learn.
b. The supporting lessons process requires a staff structure and information management
and exploitation tools. The process initially comprises lessons capture and analysis of
observations and insights, resulting in lessons identification. The lessons identified
are assigned to those responsible for remedial action. There are two ways by which a
lesson is described as being learned. The first is when validated implementation of the
remedial action results in improved operational performance and capability. The second
is when identification of best practice is widely communicated and exploited.
It is this flexibility both in the minds of the Armed Forces and in their organisation, that
needs above all to be developed in peacetime… This is the aspect of military science which
needs to be studied above all others in the Armed Forces: the capacity to adapt oneself to
the utterly unpredictable, the entirely unknown.
Professor Sir Michael Howard
16 This framework is from Meir Finkel’s On Flexibility: Recovery from Technological
and Doctrinal Surprise on the Battlefield, (2011).
3-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
3-16. Thirdly, the land force requires organisational and technological flexibility. A
balance of capabilities across the land force, plans for regeneration and constant
innovation together aid flexibility. A balanced force includes the appropriate mix of
force elements (combat, combat support, and combat service support), force types,
17
specialist capabilities, and individuals (the whole force approach). If the force is not
ideally balanced, the risk can be partially mitigated by exploiting synergies with allies
and other Services. Robust and realistic plans for the regeneration of capabilities also
contribute to the potential adaptability of the force. Flexibility can also be enabled
by the innovative use of current and emerging capabilities and technologies. While
innovation can require specialist expertise, it can also come from, for example,
wargaming and scenario based planning. The success of the German Army’s innovation
in the 1920s demonstrates the potential of such an approach (see below).
3-17. Finally, adaptable land forces conduct
realistic broad-based preparation through
military education and training. Although we cannot predict the future, rigorous
analysis, lessons from our own and others’ experiences, education and concept
development can indicate many characteristics of the conflicts likely to be faced. Realistic
and demanding training to develop core skills, based on doctrine and supported by
effective lessons processes, underpins the successful adaptation of land forces.
Learning From history – German Army 1920-30s
Under the 1919 Treaty of Versailles, the German army (Reichsheer) had to be reorganised.
It was limited to 100,000 men, of whom only 4000 could be officers, and it was not
allowed to have heavy or modern equipment. As its chief from 1919, General Hans Von
Seeckt implemented the changes and instituted a major programme to examine the
lessons of the First World War.
The first experiments on mechanization and mobility were carried out in 1921 and the
lessons from these were widely distributed throughout the army. Foreign writings on
military theory (such as by Fuller, Liddell-Hart and Martel) were translated into German
and studied and debated. The review of lessons, the experimentation and study led to
the promulgation in 1933 of a coherent and realistic doctrine (Truppenführung) – that
emphasised combined arms manoeuvre; close air support; decentralized command and
control; and rapid exploitation. The 100,000 were trained as the leadership cadre of a
much larger army.
In the 1930s Germany used dummy tanks (plywood hulls mounted on a truck chassis)
and other ways of experimenting, training and refining their tactics. This allowed them to
continue the process of force development without causing the major powers to intervene.
Rapid expansion followed soon after Hitler came to power in 1933, but the foundation for
the early, shattering successes of the Wehrmacht in the Second World War was laid by the
conceptual preparation of Seeckt’s Reichsheer.
17 The NATO force types are heavy, medium and light. This is explained further in Chapter 7
3-6 | | 3-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
The moral component
3-18. The moral component concerns the human aspect of Fighting Power. It consists
of three mutually dependent elements, described in turn in this section: morale
is the will of the force and its soldiers to fight; leadership is the essential
element of morale, inculcates the ethical foundation, and directs the force across
all three components of Fighting Power; and the ethical, moral and legal
foundation underpins the way in which land forces conduct operations.
3-19. The moral component is easily corrupted. To be sound, its three elements must be strong
and balanced. A force can have high morale, be willing and able to fight very effectively,
but if its actions are not legitimate, it risks becoming like the Waffen SS in the Second
World War. Such forces can never be the instrument of a democracy. Likewise, when a
force’s ethical, moral and legal foundations are sound, but its leadership or morale is
weak and it will not fight, it is at best useless, at worst a danger to the wider force.
3-20. Morale, the first element, resides at the heart of Fighting Power. Maintenance of Morale
is a Principle of War because high morale enables the land force to fight and overcome
the privations of conflict. High morale is possible without an ethical foundation, but this
would be ultimately self-defeating for the land forces of a democratic country. Indeed, the
morale of the land force is strengthened by its moral integrity and legitimacy. Morale is
not a discrete entity, but is the product of the synergy of all three components of Fighting
Power. Of the many contributory factors to morale, which include the Army’s Values
and Standards, seven stand out and are described below. These are mutually supporting
and developed most effectively through leadership and challenging, realistic training.
Morale is a state of mind. It is steadfastness and courage and hope. It is confidence and
zeal and loyalty. It is élan, esprit de corps and determination. It is staying power; the
spirit which endures to the end – the will to win. With it all things are possible, without it
everything else, planning, preparation, production, count for naught.
General George C Marshall
a. Fighting spirit unifies all who serve in our armed forces. Comprising initiative,
courage, resilience, determination and toughness, fighting spirit drives soldiers forward
in the most arduous and adverse of conditions. Through fighting spirit, soldiers accept
both the legal right and duty to apply lethal force, and also the potentially unlimited
liability to lay down their lives in the service of the nation. Fighting spirit requires moral
and physical fortitude. By testing fighting spirit in demanding training, it is hardened
and made more resilient to the realities of potentially brutal land conflict.
b. Moral cohesion is the sense of shared identity and a determined purpose that gives a
force the will to fight and succeed. Cohesion binds individuals into teams, and teams
into effective fighting forces. Strong moral cohesion makes forces emotionally resilient
in adversity. It also helps to make individuals more likely to use their initiative and
exploit opportunities, because they will be confident of the support of their comrades
and unit or formation. The nature of conflict puts significant pressure on moral
cohesion, but without it, the force is susceptible to shock and collapse. Leadership
enhances moral cohesion by building shared identity and values. Individual friendships
3-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
and collective bonding grow when teams are kept together over time, developing a
sense of belonging. Common experiences and histories strengthen comradeship and
pride. Together, these build identity, ethos and cause, which individuals can value even
above their own lives.
c.
Discipline underpins fighting spirit and moral cohesion. It is the glue that holds
soldiers together when threatened; it is the primary antidote to fear. When discipline is
sound, commanders can be confident that their orders will be carried out, and soldiers
know that their commanders and comrades will not let them down. Commanders
at all levels are responsible for maintaining discipline in terms of obedience to the
law, regulations, orders, instructions, procedures and standards. The best discipline,
however, is self-discipline. Commanders must be confident that their subordinates will
strive to do their duty under the worst conditions of war, and do so with initiative and
intelligence.
d. Comradeship is the basis of moral cohesion and the wider morale of the land force.
Land conflict is ultimately a human activity conducted by groups of people, whose
comradeship gives them the friendship and mutual trust necessary to endure and
overcome danger, fear and privation. Honed on operations, comradeship is forged in
the common bonds developed between individuals and teams working, training, living
and socialising together. Comradeship embraces former comrades-in-arms and the
families of soldiers, often making units families themselves.
e. Pride in oneself, one’s unit, Service, country and cause can be a potent moral force.
As a sense of worthy achievement, pride inspires individuals and teams to the greatest
heights of sacrifice and valour. It also generates a common goal of avoiding shame
by doing the right thing, upholding the ethical foundation and abiding by the Values
and Standards. Pride without arrogance brings people from the widest variety of
backgrounds together, strengthening the ties of moral cohesion.
f. Confidence and trust placed in the equipment and sustainment of the physical
component are also instrumental to morale. Living conditions, rations, ammunition,
vehicles, weapons, communications, and medical support, for example, all underpin
morale. The nature of land conflict means that a disconnect between expectations and
reality is inevitable, but a force with high morale and strong leadership can usually
overcome this. However, when failures in equipment or sustainment become or are
perceived to be systemic, unnecessary or irreversible, morale suffers.
g. Field Marshal Slim concluded that “only spiritual foundations can withstand real
strain”. The spiritual foundation relates to belief in a cause, which may be religious,
cultural or political. In the same way as the ethical and legal foundations of the moral
component require nurturing and protection, so will the spiritual foundations. Spiritual
support comes in many forms. It is provided by chaplains and lay persons in units, by
families and wider social networks, and by strong leadership, developing shared belief
in the cause to be fought for.
3-21. Leadership is the central element of the moral component; it is so important to morale
and the whole conduct of operations that it is treated as a separate subject. Land
forces rely completely on the strength of their leadership at all levels, from the force
commander to the most junior non-commissioned officers. Leadership is not, however,
constrained solely to the chain of command or to those of rank; anyone, including private
3-8 | | 3-9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
soldiers, can motivate those around them through initiative, example and courage. In
battle, it is leaders who break the paralysis of shock amid fear, uncertainty, death and
destruction. Their vision, intellect, communication and unceasing motivation paves the
path through chaos and confusion. They inspire the force through boldness, courage,
personal example, compassion and resolute determination to win. Then, and at all other
times, it is leaders who shape and control the conduct of the force, for good or ill.
3-22. Leadership, therefore, is the critical element of the moral component, vital to the
success of operations, particularly in their darkest moments. It is also the cornerstone of
command, as the trust and mutual understanding engendered by good leadership are
central to Mission Command. It is instrumental in inculcating the ethical, moral and legal
foundation of the force. Leadership provides the inspiration, purpose and direction to
the development and protection of all components of Fighting Power. Bad leadership,
often masked in the hierarchy of land forces, has far reaching and damaging effects.
It rapidly demoralises and destabilises a land force and its combat effectiveness.
Definition of Army Leadership: A combination of character, knowledge and action that
inspires others to succeed.
Army Leadership Doctrine
3-23. Army Leadership Doctrine exists because land operations and the nature of land forces
require a distinctive approach to leadership. Leadership on operations is conducted
in a challenging context, which, because of the nature of conflict, is sometimes at the
extremes of human experience. It is constrained by doctrine and policy (for example
levels of authority), orders, and the ethical, moral and legal foundation of the force.
It is important to understand three particular elements of operational leadership.
a. Land forces have to be deeply hierarchical, with leaders (commanders) appointed
to the lowest levels. The adversarial and human characteristics of operations place
particular demands on leadership in the land force, requiring it to be developed in and
exercised by all ranks. Fostering junior leadership and initiative at all levels enables
Mission Command.
b. Leaders at all levels establish the command culture and climate of the force and
any element of it. If either culture or climate is inappropriate, it damages morale, and
therefore operational effectiveness. Culture is relatively stable and enduring, and is
established by senior leaders whose attitudes and behaviours shape that of the wider
force. Climate is more specific, susceptible to change and heavily influenced by lower
level leadership. It is most relevant in smaller groups, such as at unit level and below.
Leaders of all ranks must establish an appropriate climate and culture that promotes
and is consistent with the Army’s Values and Standards.
c. UK land forces’ reputation for and practice of good leadership is vital to operational
success. We remain a reference point, domestically and internationally, for leadership
throughout the force. Because campaign authority includes how the members of
the force conduct themselves, collectively and individually, it is essential to maintain
the reality that underpins this reputation. The reputation, built over a long time, is
therefore a key factor of our operational effectiveness, but it is easily damaged by bad
leadership and misconduct.
3-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
3-24. Army Leadership Doctrine explains what is expected of leaders on operations and in all
other activity. It explains the Army Leadership Framework (what leaders are/know/do),
the Army Leadership Model (the three roles and six functions) and the Army Leadership
Code. The key operational requirement is for good practice of British Army leadership to be
translated into good practice by those in command, and for it to be adopted by all ranks.
a. The Army Leadership Framework explains the characteristics of leaders. ‘What
leaders are’ is about integrity, example and personal impact. Leaders set the
example as role models, accept responsibility and are able to influence people and
events. They routinely apply and promote the British Army’s Values and Standards
and in all situations. Leaders care about the people they lead, the example they
set, their own leadership and the Army’s Values
and Standards. ‘What leaders know’ is about
professional competence. It is grounded in the
fact that leaders are soldiers first and foremost,
and should be experts in their technical field. In
the operational context it requires, for example,
thorough understanding of doctrine, the context
of operations, and higher commanders intent.
‘What leaders do’ is about translating values
and competence into action. Leaders develop
the individuals under their command, and build
effective teams. But above all, they lead their
people to achieve their tasks.
b. The Army Leadership Model
18
describes the
generic role of a leader performing three interdependent roles: achieving the task,
building teams and developing individuals. Obviously highly relevant to operations,
the leader requires contextual understanding and has six further leadership functions:
defining the task, planning, communicating, executing, supporting and evaluating.
c. The Army Leadership Code consists of seven behaviours that define how Army
leaders should lead. It assists them in translating Values and Standards into action and
reminds them of the desired leadership behaviours.
I contend that fortitude in war has its roots in morality; that selection is a search for
character and that war itself is but one more test - the supreme and final test if you will -
of character. Courage can be judged apart from danger only if the social significance and
meaning of courage is known to us; namely that a man of character in peace becomes
a man of courage in war. He cannot be selfish in peace and yet be unselfish in war.
Character, as Aristotle taught, is a habit, the daily choice of right and wrong; it is a moral
quality which grows to maturity in peace and is not suddenly developed on the outbreak of
war. For war, in spite of what we have heard to the contrary, has no power to transform, it
merely exaggerates the good and evil that are in us, till it is plain for all to read; it cannot
change; it exposes
Lord Moran
18 Based on Adair’s theory of Action Centred Leadership.
TM
The Army Leadership Code
Lead by example
Encourage thinking
Apply reward and discipline
Demand high performance
Encourage confidence in the
team
Recognise individual strengths
and weaknesses
Strive for team goals
3-10 | | 3-11
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
3-25. The third element of the moral component is the ethical, moral and legal
foundation. To be effective, a force’s actions must reflect a sound and appropriate
ethical, moral and legal foundation, and be perceived as such by the audience. If
they are not, campaign authority will be undermined, reducing, if not removing, the
opportunity to translate tactical military success into desired political outcomes.
3-26. The actions of land forces are guided by their obligations as soldiers and an ethical
foundation shared with that of UK society. These ideas inform two of the Army’s
values – selfless commitment and respect for others. This ethical foundation is based
on the concept of inalienable natural rights, granted not by a particular government
or culture, but universal and non-negotiable. Modern Western liberal democracy
emerged from the belief that every individual has the natural right to life and liberty.
From these natural rights stem three moral principles. First, everyone in the world
is morally equal, including before the law. The second principle is that of intrinsic,
individual moral dignity: a person’s status is defined not by what they do, but by
the fact that they are human beings. Third, everyone has moral worth, residing in
their potential. While always acting lawfully, land forces apply these principles in
their engagement with other people, in conflict and non-conflict situations.
3-27. However, UK soldiers have responsibilities to the country and their comrades not expected
of other parts of society, and voluntarily place their inalienable right to life and liberty
behind that of service to the nation. They must be prepared to accept risk to their own
lives, and they are required when necessary to use lethal force. To ensure they conduct
themselves appropriately, they must comply with the Army’s Values and Standards and
fulfil their commitment as part of the mutual obligation of the military covenant.
3-28. The practical expression of the Army’s ethical foundation
are the Army’s Values and Standards that guide the
conduct of every soldier. They are a fundamental part of
morale. Operational effectiveness and the reputation of
land forces depend on the ability of every individual to
demonstrate absolute professionalism in the most intense
of circumstances. Adversaries and enemies will seek to
manipulate situations and our understanding to not only
test our resolve, but also our ethical foundation. Our
Values and Standards are the practical code that fulfils
this foundation. The Values of courage, discipline, respect
for others, integrity, loyalty and selfless commitment
together guide our actions. They define who we are as
individual servicemen and women and collectively as a
land force. The Standards define the manner in which serving personnel are required
to behave in every aspect and dimension of their life, professional and private. They
demand that our actions are lawful, appropriate and totally professional. The Army’s
Values and Standards publication provides a detailed and authoritative explanation.
3-29. Service personnel are bound by service to the country in what is effectively a mutual
military covenant. This arrangement is inherently unequal in that they may have
to contribute more than they receive: their liability is total. In putting the needs of
the country, society and their comrades before their own, they forgo some of the
rights and freedoms enjoyed by their fellow citizens. In return, UK service personnel
Values
• Courage
• Discipline
• Respect for others
• Integrity
• Loyalty
• Selfless commitment
Standards
• Lawful
• Appropriate
• Total professionalism
3-12 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
should be able to expect the country, and their commanders, to provide them
with the necessary resources and leadership to: achieve the objectives required
of them; treat them fairly; value and respect them as individuals; support their
families; and provide long term support, should they need it, during and after their
service. As a covenant, it imposes moral rather than contractual obligations.
19
The physical component
3-30. The physical component of Fighting Power provides the means to fight. Comprising
principally manpower, equipment, training, sustainability and resources (METS-R), it
is also referred to as the combat power of a force. Manpower and equipment are
converted into ready, deployable forces by training. Training, although described within
the physical component, has an essential part in the development of Fighting Power as
a whole, building the moral and conceptual components as much as the physical.
3-31. The Fighting Power of a land force is founded on its people – manpower. The Army’s
ability to attract, recruit and retain the right people, with the right skills, in the right
quantity and at the right time is critical to its Fighting Power. Land forces require
soldiers who are ready and prepared, individually and collectively. UK land forces also
demand that soldiers place the needs of the Service above their own. Manpower
is, therefore, absolutely dependent on the moral component if it is to be effective
and sustainable. It also relies on the conceptual component to ensure required
knowledge and skills. This pool of manpower does not consist solely of soldiers,
regular or reserve, but also of civil servants, other civilians and contractors. Each will
come with differing terms of service, experiences, requirements and expectations
that must be accounted for in forming a cohesive and effective land force.
3-32. Land forces require sufficient and effective equipment, designed, manufactured and
scaled according to the likely or directed operational requirement. Equipment can be
operational or non-operational, deployable or non-deployable. Equipment care is the
responsibility of all soldiers to ensure that equipment is serviceable for
use on operations and training and money is not wasted.
3-33. Equipment programmes follow a cycle of concept, assessment, demonstration,
manufacture, in-service use and disposal. This process can be time and resource
intensive and may not be sufficiently responsive to the needs of an adaptable
land force. Alternative procurement methods exist through the urgent capability
requirement process, but these can be expensive. The Army, therefore, seeks to
reduce the difference between programmed and urgent procurement. This requires
first an understanding of the nature and character of conflict and of doctrine. It
also depends on a coherent research and development programme between the UK
Government and industry, experimentation, and operational analysis. Additionally,
harnessing initiative, creativity and innovation through lessons processes improves the
equipment availability of the force and identifies novel ways of
adapting its use.
3-34. Training is the essential vehicle by which all three components of Fighting Power are
developed. Force preparation relies on a structured training progression, tailored to the
operating context, tempo and the resources available. The overall progression begins with
19 This is not quite the same as the Armed Forces Covenant, a policy codification of the military covenant, in which the UK Government
encourages community support to service personnel, veterans and families.
3-12 | | 3-13
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
turning recruits into soldiers. They are then trained in a specific role, individually and as
part of a team. The team is trained to be a coherent part of a sub-unit. The sub-unit is
then trained to operate within a combined arms grouping; the combined arms grouping
is then trained within a formation context. Once in units, through the progression
soldiers develop interoperability not only with other arms and Services but also allied
nations. This continuous flow can be divided into individual and collective training.
These two elements are best delivered separately to avoid training a force of individuals,
at a time when that force needs to be training as a whole. Training continues during
operational deployments, not only to maintain core skills, but as part of adaptation, so
the force can employ new tactics, techniques and procedures, and use new equipment.
It cannot be too often repeated that in modern war…the chief factor in achieving triumph
is what has been done in the way of preparation and training before the beginning of the
war.
Theodore Roosevelt
3-35. AFM Training provides guidance on how to plan and conduct training in
accordance with prioritised direction given by higher headquarters. The
principles of training reflect the cumulative experience of many military
generations and form the bedrock of the Army’s approach to training.
3-36. As people are the foundation of a land force’s Fighting Power, training is designed
around individuals first. Intimately related to education, individual training provides
the essential skills needed to conduct operational tasks as a soldier, apply trade skills in
the field and operate as part of a team.
Physical fitness, shooting and fieldcraft
are the essential foundation of military
skills for all soldiers, but are insufficient
for contemporary operations. Other
skills are required, such as the ability
to access and use information, and
to communicate and cooperate with
allies, partners and other actors in the
area of operations. Individual training is
delivered after recruitment, and continues
throughout careers, building upon special-
to-arm expertise. This is essential for
the maintenance and development of
military skills, as they quickly fade if they
are not practised. Individual training is
one of the first responsibilities of commanders; they should ensure that standards are
maintained by, among other things, a cycle of annual skills testing. Strong collective
performances are based on strong individual capabilities, and weaknesses in collective
performance can often be traced to gaps or weaknesses in individual training.
The principles of training:
• Is a function of command
• Is a continuous and progressive process
• Must be challenging and interesting
• Must be realistic
• Must have an aim and objectives
• Training methods must be continuously
reviewed for effectiveness
• Must reflect operational doctrine
• Must be permissive of error
• Must be appropriately safe
• Must be exploited
3-14 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
3-37. Collective training is the iterative process by which competent individuals are gradually
forged into teams of increasing size, complexity and capability. A force is not ready for
operations until it has undergone robust and realistic collective training, to training
objectives and conditions consistent with the operational requirement. Collective
training seeks to replicate, through simulation and field training, the challenges of
complex operations. The primary purposes of forms of collective training vary, but
each complements the others. Collective training builds competence over time,
beginning with low level team skills, through special-to-arm and combined arms to
joint training. Commanders and staff at all levels participate in command training.
In no other profession are the penalties for employing untrained personnel so appalling or
so irrevocable as in the military.
General MacArthur
3-38. Collective training is described as either foundation or mission specific training. The
collective skills developed are not bound to a single category; rather this description
informs the purpose and resourcing of the training conducted. Foundation training
develops the flexible core competences of the land force, providing it with a firm
foundation from which to adapt to specific operational situations. It takes account of
how the operating environment might change or broaden as well the unchanging aspects
of the nature of conflict. Foundation training seeks to replicate high-intensity, complex
warfighting. It reflects the nature and character of conflict, the austerity of expeditionary
campaigns, and the requirement to fight in both the physical and virtual domains, with,
against and among multiple actors and in view of the rest of the audience. Mission
specific training then addresses inevitable shortfalls in foundation training, and enables
a unit’s adaptation to meet its specific, intended mission. Mission specific training
continues both on arrival in a theatre of operations and during deployment, ensuring
that the force trains in the most current and relevant tactics, techniques and procedures.
3-39. Education contributes, in parallel with training, to the development of Fighting
Power as a whole. Training without education will not be sufficiently sophisticated
to deal with the complexity of conflict and operations. Education without training
does not prepare people to apply the theory. Military education equips individuals
with the breadth and depth of knowledge and skills to assume greater responsibility
and increase their employability. Courses, academic placements and private study
are examples. The adaptability of land forces depends on continuous investment
in, encouragement of and reward for appropriate education. Most importantly,
education gives people the intellectual edge and confidence to improvise, innovate
and find solutions to problems which do not fit the contingency expected.
3-40. Sustainability is essential: even if the force is fully manned and has all the necessary
equipment, if it cannot be sustained, it cannot be employed as intended. Sustainment
also underpins the path from force preparation to deployment. This encompasses
the sustainability of individuals and teams, of training, and of infrastructure and
training space so that soldiers can live and train together in suitable conditions.
3-14 | | 3-15
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
The more I see of war, the more I realize how it all depends on administration and
transportation . . . It takes little skill or imagination to see where you would like your army
to be and when; it takes much more knowledge and hard work to know where you can
place your forces and whether you can maintain them there.
Field Marshal Wavell
3-41. The physical component is also reliant on wider resources. Manning, equipping,
training and sustaining armed forces costs money. Ultimately, if there are
insufficient resources available on and between operations to recruit, train,
equip, deploy and sustain the force, Fighting Power is severely undermined.
Readiness, deployability and recovery
3-42. Fighting Power can only be applied if the force is held at the appropriate readiness, can
be deployed in time, and then recovered for the next operation. Forces are generally
held at readiness, or notice to move, from their home base or a mounting centre in
the UK. A force at 6 months notice to move, for example, needs that time to train
and gather the necessary resources to complete its Fighting Power. Notice to effect is
largely dependent on the resources, including time, required to deploy and be ready
for employment. Readiness applies to all components of Fighting Power: conceptual
readiness reflects the required understanding and intellectual readiness to adapt to
expected and unexpected contingencies; moral readiness is represented by the leadership
and morale of the force; and physical readiness by the physical state of the force.
3-43. The deployability and recovery of the force requires internal and usually
external, including joint, enablers. For example, the joint force may enable the
deployment of a land force to a point of disembarkation from which it may
need to project itself overland for hundreds of kilometres. These factors must be
accounted for when considering the readiness and overall military effectiveness of
a land force. Enabling actions include: pre-deployment leave; reception, staging,
onward movement and integration (RSOI); the relief in place of the in-place force;
extraction and recovery; decompression; and post-operational tour leave.
3-16 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
3rd Division - France 1940
The distinction that can be made between pure numbers of troops and their actual
Fighting Power is well illustrated by the contrasting experiences of the British 3rd and
12th Divisions in the British Expeditionary Force (BEF) in May 1940. Soon after the
German invasion of France on 10 May 1940, the Allied forces were split by a bold and
massive armoured thrust that forced the BEF to fall back towards the port of Dunkirk.
Though having similar numbers of infantry battalions to the 3rd Division, 12th
Division’s actual Fighting Power was compromised by a range of powerful
disadvantages. The 3rd Division, as one of the pre-war regular divisions, was a long-
standing force, one of the best equipped in the Army, and had been in France since
late 1939. Its GOC, Montgomery, had trained them hard for 6 months before the
German invasion. But 12th Division was only recently created. The troops had not
trained together; they lacked cohesion, being a collection of disparate battalions; the
senior officers did not know their men; and the division had virtually no anti-tank
weapons, combat support or combat service support.
12th Division’s Fighting Power was further compromised by the circumstances in
which it found itself. Deployed to defend lines of communication and so spread over
a wide area, a German breakthrough led the division to be tasked suddenly on 20
May with the defence of the towns of Albert, Amiens, Abbeville and Arras against
Guderian’s advancing XIX Panzerkorps. Though 3rd Division’s circumstances were also
difficult, the force having to conduct a fighting withdrawal, they were able to do so
closed up with other divisions to either flank.
Under these circumstances, the contrasting experiences of the two divisions become
easier to understand. In fighting lasting no more than seven hours, 12th Division was
effectively annihilated and was utterly defeated and dispersed. Eight days later, during
the final stages of the withdrawal to Dunkirk, the left flank of the BEF was suddenly
exposed due to Belgium’s surrender. The 3rd Division (at this stage reduced to almost
50% combat effectiveness after 18 days of continuous combat and withdrawal) was
ordered to disengage from one flank and move to the other. This involved a 50 mile
move across the rear of the BEF and occupation of a position on the Yser Canal.
Though exhausted and in a nearly defeated army, 3rd Division remained a cohesive
fighting force and completed the move in a single night.
Thus, though comparable in numbers, the Fighting Power of the ill-fated 12th Division
was not equal to that of 3rd Division because the 12th laboured under significant
physical, moral and conceptual difficulties brought about by deficiencies in equipment,
training and the circumstances in which the unit had to fight.
3-16 | | 3-17
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
3-18 | 3-18 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
PART 2
Fundamentals
Part 1 described the nature and character of
conflict, and the implications for land forces.
These indicate a need for doctrine that addresses
the increasing global flow and availability of
information as well as the enduring human,
adversarial and political nature of conflict. This
doctrine is Integrated Action – the application of
the full range of lethal and non-lethal capabilities
to change and maintain the understanding and
behaviour of audiences to achieve a successful
outcome. It is a unifying doctrine which guides
the orchestration and execution of operations
whether the task is any combination of fighting,
engagement, security or support. In particular
it provides the conceptual framework for land
forces to succeed in an interconnected world
where information is pervasive. While only
formations at the higher tactical level and
above are routinely resourced and structured
to orchestrate Integrated Action, it governs the way of thinking about all operations,
and informs how they are executed. Integrated Action is explained in Chapter 4.
Integrated Action is supported by the tenets of the Manoeuvrist Approach and Mission
Command. The application or threat of lethal force in accordance with the Manoeuvrist
Approach, explained in Chapter 5, is central to combat operations. The Manoeuvrist
Approach is an attitude of mind that seeks indirect approaches in applying strength against
the vulnerabilities of the enemy. It is the British Army’s fighting doctrine for the tactical level,
specifically focused on the enemy. It is a particularly important aspect of Integrated Action as
combat operations can have far reaching effects at the operational and strategic levels. Mission
Command, the subject of Chapter 6, is our command philosophy. It emphasises decentralised
command, empowers leaders down to the lowest level, and makes them responsible for
acting to achieve their commander’s intent within designated constraints. Integrated Action
guides the land contribution to joint and multinational operations. It is consistent with the
UK doctrine of Joint Action
20
. Integrated Action and Joint Action are also consistent with
NATO operational and tactical doctrines. These emphasise the military contribution to an
inter-agency full spectrum approach through the orchestration of the NATO joint functions.
Together, Integrated Action, the Manoeuvrist Approach and Mission Command
form the fundamental ideas of UK land forces’ doctrine. The Chapters that follow
in Part 2 provide the intellectual foundation for Part 3, which introduces how
operations are conducted and provides the capstone for the AFM series.
20 Joint Action is defined as the deliberate use and orchestration of military capabilities and activities to affect actors’
will, understanding and capability, and the cohesion between them to achieve influence. (JDP 3-00)
Part 1 – Context
Nature and character of conflict
National and operational context
Fighting Power
Part 2 – Fundamentals
 Integrated Action
 Manoeuvrist Approach
 Mission Command
Part 3 – Conduct of operations
Organising for operations
Orchestrating and executing operations
Commanding operations
Sustaining operations
3-18 | | P23-18 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 4
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Integrated Action
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
3 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Integrated Action is the application of the full range of lethal and non-lethal capabilities to
change and maintain the understanding and behaviour of audiences to achieve a successful
outcome.
Introduction
4-01. Integrated Action describes how land
forces orchestrate and execute operations
in an interconnected world, where
the consequences of military action
are judged by an audience that extends from
immediate participants to distant observers.
Integrated Action requires commanders and staff to
be clear about the outcome that they are seeking and to
analyse the audience relevant to the attainment of
their objectives. They then identify the effects that
they wish to impart on that audience to achieve
the outcome, and what capabilities and actions are
available. These lethal and non-lethal capabilities
may belong to the land force itself, or to joint, inter-governmental, inter-agency, non-
governmental, private sector and multinational actors involved in the operation. What is
important is for commanders and staff to work out how to synchronise and orchestrate
all the relevant levers to impart effects onto the audience to achieve the outcome.
4-02. Integrated Action, with the audience as its major consideration, requires
sophisticated understanding, integration of all capabilities available, and is
outcome-focused. These are the four fundamentals of the doctrine. Within
land forces, the tactical functions are the primary levers of influence.
a. People are at the heart of conflict; it is their decisions and behaviours that determine
how conflict is conducted and resolved. Integrated Action requires consideration of
the diverse audience that is relevant to the attainment of our objectives, globally,
nationally and within theatres of operations.
b. Integrated Action is founded on the land force’s understanding of its task and
environment. A dynamic approach to understanding, built on a learning culture, allows
the force to adapt and innovate in response to evolving situations.
c. Land forces create desired effects by the integration of lethal and non-lethal
capabilities. Effective integration relies on the cooperation and interoperability of the
CHAPTER 4
Integrated Action
Integrated Action
• Introduction
• Fundamentals
• Orchestration and
execution
• Understanding and the
audience
• Integration of actions to
achieve desired outcomes
• Examples of Integrated
Action
3 | | 4-1
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
land force, multinational, host nation, inter-governmental, non-governmental and
inter-agency partners, as well as of tactical combined arms formations and units.
d. Integrated Action needs commanders to think about how their actions contribute to
the desired outcomes, in a broad and evolving context. This approach encourages
a wider and longer-term view of a situation, relative to the task and role of the land
force.
4-03. This chapter explains how these fundamentals of Integrated Action are put into
practice. The first section describes what land forces need to understand, with the
priority being the human aspect of the land environment – the audience. The second
section introduces how the land force integrates lethal and non-lethal capabilities
to achieve desired outcomes. The chapter concludes with three examples.
4-04. The doctrine of Integrated Action applies at all levels to land forces,
from the land component of the joint operation, to tactical formations,
units and sub-units. There is, however, an important delineation
between responsibilities for its orchestration and execution.
a. It is only at the higher tactical or operational level (usually the division or corps) that
Integrated Action can be orchestrated and fully aligned with joint, inter-agency and
multinational operations. In certain circumstances, brigades or units may be the
highest level of UK land command in a particular theatre and so may be required to
operate at the operational level. Examples include conducting capacity building or non-
combatant evacuation operations. In such cases, they must be resourced appropriately.
b. Brigades and units at the tactical level plan and execute their contributions to
Integrated Action. They routinely integrate their capabilities and activities to deliver
single tactical actions, as part of a longer term higher tactical or operational level plan.
Understanding and the audience
4-05. Central to Integrated Action is analysis and understanding of the audience relevant
to the attainment of our objectives. We must also develop understanding of the
information and physical aspects of the operating environment, and of the context
and consequences of our actions. However, no amount of analysis can achieve
complete understanding in advance of an operation; and predictable relationships
between cause and effect are rare in adversarial human conflict. Therefore, it is
essential to set the force to learn throughout an operation, generating dynamic and
continuous understanding. This will require specific planned effort, to collect and
analyse information to test deductions, and to refine decisions as to future action.
a. The audience is made up of all the groups and individual people whose perception
and interpretation of events and subsequent behaviour contribute to the success or
otherwise of military action. These groups range from the global audience right down
to immediate participants, as illustrated in Figure 4-1.
b. Within the wider audience are actors – those individuals or groups who take action
or directly exert influence. They include our own forces and allies, as well as others
who are friendly, neutral or hostile to us. Although the audience and actors are not
constrained geographically, tactical level land forces are primarily concerned with
changing or maintaining the behaviour of actors within an area of operations, while
4-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
promoting the consent of the wider audience. These local actors, ranging from armed
groups to non-governmental and private sector organisations, may be, or have the
potential to be supportive, neutral or hostile.
c. Adversaries are a sub-set of actors; they seek to prevent us from achieving our
objectives. They may have many different motivations and may be subject to a broad
range of influences. Adversaries will often present hybrid threats, combining the threat
or application of armed force with deniable or ambiguous actions that may not cross
the threshold of armed conflict.
d. An enemy is a particular kind of adversary, who seeks to oppose us through armed,
lethal means.
The boundaries between these groups are not fixed. For example, adversaries may be
persuaded or elect to become neutral or even friendly actors. Conversely, the unintended
consequences of our actions may see previously neutral actors become our enemies. It is
important to identify how groups and individuals relate to each other, what motivates and
influences them, how they can influence us and how land forces might seek to achieve
advantageous behavioural outcomes while preventing those that are undesirable.
4-06. Commanders must also understand the information aspects of the land environment:
how it can influence the audience, and how, as a resource of the land force, it
supports the integration of actions. As a means of influence, we must understand
what information is relevant and, to whom, how it is received, and how it might
influence people’s decision-making and behaviours. We must also understand how
we and other actors compete for influence by using information, in both the physical
and virtual domains. Information is also a fundamental resource of land forces, our
partners and adversaries. It is generated, maintained and transferred primarily in the
virtual domain, which will be contested and potentially denied by adversaries.
Audiences
Actors
Adversaries
Enemies
Audience. All the groups and individual
people whose perception and interpretation
of events and subsequent behaviour contribute
to the success or otherwise of military action
Actors. A group or person that
takes action or directly
exerts influence
Adversary. A group or person that
seeks to prevent us from achieving
our objectives
Enemy. A group or person that seeks
to defeat us through armed lethal means
Figure 4-1. Audiences, actors, adversaries and enemies
4-2 | | 4-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
4-07. Understanding how we and others operate in the virtual domain informs how we
protect our own information, and how we might challenge our adversaries. We seek
information superiority, but must be able to operate without it. Understanding the
physical geography of the land environment underpins the effective integration
of physical actions, such as manoeuvre and fires, with other levers of influence,
for example, information activities or those delivered by other instruments of
power. First, we must understand the military relevance of the terrain, both as
an objective of land operations and as the medium through which operations
are conducted. Factors include the ground, weather, climate and infrastructure.
Secondly, we need to understand the relevance of the physical geography to the
audience. Different people perceive and use the physical environment in significantly
different ways. For example, a particular building may hold cultural significance to
a key audience, and so should not be considered solely for its physical utility.
4-08. The context comprises the historical, political, economic, cultural and social
background to the situation or conflict. It shapes what resources and missions are
allocated to land forces, their freedoms, constraints and relationships with other
actors. It also shapes, but cannot predict, the likely consequences of our actions,
which in turn contribute to the evolving context. Actions will have both intended
and unintended effects. These can be positive or negative, immediate, short or
long term, and will be perceived and interpreted differently by different parts of
the audience. Commanders, therefore, need to constantly assess and re-assess the
consequences of their actions, as perceived by the audience, and adjust accordingly.
Integration of actions to achieve desired outcomes
4-09. Understanding is a means to an end; nothing happens until action is taken. What
is important is to draw from the available relevant information what effects and
combinations of actions are required, and then to act appropriately and quickly, relative
to other actors. Furthermore, it is through action that understanding is often best
developed. Only so much can be learned through observation and study; early actions
should usually be seen as a bridge from preliminary understanding to Integrated Action.
4-10. Integrated Action blends lethal and non-lethal actions to have effects on the
understanding, physical capability, will and cohesion of the audience. Organised into
attainable objectives, these effects are ultimately realised in people’s minds, influencing
their decision making, to achieve the desired outcomes. Although not all tactical
activities are directed against people, the ultimate targets of land power are the audience
and actors (including enemies, adversaries, allies and civilians). Integrated Action is
planned from desired outcome back to actions, through objectives and effects, and
adjusted in execution in response to what has been learned and the changing situation.
4-11. Informed by continuous analysis of the audience, the commander describes the desired
outcomes, an outcome being a favourable and enduring situation. Where appropriate
to the tasks assigned and the resources available, outcomes are described in terms of
changed or maintained understanding and behaviour. In all cases, however, land forces
operate in a context where the success of military actions is judged by a wide audience.
4-12. Because military operations are unpredictable, they must be designed to
allow those executing the plan to focus on clearly defined and attainable
tactical objectives, in the context of desired and potential outcomes.
4-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
4-13. Objectives are achieved by effects that bring about changes (or not) in a particular
object, for example maintaining the support of particular actors or denying an enemy
access to a piece of terrain. Integrated Action, seeks effects on the understanding,
physical capability, and will and cohesion of actors, consistent with the desired outcome.
a. The decision-making of actors is, like ours, grounded on their understanding, how
they perceive and interpret particular situations. Actions can affect their understanding
directly or indirectly. Often, how key individuals understand a situation can affect
the decisions and behaviour of larger groups. For example, enemy commanders who
have been deceived, or denied the ability to make accurate assessments, will give less
effective direction to their subordinates; a force might show additional resolve as a
result of the actions of just one individual; or a community might leave a town or stay
in it, support an enemy or not, depending on how a few influential people interpret
the situation.
b. Our actions can damage, build or maintain physical capability in the form of people,
equipment and infrastructure and the means to sustain or direct them. For example, an
enemy’s physical capability can be destroyed or denied; partner forces can be equipped
and trained; and communities can be provided with or given improved access to
resources and infrastructure.
c. Our actions can seek to affect actors’ will and cohesion positively or negatively,
depending on the desired outcome. Land forces can use Integrated Action to bolster
or maintain partner and community will and cohesion, for example, by using capacity
building or fire support to improve partner forces’ morale.
4-14. Having identified the effects required, a commander integrates the actions and
capabilities available to achieve them. Those actions taken by the land force are
normally worded as tasks, which, together with their purpose, constitute subordinates’
missions. At the tactical level, such missions are typically fixed: they require
specific activity, such as attacking, seizing terrain, building a bridge or providing
logistic support. A capacity to think laterally beyond these missions is, however,
required; commanders must always consider the wider impact of their actions and
how they might contribute to first and second order effects and outcomes.
The Tactical Functions
4-15. The tactical functions are the primary levers of influence, representing the full
breadth of the force’s activities that are integrated when orchestrating and executing
operations. These are, however, rarely sufficient. Commanders and staff must
also seek to integrate a range of different levers not under their direct control;
they must, therefore, cooperate with joint, inter-governmental, inter-agency, non-
governmental, private sector and multinational actors involved in the operation.
4-16. Those tactical functions mainly directed towards actors are: manoeuvre, fires,
information activities and capacity building.
21
Their successful application
depends on command and intelligence which set the operation’s direction,
and protection and sustainment which enable the mission. These tactical
functions can also have direct and indirect effects on the audience as well as
on the mission itself. For example, how a force collects intelligence, protects or
sustains itself may directly affect the audience’s perceptions of the force.
21 Capacity building is the land force contribution to outreach in Joint Action.
4-4 | | 4-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
4-17. The nature of the task determines how the tactical functions are applied. When fighting,
for example, the main effects sought are on the will of the enemy and so this aspect of
Integrated Action is guided at the tactical level by the Manoeuvrist Approach. As each
operation is unique, however, there is no single way by which actions are integrated.
Rather, there are doctrinal frameworks, common to varying degrees in joint and NATO
doctrine, which aid the organisation and visualisation of Integrated Action. These are the
operational and tactical frameworks, which link groups of actions by their purpose,
and the geographic framework which does so by their location in relation to the
force. The tactical functions and doctrinal frameworks are explained in Chapter 8.
4-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Gulf War - 1990/1991
In August 1990, Iraq invaded and occupied Kuwait. Soon after, the United Nations
Security Council authorised a coalition of 34 nations to eject Iraqi forces. The
campaign lasted from 2 August 1990 to 28 February 1991. The fighting in 1991 is
remembered by many as being largely about fires and manoeuvre. But from national
capitals to the battlegroup level, there were important political and information
activities aspects to the operation, integrated with fires and manoeuvre, which
included many of the elements of Integrated Action in a warfighting operation.
At the strategic level, the first challenge was to assemble the Coalition in Saudi Arabia.
This was hugely sensitive because the arrival of thousands of Western soldiers and
airmen in the cradle of Islam was unprecedented and in many quarters unwelcome.
Part of the solution was to place Coalition forces under overall Saudi command,
with the components commanded by US generals. The Coalition was eventually
700,000 strong with the major contributions from the United States, UK, Saudi
Arabia, France, Egypt and Syria. Subsequently, the major issues were building and
maintaining consent for the operation, keeping the Coalition together, and retaining
campaign authority. In the time before the internet, print and broadcast media played
a key role in informing opinions at home. Live TV, used by both sides to inform
audiences, was particularly prominent. The cohesion of the Coalition was critical,
and also a potential vulnerability. Retaining campaign authority was essential.
At the operational and tactical level, psychological operations played an important role
in demoralising Iraqi forces. Initially Iraqi troops occupying Kuwait were reached by
using smugglers to get small radios and cassette tapes into Kuwait. The 50,000 tapes
that were smuggled in had popular Arabic music on them and also messages from the
Coalition, crafted by the Saudis to appeal to their intended audience. When the six
week air campaign began in January 1991, coalition air raids deliberately destroyed
the Iraqi TV system, and filled the void with their own broadcasts, again designed
and presented with Saudi assistance. Indeed, the air campaign itself was intended to
be a powerful political and psychological instrument. Whilst preparatory air attacks
failed to coerce Saddam to withdraw from Kuwait, the impunity with which Coalition
air attacks were conducted provided compelling evidence of the Coalition’s military
superiority. These air attacks also imposed significant physical and psychological attrition
on defending Iraqi forces. Iraqi defences were bombed and leafleted to encourage
desertion and later, honourable surrender. Some battlegroup objectives were also attacked
with lethal force while surrender was encouraged and enabled by loudspeaker.
The manoeuvre of the land component of the campaign delivered the decisive coup
de grâce. Controversially, the ground operation was brought to a close after only 100
hours, largely because of the threat of the loss of campaign authority. The reaction of
the audiences at home to what seemed excessive destruction of defeated Iraqi forces
on the Basra Road; the threat of the disintegration of the Coalition if the Western
members were to go on to Baghdad; and the willingness of the Iraqis to negotiate
a surrender were all considerations that brought military operations to an end.
Thus, Coalition success required the careful integration of political, psychological,
and military activity in order to achieve the campaign’s limited declaratory goals.
4-6 | | 4-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Operation HAMKARI - Afghanistan 2010
In 2010 the surge of United States forces into Afghanistan allowed the International
Security and Assistance Force (ISAF) to attempt to regain the initiative in Kandahar
province. In Regional Command (South), Kandahar City was the key, because it
was the heart of the Pashtun south, the birthplace of the Taliban movement, the
former de facto capital of the Taliban government, and the home of President Karzai.
For the Taliban, if they could not seize and hold Kandahar, then contesting it was
important for their attempts to appear a viable rival to the Afghan government.
The commanding general realised that efforts in Kandahar province could not simply comprise
a physical effort to drive out the Taliban; there would also have to be a political effort to re-
connect the people to the Afghan government. The preliminary requirement was to understand
the physical, human and information aspects of the environment. A particular focus was to
establish which actors could enable or undermine the operation, and to determine who it was
that could provide the conduits within the Government, and also from within the population
at large, to effect the necessary change. It was also essential to understand what tools or
levers could be applied to achieve the desired behaviour from these actors. Certain actors
might be supportive if their agricultural and economic problems were addressed; others
might have to be removed and replaced; others empowered by another authority; some
might join the Afghan security forces; many would need to be defeated by military action.
Operation HAMKARI (from the word ‘cooperation’ in Dari and Pashto) was launched
in July 2010 as a combined civil-military operation to deny the Taliban control of key
terrain around the city and to improve governance and development. Taliban access into
Kandahar City was dependent on their control of the surrounding districts, where they
had a relatively secure refuge from which they controlled or influenced the population.
Phase One involved extensive shaping operations. These operations included efforts
by the Afghan Government to place the right personnel in key appointments in order
to improve the capability and legitimacy of local government. They also included
targeted raids to capture or kill Taliban leaders. Afghan government forces established
physical control of Kandahar city enabling them to control the flow of population in
and out, and therefore also cutting off the insurgent supply and infiltration routes.
Subsequently, the division’s brigades executed overlapping decisive phases. Each brigade
was assigned one of the surrounding districts which they cleared sequentially. Arghandab
district was first. It was historically and physically important terrain for the Taliban and a
major centre of improvised explosive device (IED) production and arms caches. Afghan
and ISAF forces began the clearing operation in late July, targeting the strongholds
in west-central Arghandab, and by the beginning of October they had cleared the
enemy positions and IED belts. These activities were accompanied by parallel efforts to
improve the effectiveness of civil government. The other districts, and more fighting,
followed, but the Taliban in the region were defeated. The remaining Taliban fighters
either fled or laid down their arms; some joined ISAF cash-for-work programmes.
Operation HAMKARI consciously blended all non-lethal and lethal means available to
the commander to change the physical capability, will and cohesion, understanding and
behaviour of key targeted actors. It was, effectively, an exercise in Integrated Action.
4-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Operation GRITROCK - Sierra Leone 2014
A task force under command of a brigade headquarters deployed to Sierra Leone in
September 2014 to assist the UK Department for International Development (DFID)
to support the Government of Sierra Leone in countering the outbreak of the ebola
virus. Although there was a security risk, the main threat was not an armed enemy,
but a lethal virus. Since the security threat was not primarily military in character,
Defence was in a supporting role at the strategic level. Nevertheless, on the ground
the military were required to provide a framework of command and control,
coordination and action which proved critical to the success of the operation.
The tri-service force was initially commanded by a logistic brigade headquarters. It included
combat and combat support force elements (infantry, combat engineer, communications,
intelligence, and information activities forces) and combat service support to enable the mission.
Critical force elements were joint or drawn from other components, including: a tri-service
medical group, RAF strategic lift and RFA ARGUS. Although it was clear that the British military
was not in the lead, the force was a key resource, and the command and control and medical
capabilities provided by the military were particularly valuable to the UK-led international effort.
At the initiation of Operation GRITROCK, the threat was extreme and the situation
was deteriorating. There was an infection rate of 600 people per week (and climbing),
many hospitals and medical centres had closed, there were dead bodies in the streets
and health care workers were contracting the disease at an unsustainable rate.
The brigade commander’s first task was to begin to understand the problem and to build
relationships with key individuals and organisations. The commander had had some first-
hand experience of the country, and the Army had been engaged in Sierra Leone for over
14 years. There was considerable local knowledge, some key personal relationships already
existed and the Republic of Sierra Leone Armed Forces and Ministry of Defence were well-
disposed to the British and competent. By developing an understanding of the nature and
outlook of all the key actors in Sierra Leone and in London, the brigade commander was able
to begin to work out how best to assist DFID’s team on the ground, and their 2* overall lead.
The efforts of the Sierra Leone Government, DFID, NGOs and the supporting military task
force turned the situation around over a period of months. Many more people died, but the
virus outbreak was stabilised, contained and eliminated. The military contribution, although
a supporting effort, was vital to the success of the operation. It had a very significant
influence on planning, strategy, conduct of the operation, the maintenance of morale of
NGOs and Sierra Leonean health services, and the continuance of effective governance in
the country. For example, the military were able to deploy trained and equipped medical
staff immediately into theatre; they built and then operated ebola treatment centres;
they provided a framework for the training of local medical, police and government
personnel; they provided critical logistic capabilities for the ebola treatment programme.
The doctrine of Integrated Action did not exist during Operation GRITROCK, but
the brigade commander consciously used the tools of operational art and counter-
insurgency doctrine to guide his actions. His approach focused on identifying the
desired outcomes and objectives, and the human audience and actors whose behaviour
would be essential for success. Some of those actors were his superiors in London and
partners in Sierra Leone. Some of them he could influence personally or by the words
or deeds of his task force; others had to be reached vicariously through the Sierra
Leonean authorities and media, DFID, and relevant NGOs. Operation GRITROCK is a good
example of the ideas of Integrated Action being applied in a non-conflict situation.
4-8 | | 4-9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Manoeuvrist Approach
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
4-12 | 4-12 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
CHAPTER 5
Manoeuvrist Approach
Introduction
5-01. The Manoeuvrist Approach is the Army’s fighting
doctrine for the tactical level. It determines the
way we fight enemies across the different types of
operation, and because fighting can have extremely
significant consequences, it is set in the broader
context of the audience and Integrated Action. It
is an indirect approach which emphasises effects
on the will of the enemy. It blends lethal and non-
lethal actions to achieve objectives which shape
the enemy’s understanding, undermine their will
and break their cohesion. It aims to apply strength
against vulnerabilities. Significant features are momentum, tempo and agility, which
in combination lead to shock and surprise. It entails doing the unexpected, using
initiative and seeking originality, combined with a relentless determination to succeed.
5-02. This section describes the requirements of the Manoeuvrist Approach; ways
of seizing and holding the initiative; and how to shape the understanding of
enemies, undermine their will and break their cohesion. Although explained
separately below, gaining the initiative and attacking vulnerabilities must
be seamlessly connected. Each reinforces and enables the other.
Requirements
5-03. The Manoeuvrist Approach, enabled by Mission Command, has two specific
requirements: an attitude of mind and understanding of the enemy’s vulnerabilities.
5-04. First, the Manoeuvrist Approach requires an attitude of mind that seeks indirect
solutions to reduce the enemy’s will to fight, by pitching our strength against enemy
vulnerability, rather than strength. This indirect approach emphasises the use of initiative
to act in original ways unexpected by the enemy and a relentless determination to
retain the initiative and exploit success. It does not preclude destruction of the enemy
so long as the results sought are disproportionately greater than the resources applied
and the enemy’s will to fight is undermined and their cohesion shattered. It depends
on practical knowledge, agility, Mission Command and the willingness to accept risks.
5-05. The second requirement is an understanding of the enemy’s vulnerabilities, both before
contact and as they appear and evolve during battle. Centre of gravity analysis can be a
useful tool for this. The Manoeuvrist Approach guides us to find, attack, and exploit these
vulnerabilities in an enemy’s strength. Additionally, commanders must consider carefully how
the enemy themselves might apply the Manoeuvrist Approach. They must understand their
Manoeuvrist Approach
• Introduction
• Requirements:
• Understanding
• Attitude of mind
• Psychological impact
• Seizing the initiative
• Shaping understanding
• Attacking will and cohesion
4-12 | | 5-14-12 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
own centre of gravity and critical vulnerabilities, and protect their forces accordingly. Contextual
understanding is also necessary. The Manoeuvrist Approach is not executed in isolation
from wider contextual and operational factors, for example, domestic appetite for risk and
casualties (of friendly and enemy forces), or second and third order effects of actions taken.
Psychological impact of the Manoeuvrist Approach
5-06. The tools of seizing the initiative, shaping understanding and attacking will and
cohesion are means to an end. By holding the initiative and operating at higher tempo
than the enemy, we aim to impose multiple, simultaneous dilemmas, forcing the
enemy to make decisions favourable to us or, when necessary, to induce shock and so
render the enemy incapable of rational decision making. The classic physiological and
psychological symptoms of shock are numbness and irrational behaviour, preventing
the enemy from responding effectively to a developing situation. It is most debilitating
when the full range of the force’s capabilities, lethal and non-lethal, is applied against
enemy vulnerabilities. As an effect, shock is both unpredictable and temporary, so
its effects must be rapidly exploited before the enemy can respond effectively.
Seizing and holding the initiative
5-07. The initiative is the ability to dictate the course of events, to decide and act
before our opponents do and so gain advantage. In contact with an enemy,
gaining, regaining and retaining the initiative requires: tempo, surprise, pre-
emption, momentum, simultaneity, exploitation and avoiding culmination.
They cannot be applied in isolation, but are mutually reinforcing.
5-08. Tempo is the rate of activity of operations relative to an enemy’s. It is about acting more
quickly than the enemy. The side which consistently decides and acts fastest should gain
and hold an advantage. Speed and quality of decision-making, while necessary to gain
and hold the initiative, is not sufficient. Action must follow swiftly, enabled by Mission
Command and good battle procedure. Often a perfect plan made and executed too
late will fail, whereas an imperfect one made before an enemy can act will succeed.
5-09. Surprise is an important way of seizing and retaining the initiative. It must be central
to the design of all combat operations and be sought by commanders at all levels.
a. Surprise is a potent psychological weapon, causing shock through unexpected action in
time, space and method. For example, surprise can be achieved by: attacking an enemy
earlier or more rapidly than anticipated, including through cyber electromagnetic
activities (time); attacking the enemy’s rear, or preparing well concealed depth
defences (space); unforeseen employment of air manoeuvre or indigenous forces, the
concealment and employment of reserves or sudden withdrawal to defensive positions
(method).
b. The increasing visibility of a land force’s actions places increased importance on the
use of deception to achieve surprise and to protect the force’s own vulnerabilities.
Deception is defined as those measures designed to mislead the enemy by
manipulation, distortion, or falsification of evidence to induce them to react in a
manner prejudicial to their interests. There are two methods of deception: simulation,
which deliberately allows an enemy to see false activity (for example through a
demonstration); and dissimulation, which is hiding the reality by concealing it or
5-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
making it appear to be something else. Deception plans must have a clearly defined
aim, be convincing by playing to enemy’s perceptions, prejudices and likely reactions,
and be flexible, without consuming disproportionate resources or time. Enemies will
also employ deception, requiring commanders and staff to have a sceptical mind-set.
c. The acme of surprise is when it combines high tempo physical manoeuvre, superiority
in the virtual domain, and concentrated application of violence – sometimes termed
‘shock action’. Enabled by security, surprise involves using combinations of secrecy,
concealment, deception, originality, audacity and tempo to confuse, paralyse or disrupt
effective decision-making, and undermine an adversary’s morale. Thus it is instrumental
not only to gaining the initiative, but also subsequently to attacking and defeating the
enemy. It need not be total, but merely sufficient to instil doubt, delaying a decision
or an action until it is too late. The effects of surprise are transitory, as shock and
confusion recede over time, so its effects should be exploited rapidly and aggressively.
5-10. Pre-emption is to seize an opportunity, which may itself be fleeting, to deny the enemy
an advantage before they act. It denies them the initiative and frustrates their plan.
Its success lies in the speed with which the situation can be subsequently exploited.
5-11. Momentum is the driving force of a moving object. Maintaining momentum
keeps an enemy off-balance and enables a commander to retain the
initiative. As a product of velocity and mass, it is liable to be reduced through
either a loss of speed or of combat power, stalling the operation and so
allowing the enemy to regain the initiative. Exploitation of momentum
creates the bridge from seizing the initiative to achieving success.
5-12. Simultaneity seeks to disrupt the decision-making process of opponents by confronting
them with a number of concurrent problems. By attacking or threatening enemies in
many ways and from many directions at once, in the physical and virtual domains,
they cannot concentrate on any one attack, nor establish priorities between them.
They cannot choose how and where to react; they are torn between multiple threats
and find it hard to respond coherently. Enemy cohesion is particularly susceptible
when several layers of their command system are acted against simultaneously.
5-13. Exploitation is defined as taking full advantage of success in battle and following
up initial gains.
If not exploited, the effects of surprise and shock, pre-emption, tempo,
momentum and simultaneity are likely to be local and temporary. A capable enemy
will try to recover and seek ways of regaining the initiative. Therefore success should
be exploited to maintain the initiative, extend and expand its effects and encourage
collapse. Exploitation can be planned or opportunistic. Planned exploitation is designed
in advance to follow anticipated success and may require fresh, echeloned forces.
Opportunistic exploitation is a way of building on local success. It should be carried out
with the resources at hand and should be initiated as soon as an opportunity is recognised,
particularly at lower tactical levels. The most effective exploitation integrates the full range
of lethal and non-lethal capabilities available to the force, appropriate according to the
task and environment. For example, a combat action may be exploited by manoeuvre
and information activities or, in a counter-insurgency context, by a combination of
information activities and capacity building. Exploitation is enabled by Mission Command,
effective understanding and balanced, mobile and flexible reserve or echeloned forces,
which can be deployed rapidly to take advantage of the opportunities presented.
5-2 | | 5-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
5-14. Avoiding culmination is also key and must be constantly balanced with the advantages
presented by exploitation. The culminating point is defined as the point in time and the
location at which a force no longer has the capability to continue an operation under
current conditions and so loses the initiative. An operational pause may be required: a
temporary and deliberate cessation of certain activities during the course of an operation
to avoid reaching the culminating point and to be able to regenerate the combat power
required to proceed with the next stage of the operation. Anticipation of when or where a
force might reach a culminating point requires detailed understanding of the environment
as well as of friendly and enemy forces. Implementation of an operational pause at a
place and time to the advantage of friendly forces allows the initiative to be maintained.
Shaping understanding
5-15. The Manoeuvrist Approach seeks to manipulate an enemy’s understanding to produce
behavioural outcomes favourable to the friendly force. The perception of failure is the
best mechanism by which to promote actual failure, convincing the enemy of the futility
of their actions. The shock induced by surprise and an enemy’s loss of initiative all
contribute to this perception of failure. Security, deception and information activities
amplify their effects and are therefore central to the Manoeuvrist Approach. They
are not, however, sufficient. Shaping the enemy’s understanding conclusively is rarely
achievable without the application or threat of force, attacking will and cohesion.
Attacking will and cohesion
5-16. The will and cohesion of a force are indivisible. Will is the determination to
persist in the face of adversity. It has two aspects: intent and resolve. Both can be
influenced, attacked and undermined. The enemy’s intent is thwarted when they
believe that their aim is no longer achievable, and so desist from their course of
action. The enemy’s resolve is their strength of will. It is overcome when they are
demoralised and no longer have the desire to continue. It is intimately linked to
the cohesion of the force. The same principle applies to our own force; we must
protect our own will and cohesion from the actions of enemies and adversaries.
5-17. Troops who have moral cohesion stick together: they continue to fight despite adversity
and local reverses. It relies on leadership, perception of success, confidence and trust
that forces will be supported and sustained. It cannot, therefore, be separated from the
physical cohesion that gives a force its potential to mass forces and effects at the time
and place of its choosing. Physical cohesion relies on sustainment, freedom of movement,
and effective command systems of leaders, command posts and communications.
5-18. Physical capability is also a feature of cohesion. If key combat forces, combat service
support or command nodes are lost or threatened, then both moral and physical cohesion
of the enemy are reduced, while the freedom of action and initiative of friendly forces are
enhanced. Attacking and often destroying physical capabilities is therefore required by
the Manoeuvrist Approach as a means to an end of defeating the enemy’s will to fight.
5-19. Ultimately, without moral and physical cohesion, a force becomes less than the sum of
its parts and readily susceptible to shock. As well as using surprise and pre-emption,
cohesion and will can be attacked through dislocation, disruption and destruction.
5-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
a. Dislocation denies the enemy the ability to bring their strengths to bear, or to
persuade them that their strength is irrelevant. Its purpose is wider than the frustration
of the enemy’s plan; it is about ensuring that their strengths are in the wrong place.
It may be deliberate or a fortunate consequence of other actions. Deep penetration,
envelopment and deception are three methods of dislocation. Another method is
distraction, encouraging the enemy to cover more options than they can afford.
b. Disruption can be used to break apart and confuse assets that are critical to the
employment and coherence of the enemy’s fighting power. It aims to rupture the
integrity of a force, to render it incapable of deciding and acting purposefully. Military
targets might include communication networks, command centres, transport nodes,
or logistic facilities. Against irregular forces, disruption can be achieved by attacking
vulnerabilities in the enemy’s networks.
c. Destruction, when unsupported or unfocused, is not normally a major contributor
to shock, other than when used on a massive scale. Otherwise, the careful selection
and destruction of discrete capabilities or force elements amplifies the effects of
surprise, dislocation and disruption, and can be decisive in undermining an enemy’s
will to fight. Such targeted destruction may well be the focus of all of the forces
of a particular formation or battlegroup within a wider concept of operations. The
effects of destruction also extend beyond the elimination of a particular capability and
demoralisation of the wider force. Second order consequences may include adverse
or positive reactions from across the audience, or a later requirement to reinstate the
same capability for use by friendly forces or the local population.
Attacking will and cohesion - Falkland Islands 1982
42 Commando assaulted Mount Harriet in the Falklands on the night of 11 June 1982 in
a surprise attack from the enemy’s rear. The 4th Argentine Infantry Regiment, defending
Harriet, expected an attack from Mount Wall to the west; a diversionary attack by 12
Troop of 42 Commando reinforced that perception. The main body attacked from the
south-east and approached to within about a hundred metres of the Argentine positions
before it was detected. The assault was very rapid: leading elements reached the crest of
Mount Harriet within 40 minutes; the crest line was cleared within about two hours; and
the fighting was largely complete within 5 hours.
The Argentine regimental command post and mortar platoon were overrun early in the
assault. This was a lucky consequence of the chosen axis of attack but the effects of this
selective destruction were significant. The Argentines lost much of their primary indirect
fire support and command and control of their forces; both affected their cohesion. An
Argentine company commander attempted to organise a counter-attack force on the
north side of the ridgeline; however a sudden, concentrated artillery fire mission broke up
the attack. The survivors were seen fleeing east towards Stanley through the smoke and
darkness. The surprise attack, shock action and some aspects of the destruction achieved
had overcome the 4th Infantry Regiment’s cohesion; it collapsed and was effectively
destroyed as a fighting force.
Abridged from Nicholas van der Bijl, Nine Battles to Stanley (1999)
5-4 | | 5-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Colonel John Boyd and the OODA loop
Boyd was the USAF officer who developed the ‘OODA loop’: a decision-action cycle of
observe, orient, decide and act. It came from his experience of air combat between USAF
F86 Sabres and Chinese MiG 15s in the Korean War. In many ways the MiG 15 was a
better aircraft than the Sabre, but the Sabre was far superior in combat. Boyd wanted to
understand why.
Boyd concluded that the Sabre’s bubble canopy gave US pilots better visibility and
situational awareness than their opponents. Also, Sabres had early hydraulic flight controls,
unlike the MiGs, so pilots could more rapidly manoeuvre the aircraft. The psychological
stress of being in combat with a Sabre increased USAF superiority as it caused many MiG
15 pilots to panic and underperform.
He posited that pilots operated a decision making process in a continuous cycle of: observe,
orient, decide and act (OODA). Later this idea was expanded to describe the cycle that
any dynamic organisation goes through. Boyd saw that the goal was to go more rapidly
through the cycle than the opponent, and try to slow the opponent’s cycle. The critical
proviso was that the orientation phase was most important: if the wrong judgements were
made this would lead to incorrect and possibly fatal decisions irrespective of the speed of
the cycle.
We see it now as a helpful way to understand the concept of tempo. A force and its
adversaries observe the unfolding situation. They orient themselves to the situation,
decide what to do, and act. The decision and action stages give continuous feedback to
observation and so the process goes on.
5-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
5-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 6
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Mission Command
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
5-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
CHAPTER 6
Mission Command
Introduction
6-01. Command is the authority vested in an
individual of the armed forces for the direction,
coordination, and control of military forces.
The manner in which command is exercised by
armed forces is described as their command
philosophy. The British Army’s command
philosophy is Mission Command. This philosophy
is founded on the clear expression of intent by commanders, and the freedom of
subordinates to act to achieve that intent. Mission Command is common across Defence
and is the allied concept for command and control of NATO land forces.
22
As a command
philosophy, it comprises commonly understood principles and guidelines for application;
its expression will, however, vary in relation to cultural, task and operational factors.
This chapter places Mission Command in context, explaining the nature of command.
It then describes Mission Command, its principles and how it is applied in practice.
Context
6-02. Historically, land forces have employed different command philosophies, ranging
from Mission Command to more centralised control.
Centralised control seeks to
impose order and certainty on the battlefield. It does not, however, account for the
adversarial and dynamic nature of conflict, where success comes from the speed
of appropriate reaction to a changing situation, and from the initiative and will to
fight of every soldier and unit. Higher commanders responsible for planning and
executing operations cannot feasibly make timely and appropriate lower level tactical
decisions; these are best made quickly by subordinate commanders on the spot.
6-03. In conflict, even the most robust communication systems are not completely
reliable. This failure occurs through either the friction inherent in conflict or an
adversary’s cyber or electromagnetic attack. In such circumstances, subordinates
require freedom of action, within the constraints of their commanders’ intent,
to prevail over friction and chaos. Success demands a command philosophy
which draws strength from but is not reliant on improving communications,
enables the rapid identification and exploitation of opportunity to match strength
against vulnerability, and harnesses the disciplined initiative of all forces.
22 There is no formally agreed NATO definition of Mission Command. This
chapter is consistent with NATO and joint descriptions.
• Introduction
• Context
• Nature of command
• Mission Command
• Principles
• Application
5-10 | | 6-1
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Nature of command
6-04. For UK Armed Forces, command authority has a legal and constitutional
status, codified for the British Army in Queen’s Regulations, and is vested in
commanders by a higher authority that gives direction and assigns forces for
them to accomplish missions. The exercise of command is the process by which
commanders make decisions, impress their will on and transmit their intentions
to subordinates. With authority comes responsibility and accountability – all
three of which must be correctly aligned for command to be effective.This is
particularly important when responsibility is delegated, as it usually is.Authority
is the power and right to give orders and enforce obedience.Responsibility is the
ability and obligation to act independently and make decisions.Accountability
is the requirement and expectation to justify actions and decisions.
a. Authority may come with a specific appointment, by virtue of rank, or be delegated
by an appropriately authorised superior. When a commander delegates authority, the
scope of that authority is stated in orders, including the command relationships of
subordinate force elements. When a commander delegates responsibility, it must be
matched with the required delegated authority. Too little authority and the subordinate
will not be able to assume full responsibility. Too much and a subordinate may
misjudge and over-reach. It is essential that subordinate commanders and staff officers
do not exceed their authority.
b. With the authority granted to
commanders comes a wide range of
standing responsibilities, dependent
on their position, rank or delegations.
In addition to these, military operations
in general and Mission Command in
particular rely on subordinates receiving
additional responsibility for missions
and tasks so that they can achieve their
commander’s intent. It is essential that the
responsibility assigned over the forces and
resources matches the mission or task, and
that the requisite authority accompanies
it. Otherwise, the subordinate will not
have the required materials and power to
succeed. Responsibility also involves an
obligation to complete the task to the best
of a commander’s ability.
c. Accountability ensures that authority is exercised appropriately and that
responsibilities are fulfilled. Whoever has authority and responsibility for anything will,
if necessary, be required to justify their actions, and will be responsible in law for their
decisions and actions.
Figure 6-1. Functions of command
6-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
6-05. By delegation, commanders use their authority to ensure that along with resources,
subordinates receive the appropriate authority and responsibility for their missions
and tasks. Whoever has authority delegated to them becomes accountable for the
mission and the conduct of the forces under their command. Delegation does not
detract from the authority of superior commanders (delegation can be rescinded),
and since they are responsible for the decision to delegate and for the actions of
subordinates, the superior commanders retain overall accountability. So, commanders
and subordinates to whom they delegate share authority, responsibility and
accountability for delegated missions and for the forces under their command.
6-06. Military command at all levels is the art of decision making, motivating and directing
forces into action to accomplish missions. It is founded on understanding and constant
assessment of the operating environment and its various actors and audiences, people,
resources, risk and desired outcomes. A commander determines courses of action to be
taken, leads the force and controls the execution of the mission. The three functions
of command, which are inter-dependent, are decision-making, leadership and control
(see Figure 6-1). A command system comprises not only the commander, but also the
staff who, depending on the level of command, contribute to the effect of all three
functions, with particular emphasis on control. Deficiencies in any of the constituents
of command have a detrimental effect on a force’s fighting power as a whole.
a. Timely, accurate and effective decision-making (including assessing risk) increases
tempo relative to opponents, thereby increasing the probability of success on
operations. Decision-making stems from a blend of structured military processes
and intuition, developed through experience, education and training. Intuition and
judgement are key when making difficult decisions, evaluating risk and exploiting
fleeting opportunities on the basis of incomplete information. Knowing when to
be resolute and when to consider a change in direction are fundamental skills of
a commander and are features of strong leadership. Making major decisions is
a commander’s responsibility, including judgements relating to the whole force,
especially those relating to less quantifiable aspects of the art of war, for example
when to decide and when to act. The staff also make certain decisions on behalf of the
commander, appropriate to their delegated authority, as well as assist the commander’s
decision-making.
b. The way in which commanders exercise leadership of their staff and subordinates
necessarily impacts on the conduct of the force. Commanders must be strong leaders,
capable of adapting their leadership style to the requirements of the operation and
force. Different circumstances demand varying degrees of regulation, delegation,
inspiration and coercion. Army Leadership Doctrine explores in detail this critical
constituent of command.
c. As a function of command, control is the oversight, direction, and coordination
of assigned forces in accordance with the commander’s plan and intent. Control is
achieved through employing common command doctrine, including standardised
procedures for the control of operations and forces. Above sub-unit level, it may be
delegated to staff, but at all levels commanders may need to control activity personally
to ensure that their intent is achieved.
6-2 | | 6-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Mission Command
6-07. Mission Command is the British Army’s command philosophy. This is an approach which
empowers subordinate commanders and promotes initiative as well as freedom and
speed of action. Critically, it focuses on achievement of higher intent through mission
type orders. It empowers leaders at every level and is intended to generate agility and
tempo. This enables us to overcome an enemy in the most chaotic and demanding
circumstances and unlocks everyone’s potential to seize winning opportunities, however
fleeting. Supporting Integrated Action, Mission Command focuses on outcomes,
objectives and effects, rather than specifying the detailed ways in which these are
to be achieved. Mission Command depends on: the duty of commanders to express
their intent clearly and to ensure that it is understood; the duty of subordinates
to act to achieve that intent; and the presumption by subordinates of delegated
freedom of action to achieve the intent, within specified and implied constraints.
6-08. For Mission Command to work, the three functions of command must be in harmony.
Commanders must ensure that subordinates understand the context and their
commander’s intent. Commanders at all levels must use good judgement and initiative
to achieve intent and develop a mind-set focused on identifying indirect solutions to
problems. Mission Command requires commanders who will make sound decisions
without recourse to their higher headquarters and who are comfortable with freedom
of action rather than tight control. It also depends on effective leadership at all levels of
the force, with the most junior commanders and private soldiers confident and willing
to use their initiative and tactical understanding to exploit opportunities. It also requires
control: actions must be deconflicted, and resources shared, and some subordinates
will need more control than others. If Mission Command is to be instinctive, it must
be well understood and practised, not only on all operations and during field training,
but every day. Commanders must empower their subordinates routinely because this
gives them the confidence to act boldly and independently on the battlefield.
6-09. In practice, there are circumstances when commanders must apply greater
control of their subordinates. Factors to be considered include: the nature of
the task, including how complex or time critical it is; and the aptitude and
capability of subordinates and staff to apply Mission Command in a given
context. In these circumstances it is a superior commander’s duty to ensure
that their intent and detailed guidance is understood and followed.
6-10. In a multinational and inter-agency environment, even when Mission Command
is formally advocated, it may be subject to differing national, organisational and
individual interpretations and applications. This can be extremely challenging.
Improved interoperability may assist to some degree. Commanders and staff must
be prepared to adapt, recognising also the requirements of potential partner nations
and agencies that will not recognise or be able to practise Mission Command.
6-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Principles of Mission Command
6-11. Mission Command comprises one guiding principle and five further principles.
23
The fundamental guiding principle of Mission Command is the absolute
responsibility to act to achieve the superior commander’s intent.
6-12. Mission Command requires unity of effort. This stems from the commanders
ability to formulate a clear intent and mission statements; the use of common
doctrine and tactics; a common language of command; a high standard of
collective training; and the designation of priorities and a main effort. Taken
together, these provide a framework of common understanding throughout
a force. They also assist the coordination of actions in time and space and
the ability to anticipate and respond swiftly to changes in the situation.
a. Unity of effort is further enhanced by: commanders’ nesting their plans in the context
and intent of superiors, at least two levels up; and ensuring that their own direction
is resourced two levels down. This is described as vertical integration. The concept
of horizontal integration, which helps subordinates understand how their missions
interact with others at their own level, is equally important. Horizontal and vertical
integration are essential to delivering cooperation between units and formations within
the framework of the commander’s intent.
b. In support of unity of effort, commanders should state a main effort – the activity
which the commander considers critical to the success of the mission. However, in
the orchestration of complex operations stating a single priority may not always be
possible. A main effort is given substance in three ways. Firstly, it attracts resources
and sufficient fighting power. Secondly, it has relevance for all subordinates, even
those who are not part of it; they may lose resources to it, and are expected to support
it without further direction should circumstances require it. Thirdly, these main and
supporting efforts are integrated into a concept of operations. This might require
narrowing boundaries to concentrate force, requiring economy of effort elsewhere.
c. Although there may be a sequence of main efforts, there cannot be more than one
at any one time. The main effort should be expressed as a single action together with
the principal force undertaking it. Commanders may choose to shift the main effort in
response to changing situations.
6-13. In Mission Command, subordinates must exercise freedom of action,
within specified and implied constraints, to act as they see fit to
ensure the achievement of the higher commander’s intent.
a. To do so through the inherent friction and chaos of conflict requires subordinates to
have the determination, drive, vigour and disciplined initiative to take the plan through
to a successful conclusion. Subordinates have the most up-to-date information about
the situation in front of them and must make decisions and act quickly without waiting
for further orders. When the situation changes, subordinates must rapidly adapt their
plans or what they are doing to achieve the intent, using their best judgement and
without asking for permission. To nurture boldness and promote a will to win across
the force, superior commanders should always support the subordinate’s decision, only
overruling it if it is unsuitable. This enables the force to sense opportunities, tackle
threats quickly, and generate and maintain tempo.
23 Allied Tactical Publication (ATP) 3.2.2, Command and Control of Allied Land Forces describes ‘decentralised execution’ rather
than ‘freedom of action’. Note that UK joint doctrine does not explicitly refer to principles of Mission Command.
6-4 | | 6-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
b. Decentralisation of execution is the means by which freedom of action is achieved. For
it to work, commanders provide guidance and constraints that allow subordinates to
use their initiative. Commanders must also allocate sufficient resources, including time,
information and intelligence, manpower, equipment, materiel, rules of engagement,
and space. Critically, decentralisation requires delegation of authority for decision-
making within particular constraints. These freedoms and constraints may be clearly
stated or implied in orders. The extent of delegation will depend on the superior
commander’s judgement of their subordinates. A commander must understand which
subordinates will thrive and excel with fewer constraints, and which will require more
direction and control. This is likely to inform the kind of tasks different subordinates
receive.
6-14. Trust is a pre-requisite of command at all levels. Trust improves speed of decision
making, and, therefore, tempo. While trust must be earned and not demanded, the
default should be for commanders to trust their superiors and subordinates. In particular,
they must trust that their subordinates will sensibly interpret their intent and persevere
to achieve it. Personal trust can only be built up over time with experience, rather
than by reputation. The spirit of Mission Command requires a bond of trust between
superiors, subordinates and peers that will develop through shared experience. These
bonds are strengthened when commanders tolerate mistakes and foster a climate
where failure is an opportunity to learn. This is not about encouraging recklessness or
gambling, but about accepting errors in the pursuit of calculated risk-taking, boldness
and initiative. If a subordinate cannot trust their superior to support them in such
circumstances, the bond of trust will be eroded; the subordinate will not act on their
own initiative; and the moral fabric of Mission Command will be lost. Trust is based on
a number of qualities, including personal example, integrity, professional competence
and attention to detail. The basis of trust is respect and mutual understanding.
6-15. Like trust, mutual understanding is established over time and through the application
of common doctrine and concepts. With experience, commanders gain understanding
of the issues and concerns facing their subordinates, partners and peers. Professional
knowledge and study, and the cultivation of personal relationships give subordinates,
in turn, an insight into command at higher levels, enabling them to anticipate and
apply their initiative to good effect. Mutual understanding is also based on common
doctrine and command philosophy and so cannot be assumed when operating in
a multinational and inter-agency context. Where shared experience and common
doctrine do not exist, commanders should pay particular attention to developing and
sustaining mutual understanding as a central pillar of effective interoperability.
6-16. Successful command requires timely and effective decision-making at all levels.
Timely decisions allow our forces to act more quickly than adversaries and enemies
can cope with. Despite the increasing availability and speed of information, it
remains essential for commanders to make decisions on the basis of incomplete
and imperfect understanding. This can seem risky, and good judgement is required
to decide when is the right time to act or not act. In general, however, it is often
less risky to act quickly than it is to wait for more information and give adversaries
more time. Developing an intuitive understanding of when to decide is as integral
a component of the art of command as knowing from where to command.
6-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Application of Mission Command
6-17. Founded on the principles above and the absolute responsibility to act to
achieve the superior commander’s intent, there are practical, sequential
actions that guide the effective application of Mission Command.
a. Commanders ensure that their subordinates understand the intent, their own
contributions and the context within which they are to act.
b. Commanders exercise minimum control over their subordinates, consistent with the
context and nature of mission, and the subordinates’ experience and ability, while
retaining responsibility for their actions.
c. Subordinates are told what outcome they are contributing to, the effect they are to
realise and why.
d. Subordinates are allocated sufficient resources to carry out their missions.
e. Subordinates decide for themselves how best to achieve their superior’s intent.
Modern… warfare demands quick movement, quick thinking and quick decisions… There
simply is not the time to put a decision into writing or the opportunity for putting it into
effect may be lost: and it is the effect of the decision that matters, not the writing of it
out… Recent operations have shown that… situations develop and change so rapidly that
more and more it is becoming necessary for subordinate commanders to be ‘in the mind’
of their superior so that they will instinctively take the right course of action in accordance
with his general intention, acting upon the briefest of instructions and often upon none at
all.
War Office report on operations in the Western Desert, 1940
6-6 | | 6-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
6-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
PART 3
Conduct of operations
Part 3 describes how land forces conduct
operations, adhering to the fundamentals of
land doctrine and in the context of
contemporary conflict. Before land operations
begin, land forces must organise appropriately
and develop sufficient interoperability with
other participating actors. This is the subject
of Chapter 7. Chapter 8 then introduces how
land forces orchestrate and execute Integrated
Action. Chapters 9 and 10 focus on two
specific areas critical to all operations –
command and sustainment. The AFM series
expands on the concepts and themes
introduced in Part 3.
Part 1 – Context
Nature and character of conflict
National and operational context
Fighting Power
Part 2 – Fundamentals
Integrated Action
Manoeuvrist Approach
Mission Command
Part 3 – Conduct of operations
 Organising for operations
 Orchestrating and executing
operations
 Commanding operations
 Sustaining operations
6-8 | | P3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Organising for operations
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
P6 | P6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
CHAPTER 7
Organising for operations
Introduction
7-01. This chapter explains interoperability, how
land forces organise for operations, and how
they support and are supported by other
components. The aim is to provide the baseline
knowledge necessary for interoperability
within a land force, and between it and
other components within a joint force.
Interoperabilty
7-02. Integrated Action requires significant cooperation
between all elements of the combined arms,
joint, inter-agency and multinational force.
The key enabler for military cooperation is
interoperability – the ability to act together
coherently, effectively and efficiently to achieve
tactical, operational and strategic objectives. The
purpose of professional study and working and training together with other forces and
nations is to build interoperability. Interoperability strengthens and amplifies the unique
contributions of all forces and agencies, at every level. Multinational and inter-component
interoperability is usually more challenging and needs more effort and resources than
interoperability within UK land forces, but even this requires conscious effort. The
exact requirement for interoperability is determined according to operational need.
Military operations are joint enterprises between formations, arms, services, government
departments, agencies, allies and host nation partners, so depend on cooperation
for success. Cooperation is best engendered through shared training, developing
interoperability, team spirit and cohesion.
Principle of War – Cooperation
7-03. Land operations are conducted by combined arms forces because no single arm of the
land force can operate entirely independently of other arms. So even within land forces,
a high degree of interoperability is required: each arm must be interoperable with every
other arm. The start point for interoperability for force elements at all levels, therefore,
is competence and the ability to advise with authority on their particular capabilities
and limitations. So, when establishing interoperability with other components and
contributing to joint campaigns, land forces, by virtue of their professional credibility,
Organising for operations
• Interoperability
• Organisation of land forces
• Structures
• Force elements
• Force types
• Specialist capabilities
• Combined arms forces
• Relationships
• Air
• Maritime
• Special forces
• Logistic
• Cyber
P6 | | 7-1P6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
knowledge, skills and expertise, are the authority for the planning and execution of land
operations. A force element, formation or component seeking to be interoperable with
other arms, components or agencies from any nation, must also seek to understand its
partners and establish strong working relationships with them. Above this, individuals
in the land force must understand the theory and process of interoperability. The
requirement for interoperability is defined by the answers to three questions: with
whom, to what level and in what functions will force elements organise for operations?
A good inter-Service staff officer must first be a good officer of his own Service.
Marshal of the Royal Air Force Slessor
7-04. The level of interoperability required for each relationship varies. In some cases an
awareness of a particular activity and suitable de-confliction may suffice. Defence policy
defines three levels of interoperability. Integrated means that forces are able to merge
seamlessly and are interchangeable. Compatible means that forces can interact with each
other in the same geographical battlespace in pursuit of a common goal. De-conflicted
means that forces can co-exist but not interact with each other. Additionally, in certain
cases, the actions or capabilities of a force or agency may even have a damaging impact
on those of others, making even co-existence challenging. The level of interoperability
within a multinational force is seldom uniform. For example, a multinational corps or
division might consist of compatible force elements from contributing nations with
some multinational integrated elements (such as the headquarters, some combat
support and combat service support force elements). In other circumstances, such as
a combined arms battlegroup, full integration lies at the heart of mission success.
7-05. High levels of interoperability take time and resources to develop and maintain, and
must be honed through training and by learning lessons during operations. Challenges
to achieving interoperability arise from differing cultures, structures, equipment, laws
and languages, and critical variations in doctrine, tactics, techniques, procedures and
sustainment. These are commonly categorised into three dimensions of interoperability,
as illustrated in Figure 7-1. Technical interoperability concerns systems and equipment.
This involves issues such as communication and information systems, connectivity,
standardisation of ammunition and other combat supplies. NATO standards are often
used to enable technical interoperability. Where possible, procedural interoperability
is based on NATO doctrine, procedures and terminology. Human interoperability,
which includes language, creates trust and mutual understanding by strengthening
relationships on operations and in training. It can mitigate shortfalls in the other
dimensions of interoperability and so is the responsibility of all members of land
forces to nurture and promote. A human interoperability approach is particularly
important for defence engagement and capacity building tasks. It has five aspects.
7-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Figure 7-1. Interoperability model
a. Language proficiency is central to multinational interoperability, assisting
comprehension and relationship building. Even when working in English, it is essential
that native speakers communicate clearly, avoiding slang, idioms and ‘quasi-doctrinal’
terms; even formally agreed doctrinal terms may be interpreted differently across a
multinational force.
b. Effective personal rapport between commanders influences cooperation at all levels.
Commanders must strive to develop genuine and robust relationships with each other.
c. Mutual respect for the professional ability, culture, history, religion, customs and
values of participants strengthens relationships. Cultural understanding is particularly
important to maintaining and promoting the cohesion of a multinational force, and
when working with a host nation partner, particularly during capacity building tasks.
d. Time taken to improve knowledge of the doctrine, capabilities and aspirations of
partners will pay dividends. It is important that forces and agencies assume a role
commensurate with their aspirations, tempered by their capabilities.
e. Patience is essential as differences of opinion, perspective and understanding, whilst
natural, may generate friction. A patient approach built on mutual trust and respect,
and combined with effective cooperation takes time, but will ultimately bear fruit.
7-2 | | 7-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Organisation of land forces
7-06. Land forces are generally structured hierarchically into formations, units and sub-
units and categorised by function, type and specialist capabilities. They are organised
operationally by combining arms to form a cohesive and versatile whole. The
principle of combining arms demands high levels of technical, procedural and human
interoperability between all arms. This overview explains how land forces organise
within combined arms formations – the basis for land environment interoperability.
7-07. A typical hierarchy flows down from army group to army, corps, division, brigade,
unit and sub-unit. Formations and units are designed to be modular and scalable,
so that elements can be easily added or taken away, and they can be expanded
or contracted. The greatest capacity for this lies in corps and divisions.
a. A corps commands a number of divisions, functional brigades and task forces,
comprising all types of force element. It is the link between the operational and tactical
levels of conflict. It can command at the operational level (as a JTF (Land), or land
component headquarters, for example), but in major coalition or alliance operations,
it may be a subordinate tactical formation in the land component, operating at the
higher tactical level. In the British Army, the corps is the highest level of deployable
headquarters and is assigned to NATO as the Allied Rapid Reaction Corps. A corps is
fully resourced and structured to orchestrate Integrated Action in a joint, inter-agency
and multinational context and can plan and execute large-scale complex operations
simultaneously.
b. The division is a tactical formation that commands brigades within a corps, JTF
(Land) or theatre framework. A divisional headquarters may form a land component
headquarters for specific operations. It is the lowest level formation that routinely
commands all types of force element. A division has integral intelligence, surveillance
and reconnaissance (ISR), combat support and combat service support force elements,
enabling it to conduct continuous operations. It usually also has at least one
manoeuvre brigade. A divisional headquarters, capable of planning and executing
simultaneously, can also command at the operational level as a land component
headquarters. For example, a combat operation of just one brigade or a capacity
building operation made up of several smaller groupings is likely to require command
by a divisional headquarters. The division is the lowest level capable of orchestrating
Integrated Action and routinely interacting with joint, inter-agency and multinational
actors.
A division… is the smallest formation that is a complete orchestra of war.
Field Marshal Slim
c. The brigade is a tactical formation with combat, combat support and combat service
support force elements. Its primary focus is on achieving tactical effects. It is at the
brigade level that task organisation between combat units takes place to create
combined arms battlegroups. A brigade’s capacity to plan and execute operations
simultaneously is contingent on the intensity and type of operation.
7-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
d. A unit is the smallest grouping capable of independent operations with organic
capability over long periods. It contains integral combat service support and limited
combat support elements, and is normally commanded by a lieutenant colonel. Units
typically have between 400 and 1000 people, the majority of which are of one arm or
Service. Units of the British Army are called regiments or battalions. A Royal Marine
unit is called a commando. In more demanding types of operation including combat, a
unit battlegroup does not normally have the capacity to plan and execute battlegroup
level operations simultaneously; it generally does one or the other.
e. A unit contains a number of sub-units, usually three to five. Sub-units are normally
commanded by majors, and typically have between 60 and 150 personnel. British
sub-units are called squadrons, companies or batteries. Sub-units are usually grouped
into battlegroups or task forces but are, for limited periods, capable of independent
operations, if they have been provided with suitable combat support and combat
service support elements.
7-08. Land forces are categorised functionally as either combat, combat
support or combat service support force elements.
24
a. Combat force elements are those that engage the enemy directly. They manoeuvre
and fight, typically employing direct fire weapons, to gain ground, find and defeat the
enemy, or acquire information. They include armoured, reconnaissance, infantry, and
attack and reconnaissance aviation units.
b. Combat support force elements provide operational assistance, including fire and
manoeuvre support to Combat force elements. They include support helicopters,
artillery, combat engineers, intelligence, communications, command support and
information activity specialists.
c. Combat service support is the organisational support provided to the whole force,
primarily in the fields of administration and logistics. It includes logistic, health service
and equipment support, personnel, welfare and administration force elements. Certain
combat service support functions are also provided by combat engineers, such as
providing water and electrical power supply, infrastructure and supply routes.
7-09. Complementary to functional categorisation, land forces are also distinguished
by their force type, commonly described in NATO as heavy, medium or light.
Combined arms groupings generally comprise more than one force type, but with
one being predominant. These force types are brought together (task organised)
for specific roles or tasks. For example, in the British Army, armoured infantry
brigades are built around heavy force types of tanks, armoured infantry, self-
propelled artillery and armoured engineers. In creating a force of a particular type,
force design has to make trade-offs between protection, firepower, operational
and tactical mobility, and logistic demand. All forces are strategically mobile. They
can go by sea or in the case of light forces, by air, to anywhere in the world.
a. The forces with the most firepower and protection tend to be equipped with heavy
armoured vehicles. To maximise firepower and protection, a compromise is made with
operational and tactical mobility. Their operational mobility is limited by high logistic
24 Traditionally the major combat and combat support functional branches of the British Army were known as arms (leading to the expres-
sion “combined arms”) and the combat service support branches were known as services.
7-4 | | 7-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
demand. But their tactical mobility is excellent, except in the most densely complex
terrain, particularly when enabled by armoured combat engineers. On the other hand,
dismounted light forces have limited firepower and intrinsic protection. Yet they
can theoretically go anywhere that human beings can go – into mountains, forests,
marshes, buildings, caves or subterranean structures. But their operational mobility,
without assistance, is limited to how far and fast a soldier can march. Of course, when
light forces are supported, by aircraft or vehicles, they can go anywhere within a
theatre very quickly.
b. The operational mobility of a force can be enhanced by trading off firepower and
protection. The force can be equipped with armoured vehicles that are optimised
for long range manoeuvre, but still have some valuable protection and firepower.
This reduces the range of threats that they can deal with, but can give advantages,
particularly if access to the theatre by sea or air is challenged or denied. Also, this level
of mobility can enable rapid concentration and dispersion of a force, enhancing the
scope for security and surprise.
7-10. A further categorisation is of particular specialist capabilities, which
include: ISR, air manoeuvre, amphibious and capacity building forces
25
Several NATO countries also have specialist mountain forces.
a. The primary purpose of ISR forces is to collect, process and disseminate the
information and intelligence required to enable understanding of the human,
information and physical aspects of the land environment. They can be close, medium
or long range and can support all force types. Task organised into combined arms
groupings, their composition depends on the level at which they operate and their
task; they also often include forces from outside the land component (for example
special forces or human intelligence specialists). At the higher tactical level, ISR
tasks may be allocated to a combined arms battlegroup or formation. Although
reconnaissance and surveillance
26
tasks differ in scope and duration, when resourced
and prepared appropriately, ISR forces are generally capable of conducting both
tasks. These forces include, but are not limited to: manned and unmanned air
systems including aviation reconnaissance; certain combat, combat support (including
intelligence specialists) and combat service support force elements; and technical ISR
assets exploiting cyber electromagnetic activities of all actors in the area of operations.
Although ISR forces generally avoid armed contact, reconnaissance forces, when
supported by fires, can provide guards and screens, or be used to degrade enemy ISR
capabilities.
b. Air manoeuvre forces are a specialist type of light force. They exploit the mobility
of aircraft to provide reach and speed. Air manoeuvre forces include attack, support
and reconnaissance helicopters, air assault and airborne infantry with organic combat
support and combat service support. Their actions are closely integrated with all
forms of air power and the actions of ground manoeuvre forces if also deployed. Air
manoeuvre forces are also intrinsic to amphibious manoeuvre, used to project force
onto objectives beyond a specific beach or landing site. Once on the ground, air
manoeuvre forces have the strengths and weaknesses of light forces.
25 Capacity building forces are not a separate category in current NATO doctrine.
26 For definitions of reconnaissance and surveillance, see Allied Administrative
Publication (AAP) 06, NATO Glossary of Terms and Definitions.
7-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
c. An amphibious force consists of a naval force and a landing force, together with
supporting forces that are trained, organised and equipped for amphibious operations.
Amphibious forces undertake littoral or riverine operations, deployed and supported
(at least initially) from ships. Amphibious forces conduct landing force operations in the
littoral environment, which are land areas predominantly susceptible to engagement
and influence from the sea. Landing force operations, conducted in accordance
with Joint Action, require close integration of joint forces, routinely comprising: an
amphibious task group; landing force; battlefield helicopters and air group; and joint
enablers.
d. Capacity building tasks can (and often must) be conducted by any appropriately
skilled and prepared force element. UK land forces, however, include specially trained,
structured and equipped capacity building forces. These include those designed to
develop the capacity of host nation security forces as well as those able to assist with
physical and organisational infrastructure development.
7-11. The combination of capabilities provided by different force elements and types, when
they have sufficiently high levels of interoperability, produces extremely powerful
combined arms forces, where the sum of the parts is greater than the whole. This
combination of forces is the norm for all formations and units on operations. As a guide,
during warfighting operations a combined arms force is designed to be capable of the
four complementary and concurrent functions of the tactical framework: find, fix, strike
and exploit. It should also always have a reserve. These functions do not require equally
sized forces for each; rather they are resourced according to the tactical requirements.
7-12. Task organisation is the process by which combined arms forces are formed.
Task organisation during operations increases flexibility. It depends, however,
on appropriate interoperability, enabled by common doctrine and common or
compatible procedures, and developed during training. Commanders must balance
the flexibility of frequent task organisation with a potential reduction in tempo.
7-13. In the British Army, the term battlegroup has a particular meaning. A battlegroup is a
combined arms force commanded by a combat unit headquarters. It comprises sub-units
drawn from armoured, reconnaissance, infantry or aviation units. A task force refers to
a combined arms force created for a specific purpose. It is based on the headquarters
of any type of force, at unit and formation level, and is not limited to a combat arm.
27
Relationships of land forces to other components and capabilities
7-14. Interoperability is also required between land forces and other components and
capabilities. The basis of this form of interoperability is an understanding of
their characteristics, and of the relationships, dependencies and mutual support
between them and land forces. This is just the start. Interoperability, at whatever
level required, can be improved through deeper study and training together.
27 An example would be an engineer unit allocated an infantry sub-unit for local protection. Note that in the United States Army, task
force usually refers to a unit-level combined arms grouping, and combat team to a brigade level grouping.
7-6 | | 7-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
The air component
The development of air power in its broadest sense, and including the development of all
means of combating missiles that travel through the air, whether fired or dropped, is the
first essential to our survival in war.
Marshal of the Royal Air Force Trenchard
7-15. Air is the most important physical environmental interface for land forces, which also
have their own integral air assets (primarily unmanned aircraft and helicopters). Gaining,
maintaining and exploiting control of the air is critical to success in most operations in
the land environment. Air power is also an accelerant to actions in the land environment:
generating intelligence, delivering fires, and significantly enhancing options for
manoeuvre at far greater speed and reach than can be achieved on the ground alone.
Seizing the potential of the air environment is not discretionary for land forces. They must
understand the attributes of airpower, the fundamentals of air-land integration, and how
the separate air and land components can complement their strengths and mitigate their
weaknesses. Land operations are conceived, planned and executed as air-land operations.
7-16. The core attributes of air power, whether drawn from air, maritime or land
components, are the exploitation of height, speed and reach. Height allows
manoeuvre in three dimensions; speed projects power rapidly and responsively;
and reach opens up adversaries’ vulnerabilities otherwise protected.
a. These core attributes enable and enhance additional characteristics. Air power’s reach
combined with increasing persistence gives it ubiquity; it can pose or counter threats
simultaneously across a wide area. Its speed gives it tactical agility and operational
flexibility, able to achieve multiple effects over distance and in a short period. For
example, aviation can rapidly switch from intelligence gathering to fires in different
parts of the battlespace. Speed and reach also mean that effects can be quickly
concentrated in time and space, amplified by precision technology.
b. Air power also has inherent constraints. The most significant are its relative
impermanence, limited payload and vulnerability. The latter includes the fragility of
aircraft, the effects of weather and the requirement for well-found and secure basing,
logistic and equipment support.
7-17. Air power has four fundamental roles; control of the air; intelligence
and situational awareness; attack; and air mobility. These roles provide
the basis for understanding air power and also frame how air power,
including from the land component, can support land forces.
a. Control of the air is crucial. It enables freedom of manoeuvre in all of the physical
environments. Control of the air helps commanders to seize and hold the initiative.
Rather than talking of air ‘superiority’, it is more accurate to define control of the
air as the freedom, bound by time, to use a volume of airspace, while, if necessary,
denying its use to an opponent. Adversaries who possess advanced air forces and
some non-state adversaries are able to challenge control. This is particularly the
case at lower altitudes which are likely to be contested with portable air defence
systems, rockets, rocket-propelled grenades and small arms. Rotary and slow fixed-
7-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
wing aircraft (including unmanned aircraft), cooperating closely with or as part of the
land component, necessarily operate within the envelope of these weapons, so are
vulnerable, particularly during take-off and landing.
If we lose the war in the air, we lose the war and lose it quickly.
Field Marshal Montgomery
b. The high vantage point afforded by air and space allows a view of the land battlespace
across the entire electromagnetic spectrum, enhancing intelligence and situational
awareness. Aircraft and space platforms, including unmanned air systems, provide
layers of sensing in depth that, integrated with other sources, allow commanders to
search out information on the human and physical aspects of the land environment.
Unmanned aircraft, because of their flexibility, endurance and the risks that can be
taken, are changing the way the air environment is exploited to find information.
c. Land forces can also be supported by air targeting the enemy and their infrastructure,
or by using the psychological effects of air power to attack will, for example by making
shows of force. Air attack can be executed to shape the strategic context or to
support operations or tactical engagements. Air interdiction seeks to destroy, disrupt,
divert or delay enemies’ surface potential before it can be used effectively. Close air
support provides land forces with firepower to destroy, suppress, neutralise, disrupt, fix
or delay an enemy, often in close proximity to friendly forces. Close air support requires
detailed integration with the fire and manoeuvre of land forces for targeting guidance
and to avoid fratricide. It can be delivered by a combination of fixed-wing aircraft and
helicopters. Helicopters can be task organised to a land formation, included within its
scheme of manoeuvre or given their own mission and area of operations.
d. Air mobility supports deployment, sustainment and manoeuvre. It includes air drop,
air manoeuvre missions, personnel recovery and aeromedical evacuation. Air mobility
enables the global, regional and local deployment of personnel and materiel, both
military and civilian. It is the fastest way to move supplies and mass forces. Intra- and
inter-theatre air mobility is often the only way to get wounded personnel to medical
facilities quickly enough to save lives and to conduct an efficient relief of troops.
The understanding of air power has been hard won, but to maintain ‘air mindedness’
into contingency, training in air power and specific air and aviation capabilities needs to
continue to be part of the land training syllabus at all levels.
Operation HERRICK Campaign Study (2015)
7-18. Air-land integration (ALI) is a particular form of interoperability between the air
and land components. It describes the creation and execution of simple operational
and tactical plans by land and air forces, synergistically blending land and air power
across all activities, from ISR to fires, manoeuvre and sustainment. ALI is a concept
that requires strong relationships built over time, effective training and resourcing,
an awareness of joint doctrine and capabilities, and detailed co-ordination and
7-8 | | 7-9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
liaison between air and land components. To achieve ALI, air staff are fully integrated
within core planning teams from the outset; and land formations maintain sufficient
numbers of air-minded personnel at tactical and operational levels. Common and
assured procedures between air and ground forces are essential, particularly because
in multinational operations, the air component is also most likely to be multinational.
7-19. Effective interoperability between air and land components is particularly important
for the planning and execution of air manoeuvre operations. These provide
commanders with an ability to deploy light land forces rapidly, and to support
all force types across the battlespace, either as part of land manoeuvre or as a
means of projecting land power in its own right. They are initiated and controlled
by land forces (with the exception of certain amphibious operations). The air
component plays a key role in air manoeuvre. The cooperation between components
has an air to air element, as battlefield helicopters are usually part of the land
component or amphibious task group. Air manoeuvre takes different forms.
a. Airborne operations involve the movement of combat forces and their logistic support
into an objective area by air. Forces reach their objective by parachute (referred to as
air drop by NATO) or air-land delivery.
b. Air assault operations deliver combat forces by helicopter within direct fire of their
objective.
28
In amphibious operations, this is part of ‘ship to objective manoeuvre’.
c. Airmobile operations are those in which combat forces and equipment manoeuvre by
aircraft to engage in ground combat. Unlike air assault, airmobile operations do not
deliver forces directly onto an objective and so require less specialist training.
d. Independent helicopter tasks are also carried out within a force’s scheme of
manoeuvre.
7-20. The relationship between land and air components is synergistic, with the land
component providing critical support to, and enhancing the effectiveness of, air
operations. First, land forces share airspace with air forces, including for the use of their
own aircraft and weapon trajectories. Through understanding of ALI and associated
control measures, land forces coordinate and arrange ground troops and their activities
with regard to the air environment. Second, land forces mitigate the vulnerabilities of air
power by defending airfields, supporting essential logistics requirements and suppressing
or destroying enemy air defences. Third, land forces can seize and hold terrain from which
enemy air assets can be engaged or which might be used as forward operating bases or
airfields. Finally, land forces can operate to make the enemy more vulnerable to air power.
The maritime component
7-21. As an island nation with global interests and responsibilities, UK land forces rely
on the maritime component for sustainment, projection and support of land
operations. Furthermore, as urban-littoral populations grow, land forces will
necessarily conduct operations at this interface of land and maritime components’
battlespace, where each component supports the other. For land forces, this
requires an understanding of: the attributes of maritime power projection,
the littoral environment, and where mutual support can be offered.
28 Air assault is not a NATO concept.
7-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
7-22. The principal attributes of maritime power are: access, mobility, sustained
reach, posture, versatility, resilience, leverage and lift capacity. Maritime forces
also have the ability to remain poised at sea for extended periods as an act of
coercion, with limited political liability, and then take direct action against targets
ashore. These attributes can be exploited through the three roles of maritime
power: warfighting, maritime security, and international engagement.
7-23. Maritime capabilities can create a broad range of effects and influence from the sea into
the land environment in support of land forces. These include demonstration of political
intent, early theatre entry, enduring littoral operations, long-term sustainment and
support to operations, and the application, or the threat of maritime strike. Maritime close
air support, other joint fires and air mobility are significant enablers to inland activity,
especially in the early stages of an operation, before a land foothold has been established.
Maritime platforms contribute intelligence, area surveillance and communications
capabilities to land forces. They can provide: air defence over littoral areas; logistic
support; clean facilities for deep maintenance and casualty treatment; and locations from
which to exercise command. Maritime forces can also protect land forces by providing
a sea-based defensive barrier, or by preventing enemy manoeuvre from the sea.
7-24. Over two thirds of the world’s population live within 200 kilometres of the sea and
most states have a coastline. Operational theatres with coastlines present both
opportunities and challenges for land forces. Complex coastlines with navigable
inlets, estuaries and offshore islands may see land and maritime forces operating
in very close proximity, thus presenting battlespace management challenges. It
is in this littoral environment that amphibious operations are conducted.
Lying offshore, ready to act, the presence of ships and Marines sometimes means much
more than just having air power or ship’s fire, when it comes to deterring a crisis. The ships
and Marines may not have to do anything but lie offshore. It’s hard to lie offshore with a
C-141 or C-130 full of airborne troops.
General Colin Powell
7-25. Amphibious operations are maritime activities, launched from the sea by a
naval and landing force embarked in ships or other craft, with the principal
purpose of projecting the landing force ashore tactically into an environment
ranging from permissive to hostile. Primarily conducted to create effects in
the land environment, there are four types of amphibious operation.
a. Amphibious raids involve swift incursion into or temporary occupation of an objective
followed by a planned withdrawal. Concentrated in time, space and resources, they
seek to destroy or disrupt adversary infrastructure, gain information, create a diversion,
capture or evacuate individuals and/or equipment.
b. Amphibious assault is the principal type of amphibious operation, establishing, with
some permanence, a force on a hostile or potentially hostile shore. Amphibious
assaults exploit the full effect of maritime power for the rapid build-up of landing
forces ashore.
7-10 | | 7-11
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
c. Amphibious withdrawal concerns the extraction of forces by sea from a hostile or
potentially hostile shore in preparation for re-deployment.
d. An amphibious demonstration seeks to deceive an enemy by a show of force with
the expectation of deluding the enemy into an unfavourable course of action. An
amphibious demonstration must pose a credible threat to the enemy, requiring them to
allocate sufficient forces to counter the apparent threat.
The integral aviation and surface manoeuvre craft, stores capacity and diverse skill sets
make amphibious forces well suited to a range of other operations, including non-
combatant evacuation operations, humanitarian assistance and disaster relief.
7-26. Land and maritime forces operate together not only in the littoral, but also in
the riverine operating environment. This is an inland, coastal or river delta area
comprising both land and water, characterised by limited land lines of communication.
Waterways are extensions of the littoral, and so provide an important conduit for
the conduct of amphibious actions, offering natural penetration points as well as
obstacles. Riverine actions can provide freedom of movement for land operations or
deny it to an adversary. Although amphibious forces can be structured and trained
for riverine operations, they can also be conducted by other maritime or land
component forces. These must be able to exercise command of the riverine operation
and also control the riverine environment, including the sub-surface element.
Since men live upon the land and not upon the sea, great issues between nations at war
have always been decided – except in the rarest of cases – either by what your army can
do against your enemy’s national life, or else by fear of what the fleet makes it possible for
your army to do.
Sir Julian Corbett
7-27. There is potential for tactical synergy between land and maritime components beyond
amphibious operations. Land forces can neutralise threats to naval forces from the shore,
undermining adversary anti-access and area denial efforts. They can seize and guard
onshore infrastructure required by naval forces and also provide landing forces and fires
for amphibious operations. For instance, land forces might secure naval infrastructure
or suppress coastal defences while maritime forces conduct shaping operations in
depth. Having mutually enhanced the joint commander’s freedom of action, land forces
might then exploit along a coastline, supporting and supported by maritime forces.
The special forces component
7-28. Special forces provide strategic insight and precision effects in all operating environments.
Designed, trained and equipped to operate at the strategic and operational levels,
they create effects beyond the reach, capability or expertise of conventional forces.
7-29. The degree of cooperation between land forces and special forces
depends on the nature of the operation. Routinely, special forces operate
at the strategic level, which may, or may not, require detailed planning
and cooperation with the land force and other components.
7-12 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
7-30. At the operational level, they usually form a component alongside those of maritime,
land, air and logistic forces, either within an integrated JTF headquarters or in
supporting/supported relationships with other components. From a UK perspective,
command and control of UK Special Forces (UKSF) operations is directed on a case
by case basis by the Chief of the Defence Staff. On joint operations, special forces
operations will typically be deconflicted in time and space from land forces. Even
then, there are likely to be interests common with land forces. These include how
the audience and key actors respond to military activity, target deconfliction, access
to intelligence and communications systems, management of the electromagnetic
spectrum, fire support coordination, sustainment and personnel recovery.
7-31. Even though special forces will rarely be deployed for tactical effect, there will be
occasions demanding closer cooperation between them and land forces at the tactical
level. These include circumstances when land forces’ tactical actions have operational
or strategic level consequences, resulting in closer proximity of force elements or the
sharing of particular capabilities. For example, on a capacity building mission, land forces
may operate alongside special forces. Or, specific counter-terrorism or hostage rescue
skills, only held by special forces, may be required within the battlespace of a land force.
7-32. Effective cooperation with special forces requires an understanding of their
characteristics,
29
principles of employment, roles, planning considerations,
limitations and dependencies. Each nation’s Special Forces vary according to national
requirements. The term special operations forces (SOF), common in NATO, encompasses
a breadth of units with unique capabilities; they are not necessarily equivalent
in terms of capability or role to UKSF. Commanders and staff must understand
where NATO SOF and UKSF differ and plan accordingly. The description here is
focused on that of UKSF,
30
with key differences to NATO doctrine highlighted.
7-33. Special forces operations are underpinned by a number of characteristics.
31
Precision
allows them to provide military options in situations that require a tailored and focused
effect. Operations are conducted with tempo to gain and retain the initiative. Maintained
at very high readiness, special forces have the agility to enable responsive strategic
and operational deployment. They also have the ability to operate at reach, globally, in
the most hostile and politically complex environments beyond the capabilities of many
conventional force elements. Special forces levels of endurance allow operations to be
conducted in hostile environments for extended periods, isolated from main combat
forces and surviving on relatively limited resources. Operators accept a commensurately
high level of individual and collective physical risk. Special forces maintain high levels
of secrecy in respect of their operations, capabilities, information and personnel.
7-34. Special forces are a scarce and valuable resource. UKSF and NATO SOF are
employed according to similar enduring principles. Used for strategic effect,
they are commanded at the highest appropriate level and involved in the earliest
stages of planning to enable timely decision-making. They are provided with
access to the best intelligence available and have their security protected.
29 For example, some NATO SOF include civil-military cooperation and psychological operations
teams, language and environmental specialists, as well as other capabilities not generally
held by UK. See AJP-3.5 Allied Joint Doctrine for Special Operations.
30 See JDP 0-40 UK Special Forces Doctine for further detail on UKSF.
31 AJP-3.5 refers to five attributes of SOF: high tempo; pre-emption; disruption; deception; and initiative.
7-12 | | 7-13
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
7-35. Special forces have three broadly defined roles, each of which has a number of
associated tasks or activities.
32
Surveillance and reconnaissance delivers strategic
insight, support to planning, target development, assessment and liaison. Support and
influence is achieved through capacity building of security forces, military assistance
to irregular forces, civil-military cooperation and information activities. Offensive
action seeks to seize, destroy, capture or inflict damage to an opponent’s offensive
capability or infrastructure to create specific and often time-sensitive effects. It includes
sabotage, raids, strikes and ambushes, counter-terrorism, and bespoke operations.
7-36. UKSF, while maintaining specific protocols for their own operations, in a joint
context apply operational level planning processes. The Special Forces Component
Commander and Special Forces Task Group Commander, represented by a Special
Operations Planning and Liaison Element or Special Forces Cell, should be involved
in the planning process from the outset so that advice on capability and the best use
of scarce resource can be included within the evolving campaign design. They can
then support and shape the operation, within the freedoms and constraints laid down
in the operational directive. In an operational environment, liaison officers are also
likely to be deployed to land (and other) component headquarters to advise on the
coordination, integration and de-confliction of special forces’ activities as required.
7-37. While a significant force multiplier, special forces have limitations. Special forces
are small in number and must be employed appropriately, focusing effect at critical
times and places. They are not a substitute for land forces, which have greater mass
and firepower, and can potentially be reconstituted more quickly. They should not
be employed for tasks which may appear attractive, but against which conventional
forces are more appropriate. As a finite resource with a relatively high cost to train
and equip, UKSF will routinely be assigned to the strategic main effort. Although
UKSF can operate for extended periods in hostile territory, they do not generally
hold ground. However, through integrated planning and execution of operations
special forces may magnify the effectiveness of land operations in a joint context.
7-38. Access to intelligence, sustainment and means of force projection are all key
dependencies for special forces. They are normally deployed against high value
targets, often at short notice, and require intelligence of the highest fidelity. The
nature of special forces operations also requires bespoke and flexible sustainment.
This tends to be small-scale but more complex compared to that of conventional
forces. Finally air support is a critical enabler for special forces operations.
32 AJP-3.5 describes: special reconnaissance, military assistance and direct action.
7-14 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
The logistic component
It is no great matter to change tactical plans in a hurry and to send troops off in new
directions. But adjusting supply plans to the altered tactical scheme is far more difficult.
General Walter Beddell Smith
7-39. The logistic component is an essential element of all operations. Unlike the
environmental components, it is not tied to a specific Service but is inherently
joint. It also differs in that it exists only at the operational level; it is an integral
part of an end-to-end system, from industry to deployed tactical force elements.
At the tactical level, land forces are, therefore, unlikely to interact with the logistic
component in the same manner as with, for example, maritime, air or special forces
components. Land forces must, however, understand the construct of the logistic
component and its relationship with land component’s logistic force elements,
which together inform the land approach to sustainment. The planning and
execution of sustainment in the land environment is the subject of Chapter 10.
7-40. The logistic component is responsible for all logistic activity at the operational
level. It supports the activities of the combat components, which are usually
responsible for tactical level sustainment specific to their operating environment.
7-41. In a multinational context, logistic arrangements are complex and need to be agreed
and established in advance of operations. By default the sustainment of national forces
in a multinational operation is a national responsibility. However, nations should explore
opportunities for cooperation to reduce duplication of effort. Such arrangements may
include appointing a lead logistic or framework nation, or appointing particular roles
to contributing nations. In multinational operations, each nation establishes a national
support element in support of their national contingent. The activities of the various
national support elements are de-conflicted and coordinated at the operational level
by a multinational logistic headquarters, on NATO operations called the joint logistic
support group. On UK-led operations requiring more than specialist augmentation of
a JTF headquarters, a logistic component is formed. This component, or a national
support element in a multinational operations, may be founded on the UK Joint Force
Logistic Component (JFLogC), an existing logistic formation or a bespoke headquarters.
7-42. Sustainment in the land environment can be very complex and resource-intensive,
depending on the type of operation, the scale and types of forces involved, the
distances to be covered and the threats posed by both the physical environment and
enemy action. These factors inform the relationship of the logistic component with land
component logistic force elements. At the very least, a close and formalised cooperative
arrangement with the deployed logistic brigade or lead logistic unit is required.
7-43. The logistic component has several generic functions. These include theatre
activation, movement control, certain in-theatre movement and life support tasks (for
example, reception, staging and onward integration), force supply and distribution,
the reverse supply chain, contractor support and personnel policy. Tactical level
logistic, equipment, health services, infrastructure and administrative support
are normally conducted by the individual components, but require coordination
across the wider joint operations area. They also are often optimised by drawing
on skills available across the joint force and through the whole force approach.
7-14 | | 7-15
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
7-44. The factors aboveand the character of contemporary conflict shape the
approach to sustainment in the land environment, which has five elements.
a. Sustainment is focused on support to expeditionary operations. Although there may
be requirements to sustain military activity within the UK, the focus of sustainment
doctrine, training and preparation is on expeditionary operations.
b. Sustainment is a fundamentally joint activity. In order to deploy forces and sustain
them in an expeditionary environment, the end-to-end support chain is predominantly
joint. It is only forward of the deployed joint supply area that sustainment activity
becomes the responsibility of the land component commander.
c. Sustainment is delivered through a range of military, civilian and allied capabilities (the
whole force approach). Sustaining UK land forces requires capabilities that frequently
are only available from reserve, contract, host nation and allied resources.
d. The UK has adopted the NATO principles of logistics to enhance interoperability and
reflect the NATO underpinning of UK defence. These are described in Chapter 10.
e. Sustainment activities must be designed and executed in the context of Integrated
Action. The actions of the logistic component and of land logistic force elements have
intended and unintended consequences beyond those directly contributing to the
sustainment of the land force. For example, the delivery of humanitarian aid, a convoy
of logistics vehicles or the disembarkation of main battle tanks in a foreign port,
can all be observed by the audience. Alternatively, the establishment of sustainment
nodes and capabilities, along with use of locally sourced contractors, can reassure the
local audience of our commitment to security, stabilisation and the local economy.
Conversely, sustainment activities can inadvertently lead to corruption, in particular
contracting and employment of local civilians, and potentially undermine longer-term
political success.
Cyberspace
7-45. Land forces operate in an increasingly complex environment, where information
technologies continue to transform how land forces operate with, among and
against other actors. Cyberspace in particular presents significant opportunities and
threats. Integrated Action is enhanced by cyberspace’s ubiquitous, interconnected
and dynamic nature. These same factors, however, also enable threats such as
espionage, sabotage and subversion. There is no cyber component matched to
this environment (as there is for the physical environments of maritime, land and
air). Rather, cyberspace pervades all operations and so responsibility for exploiting
its potential and protecting from its threats is common to all components.
7-46. Joint doctrine defines cyberspace as: an operating environment consisting
of the interdependent network of digital technology infrastructures
(including platforms, the Internet, telecommunication networks, computer
systems, as well as embedded processors and controllers), and the data
therein spanning the physical, virtual and cognitive domains.
33
33 JDP 0-50 UK Cyber Doctrine.
7-16 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
7-47. The cyber operating environment of platforms, networks and systems is critical to
operations, and can be explained by reference to near, mid and far operating spaces.
The near space is controlled and assured by a particular commander. The mid and far
spaces are not; the mid includes systems operated by other government departments,
or commercial companies; the far lies predominantly outside the control or assurance
of friendly actors and is likely to be owned by third party or hostile actors.
7-48. There are four roles identified with cyber operations: defensive cyber
operations (DCO), comprising active and passive measures; cyber intelligence,
surveillance and reconnaissance (cyber ISR); offensive cyber operations (OCO);
and cyber operational preparation of the environment (cyber OPE).
7-49. Cyberspace and the electromagnetic environment (EME) must be considered together.
Electromagnetic activity can be used to affect the ability of other actors to operate
in cyberspace, and vice versa. The EME, however, is focused on activity in the
virtual domain, while cyberspace also spans the physical, including, for example,
the computer cables that carry data traffic. The term cyber electromagnetic
activities (CEMA) refers to the integration of activities in cyberspace and the EME,
as illustrated in Figure 7-2. The full range of activities is usually only conducted and
orchestrated at the divisional level and above. At lower levels, land forces will either
execute specific CEMA or integrate their own actions with CEMA executed by other
organisations. In all cases, land forces must consider the effects of cyberspace and
the EME on their particular operating environment and the actors within it.
Figure 7-2. Cyber electromagnetic activities conducted by land forces
Cyberspace operations
• Defensive cyberspace operations
• Offensive cyberspace operations
• Cyberspace intelligence,
surveillance and reconnaissance
• Cyberspace operational preparation
of the environment
Electronic warfare
• Electronic attack
• Electronic defence
• Electronic surveillance
Spectrum management
operations
• Plan, coordinate and manage
the use of the electromagnetic
spectrum
7-16 | | 7-17
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
7-50. Cyberspace and the EME provide the medium through which operations are
planned and also, increasingly, executed. They affect land forces of all types
and at all levels, from the lowest tactical grouping using networked, digital
communication systems and global positioning systems (GPS) to higher tactical
formations resourced to orchestrate cyber activities within Integrated Action.
Protection and exploitation of cyberspace and EME are, therefore, fundamental
to all operations. Considerations for land forces include the following.
a. Whether near, mid or far, cyberspace is contested. Hostile actors constantly probe our
systems to seek vulnerabilities, intelligence and advantage. Land forces must protect
against cyber attack, while remaining capable of planning and executing operations
with reduced or denied access to cyberspace and the EME. This could include
operating for periods of time without GPS navigation, tactical data or secure voice
networks, or the ability to communicate with the home base.
b. The increasing global accessibility of cyberspace, low relative cost (when compared
with more traditional capabilities) and difficulty in attributing attacks means that its
exploitation is not limited to peer competitors, but to almost all potential adversaries.
Also, land forces and those we wish to protect are increasingly and routinely
dependent on cyberspace as a matter of daily life. Cyber factors must be considered in
land forces’ planning.
c. Most electronic control systems have cyber vulnerabilities, even if not all are readily
exploitable. Cyber attacks can cause damage not only in the virtual domain,
manipulating information, but also in the physical domain. They can be used to affect
directly electronically-controlled systems, from equipment to infrastructure.
d. Actions in cyberspace and the EME can have a broad range of effects in time and
space, as part of all tactical functions. Unconstrained by physical environments, their
range can be almost without limit and they can take effect either instantaneously, over
a longer period or be programmed for subsequent activation. These factors provide
significant opportunities through Integrated Action.
e. UK offensive cyber electromagnetic activities are conducted within the same legal
framework as operations in the physical domain. Actions taken in cyberspace can,
however, be ambiguous and publicly deniable, allowing hostile actors to remain below
thresholds traditionally associated with entering armed conflict.
7-51. In a cyber context, multinational and inter-agency interoperability is particularly
challenging. However, since the effects of actions taken in cyberspace and
the EME are not necessarily geographically bounded, de-confliction and
mutual understanding are imperative. National and commercial sensitivities
surround specific electronic counter measures, cyber and electronic warfare
capabilities; and, with the exception of spectrum management, there is
currently no common, NATO approach to cyber electromagnetic activities.
7-18 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
7-18 | | 7-19
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 8
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Orchestrating and
executing operations
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
7-22 | 7-22 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Introduction
8-01. At the operational or higher tactical level, corps
and divisions orchestrate Integrated Action and
align their activity with joint, inter-agency and
multinational operations.
34
The orchestration
of operations concerns the direction and
arrangement of actions, sequentially and
simultaneously, to create desired effects. Brigades,
units and other force elements, operating
at the tactical level, plan and execute their
contributions to the divisional operation.
8-02. This Chapter builds on Chapter 4, describing in
general how operations are planned and conducted
to achieve Integrated Action; Volumes 1 and 3 of
the AFM series provide greater detail. It begins by
describing the overall process of operational design and tactical planning at different
levels. It then describes the fundamental building blocks of a land force’s capabilities, the
tactical functions. It introduces how operational art connects objectives, over time,
to achieve desired outcomes. The next section explains the doctrinal frameworks,
which aid the integration of actions and effects to achieve objectives. It concludes
with a summary of the tactical activities that contribute to Integrated Action.
Operational overview
8-03. In Integrated Action the land force draws together all the levers of power and influence
available to it. These include those levers exercised by friendly actors and those integral
to the land force, which are described by the tactical functions. It applies them (through
doctrinal frameworks and tactical activities) to have the effects required to achieve
assigned objectives and outcomes. These objectives and outcomes, however, are rarely,
if ever, achieved by a single cycle of actions and effects. At the higher tactical level and
above, military operations invariably require multiple lines of activity and sequences of
objectives and actions – each one dependent on prior activity. Operational art, described
later in this chapter, guides the planning and management of operations at this level.
The emphasis in this publication is to describe how tactical activities should be conducted
so that they contribute to wider operational and therefore strategic outcomes.
34 Some brigade or unit-sized task forces can be an exception to this rule.
CHAPTER 8
Orchestrating and executing
operations
Orchestrating and executing
operations
• Introduction
• Operational overview
• Tactical functions
• Operational art
• Doctrinal frameworks
• Tactical activities
• Annexes:
• Understanding
• Centre of gravity analysis
• Operations themes and
types of operation
7-22 | | 8-17-22 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-04. Effective operations rely on appropriate and constantly updated understanding
of the context of the situation, the audience, and the information and physical
environment. Understanding is specific to role. For example the land component
commander, a staff officer in a logistics unit, a battlegroup operations officer
and an engineer reconnaissance sergeant all need to know different things. It is
very important, but relatively straightforward, to develop understanding of the
physical environment and many aspects of the information environment. Critical to
the design of effective operations, and to eventual success, is understanding the
audience (the human aspect of the environment), which is far more challenging.
Further detail on the theory and process of understanding is at Annex 8A.
8-05. Figure 4-1 illustrates how the audience consists of all those relevant to the attainment
of objectives: the wider audience, actors, adversaries and enemies. The first stage in
operations design and tactical planning is to understand not only the problem and
task, but to understand enough of the relevant audience to judge what actions within
the force’s power will stimulate behaviour in a way that leads to achieving the desired
outcomes. It is also vital to try and anticipate what actors might do, including to us,
recognising that there will always be uncertainty. Action is often the best way of
developing understanding, and is certainly the way to begin to take the initiative. In
an area of operations, the audience could consist of enemies, adversaries, actors, and
other groups or individuals that are not active in the situation, or about to be, but are
still members of the audience. There are many tools used to assist with understanding
the human aspect of the environment. Centre of gravity analysis can be a useful
tool particularly for understanding what an actor’s capabilities, requirements and
vulnerabilities are. The concept is described at Annex 8B. Outside the area of operations
is a wider audience that must be considered; depending on the situation, this wider
audience could be important to the course and outcome of the whole operation.
8-06. A key responsibility for commanders at all levels is shaping the context for their
part of the operation. Through responsible and constructive dialogue with their
‘one-up’ commanders and the staff, and when possible by engagement in the ‘one-
up’ planning process, subordinates can make success more likely. They are able to
influence the enabling actions of their superiors, adjust the resources available to
them, shape expectations about the likely achievements of their force, and gain
the support and confidence of their commanders. Those with operational-level
responsibilities must go further, complementing the actions of government, senior
military officers, and diplomatic and civilian officials. By direct communication, and
information activities (including through the media) they can shape the context of the
entire venture by influencing relevant actors to assist the force, directly or indirectly.
8-07. One of the challenges of designing operations is the integration of lethal and non-
lethal effects. The means at the disposal of the land force (the tactical functions) do
not all have matched or easily assessed effects. Integrated Action aims to create effects
on actors’ understanding, physical capability, and will and cohesion. These effects
range from those that are intended to be wholly constructive and positive such as
through training the forces of a partner (capacity building and information activities),
to those intended to be destructively negative such as defeating an enemy force (fires
8-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
and manoeuvre, accelerated by information activities). Some effects can be more or
less immediate (such as from the use of fires); others can be very long term (again,
capacity building is a good example). In both these examples, we can be confident that
our actions have led to the changed state of the actors concerned. In other cases the
connection is less clear; this is a particular issue for some forms of information activity.
We conduct all operations in order to influence people and events, to bring about change,
whether by 155mm artillery shells or hosting visits: these are all influence operations. We
sought to make use of every lever we had to influence events.
Major General Graham Binns
8-08. Tactical planning for combined arms tactical activities is more straightforward. Formations,
units and other force elements are given missions and tasks that contribute to the
higher commander’s plan and fulfil its intent. These are designed as discrete actions
to achieve specified conditions, or subordinate objectives and outcomes, as part of
the overall plan. For this lower-level activity to contribute fully and appropriately to
the overall plan, it is essential that commanders and staff at unit and sub-unit level
understand the context of their actions, their division and brigade commanders’ intent
and plans, their own contributions, and the likely wider consequences of their actions.
8-09. Operations design and tactical planning lead to the scheme of manoeuvre and provide
the basis for control of the operation (Annex 8C describes different operations themes
and types of operation). Plans are continuously reviewed and refined; the situation will
change, in response to actions, reactions and the unavoidable consequences of chance
and friction. Commanders insure against uncertainty, the unpredictable opportunities
and risks that will arise, by preparing contingency plans and assigning reserves.
The tactical functions
8-10. The tactical functions
35
represent the full breadth of a land force’s activities when
conducting operations.
36
They are: command, intelligence, manoeuvre, fires,
information activities, capacity building, protection and sustainment. The tactical
functions are a device that helps to organise activities into intelligible groups; they
have no effects, whereas the activities do. Few, if any stand alone. All activity needs to
be commanded and sustained for example. However, the bigger and more combined
arms the force is, the more likely it is to have the ability for significant activity under
every heading. As a rule of thumb, corps and divisions are designed to conduct all the
tactical functions simultaneously. Subordinate force elements may be able to apply all
the functions to lesser degrees or specific ones to great effect. For example, an engineer
unit has less access to fires than a combined arms battlegroup, which in turn may have
fewer opportunities for capacity building than one scaled for security force assistance
tasks. The tactical functions also provide a useful checklist for commanders when
assessing a plan, and a common vocabulary for describing a force’s overall capabilities.
35 They deviate slightly from NATO’s combat functions, which do not include capacity building. AJP-3.2.
36 The defence capability framework of command, inform, prepare, project, operate, protect, and sustain encompasses
the broader range of military actions prior to, during and after operations.
8-2 | | 8-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-11. Each of the descriptions that follow
describes the functions generically; they
are intended to apply from division to
sub-unit level. Each describes the activities
grouped under the function, and the
sort of effects the activities might have.
Figure 8-1 illustrates how the functions fall
into three groups organised by purpose.
Command and Intelligence activities
are largely internally focused, setting
and maintaining the direction of the
operation or action; manoeuvre, fires,
information activities and capacity
building are mainly directed at those
relevant to the outcome of the operation;
and protection and sustainment are
the activities that enable the operation.
Command
8-12. Command is the tactical function that enables
all other tactical functions. It is through command that the tactical functions are balanced,
resourced and directed when orchestrating and contributing to Integrated Action. It
encompasses the authority of appointed individuals and the ways and means by which authority
is exercised (through decision making, leadership, control, using information as a resource,
and communication systems). Other activities that have a significant information element are
covered by the tactical functions of intelligence, information activities, fires and protection.
Figure 8-2. Command enables all other tactical functions
a. The command and control aspect includes: interaction with other force elements, their
commanders and staff; effective planning; the management and execution of operations
and tactical activities, including battle procedure; the design and management of command
and control relationships within the force, and battlespace management; and the design,
organisation and location of command posts.
Protection and Sustainment
Information Services
Fires, Manoeuvre
Capacity Building
Information Activities
Intelligence Command
Figure 8-1. The tactical functions
• Protection
• Sustainment
Activity to set
and maintain
the operation’s
direction
• Command
• Intelligence
• Manoeuvre
• Fires
• Information Activities
• Capacity Building
Activity to
enable the
operation
Activity directed at
those relevant to
the outcome
of the operation
(the audience)
8-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
b. The use and transmission of information are also aspects of the command tactical
function. Managing the force’s information as a resource (information management
and exploitation), and establishing and maintaining assured information to the point
of need within the force (command and information systems) are both critical to
operational success at all levels. A coherent, robust and secure network of information
services, as illustrated in Figure 8-2, underpins the effectiveness of all tactical
functions.
Given the centrality of command to land forces’ doctrine, Chapter 6 describes Mission
Command and Chapter 9 explains the application of command.
Intelligence
For the commanders in particular…the priority design determinant of the strategy and
campaign is the acquisition of information, to learn about the enemy and the people and
to find out what separates one from the other.
General Rupert Smith, Fighting Instructions
8-13. Intelligence is the tactical function that makes the most significant contribution to
understanding. Intelligence is a product,
37
a critical resource that is used to inform the
force’s activities. Relevant information is gathered and kept updated about the audience
and actors, adversaries and enemies, the information environment and the physical
aspects of the area of intelligence interest. Intelligence as a tactical function encompasses
the activities of commanders, staff and collection assets to generate intelligence product.
Those involved do this by giving direction on requirements and, following collection
and processing, disseminating the product in a timely manner to inform operations.
38
a. Intelligence activity is guided by the intelligence collection plan, which is constructed
to meet the commander’s intelligence requirements. This prioritisation is essential
to focus activity on the needs of the operation, because of the abundance of
information and the friction inherent in conflict. Commanders require intelligence
about the characteristics, culture, capabilities, locations, intentions, relationships and
objectives of the audience whose understanding and behaviour they seek to influence.
Intelligence about the information and physical aspects of the land environment
supports commanders’ understanding of the freedoms and constraints affecting
operations.
b. The tactical function includes collecting information through intelligence, surveillance
and reconnaissance (ISR) activity. This includes activity, for example, by force elements
responsible for electronic surveillance and human intelligence. It also includes specialist
ISR activity by manned and unmanned aircraft, armoured and light cavalry, artillery and
combat engineer special-to-arm capabilities, and battlegroup close reconnaissance.
But they do not have sole responsibility for ISR activity. The whole force contributes
to generating intelligence from all parts of the area of operations. Increasingly, open
source information is also highly relevant in informing tactical decisions.
37 Intelligence is defined as: the product resulting from the directed collection and processing of information regarding the environment
and the capabilities and intentions of actors, in order to identify threats and offer opportunities for exploitation by decision-makers.
AAP-06.
38 See AJP-2, Allied Joint Doctrine for Intelligence Procedures, JDP 2-00, Understanding and Intelligence Support to Joint
Operations, and the AFM series for comprehensive principles.
8-4 | | 8-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
c. Information about the relevant audience, the information environment and the
physical geography is passed to the relevant staff both to inform immediate tactical
decisions and for more considered analysis. Analysis of information about these
subjects is fused to provide commanders with a common intelligence picture to inform
decision-making.
The analysis of privileged or highly classified information is just one
element of intelligence, which also exploits the potential of ever-improving technical
processing tools applied to the wealth of open source information.
d. Dissemination is the activity that distributes relevant information to those who need
it, in time to inform their decisions and actions. This balances ‘need to know’ with
‘responsibility to share’.
8-14. Above all, intelligence collection is continuous. Dynamic and adversarial situations
constantly evolve, previous truths can rapidly become ill-founded assumptions, and
adversaries will actively seek to deceive. It is vital that commanders give significant
attention to formulating their information and intelligence requirements; amendments
may reduce the tempo of a force and add undue friction. Nevertheless, these
requirements must be responsive to the situation and kept under constant review.
Manoeuvre
Everything which the enemy least expects will succeed the best.
Frederick the Great
8-15. Manoeuvre is the employment of forces on the battlefield through movement in
combination with fire, or fire potential, to achieve a position of advantage in respect
to the enemy to accomplish the mission. The tactical function involves physical
movement and positioning of force elements over land, water or through the air.
39
8-16. Manoeuvre can have a range of unique effects, because only it can allow forces to
take possession of terrain. Through the Manoeuvrist Approach it offers the means
of concentrating force or the threat of force decisively in time and space to achieve
surprise and shock, and create opportunities for exploitation. Manoeuvre can have
an effect that compels adversaries to respond by acting in ways that are not in their
interests. In stability operations, placing or moving forces to reassure or provide security
is a form of manoeuvre as much as manoeuvre in combat. Manoeuvre is also often an
important element of deception (for example, a feint) or deterrence (for example, a
show of force). It can be used precisely against physical and human targets (for example,
in a raid, or targeted search). Manoeuvre, therefore, contributes to Integrated Action
through its effects on actors’ understanding, physical capability, and will and cohesion.
8-17. Manoeuvre enables and is enabled by activities grouped under the other tactical
functions. Command and intelligence direct it. In combat, organic and supporting fires
are the critical enablers, helping to generate shock and demoralisation that manoeuvre
39 ‘Information Manoeuvre’ is a term that is sometimes used to describe all information-related activity classified under the tactical func-
tions. Manoeuvre as a tactical function means physical manoeuvre to a position of advantage. Integrated Action is intended to create
advantageous physical, virtual and cognitive effects.
8-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
can exploit. Information activities can be used to magnify its impact. Protection activities
may conceal it to help generate surprise, and sustainment is always essential.
Battles are won by slaughter and manoeuvre. The greater the general, the more he
contributes in manoeuvre, the less he demands in slaughter
Winston S Churchill
8-18. Land manoeuvre is the combination of ground and air manoeuvre enabled by
manoeuvre support. Ground manoeuvre is best conducted by combined arms forces,
appropriate to the terrain and task. Air manoeuvre can act as an accelerant to ground
manoeuvre, or be decisive itself, supported by ground manoeuvre. For example,
ground forces can disrupt or destroy enemy air defences and open up avenues of
approach for exploitation by air manoeuvre forces. Alternatively, air manoeuvre
forces can seize, clear and hold key terrain to enable exploitation by ground
manoeuvre forces. Manoeuvre takes different forms: frontal, penetration, infiltration,
envelopment and turning movements. These are explained in the AFM series.
Fires
8-19. The tactical function of fires refers to the use of weapons to create a specific lethal
or non-lethal effect on a target. Without fires, armed organisations have no force to
apply or threaten. Lethal fires include the direct and indirect weapon systems of land,
maritime and air forces designed to destroy, neutralise or suppress an enemy. This
definition includes the organic fires of manoeuvre forces: small arms, anti-tank and structure missiles,
mortars, and the main armament of armoured fighting vehicles. However, this tactical function
is mainly concerned with fires directed and controlled at all levels of command, particularly the
fires available to a corps or division, mainly provided by air, attack helicopters and artillery. Non-
lethal fires include offensive cyber electromagnetic activities that have physical effects.
These may, for example, degrade or deny electronically-controlled systems, including
communication and information systems as well as other equipment and infrastructure.
8-20. Fires have immediate effects on both precise and area targets, including destroying,
fixing, disrupting or dislocating enemy forces. More importantly, when applied
effectively at the right time and place, they have secondary effects on an enemy’s
will and cohesion. Fires can have a devastating effect on enemy morale. They
can also be used to destroy, damage or influence critical physical and virtual
resources, nodes and linkages that form part of an enemy force’s cohesion.
They can also be used to bolster the will and cohesion of friendly actors.
8-21. Fires are closely dependent on other tactical functions. They rely on actionable intelligence
and the post-engagement assessment that it provides. Fires are essential to enable
manoeuvre, but the two enhance each other. As part of shaping actions, Fires are
sometimes used independently, but they are more likely to be used in conjunction with ISR
and information activities. Attack helicopters and artillery are a critical capability of any force
and therefore a priority for protection. They also generate significant sustainment demand.
8-6 | | 8-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-22. From battlegroup mortars upwards, for fires to be most effective they are commanded
at the highest level but controlled at the lowest appropriate levels, to optimise
concentration of force and responsiveness. When fires support manoeuvre forces, for
example, the manoeuvre commander controls the fires, but seldom commands them.
Information activities
8-23. As a tactical function, information activities
40
covers all the ways of deliberately
communicating messages to the audience. They have a common purpose – to
affect understanding. The activities grouped under this tactical function include
psychological operations, engagement, deception, cyber electromagnetic activity,
media operations, and presence, posture and profile. All of these can have first as well
as second order effects on behaviours and are fundamental to Integrated Action.
I say to you that we are in a battle, and that more than half of this battle is taking place in
the battlefield of the media.
Ayman al-Zawahiri (Al-Qaeda)
8-24. Information activities should be used to enhance and exploit the effects of
manoeuvre, fires and capacity building; indeed if this is not done, these physical
activities do not achieve their full potential. As any actions detectable by the
audience are a form of communication, they can be used to support and
substantiate information activities. Information activities do not only enhance
our own actions, they can limit enemies’ and adversaries’ ability to exploit their
own successes, and be pivotal in protecting the cohesion of our force.
8-25. Key to the success of information activities is coherence and consistency of
messages and actions, from the strategic to tactical levels. This requires the active
involvement of the whole force, using Mission Command to align the force with
the overall commander’s intent. The conduct of certain information activities
requires specialist knowledge and skills, much of which comes from outside the
British Army. Commanders at all levels have a responsibility to integrate that
expertise within the force. Notwithstanding the specialist aspects of Information
Activities, the entire force has a role to play, for example, in engagement (direct
communication to or dialogue with the audience), deception, and media operations,
as well as conforming to the force’s required presence, posture and profile.
8-26. For all the benefits of information activities, commanders and staff at all levels should
be aware of the risks, which include varying interpretations, and the unpredictability
of subsequent effects. Even a consistent set of messages can be complicated by
varying interpretations. The presence of tanks in a particular village during a peace
support operation may, for instance, send conflicting messages: to one audience it may
reassure; to another it may suggest an insecure environment. The first order effects
of a message designed to be relatively immediate are often assessable: for example,
a division commander’s phone call to a key actor may stimulate observable action,
40 Note that this definition is narrower than that of NATO which describes information activities as activities designed to affect informa-
tion or information systems. NATO also includes civil military cooperation within information activities, which in UK doctrine is part of
capacity building. See AJP 3-10, Allied Joint Doctrine for Information Operations.
8-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
or a battlegroup’s deception plan might be successful in fixing an enemy reserve.
However, the subsequent effects are hard, perhaps impossible, to predict. Longer
term messaging, perhaps to wider audiences, is also hard to gauge, and is more
vulnerable to counter-messaging. Therefore, effective information activities require
considerable understanding of the audience, and continuous monitoring and assessment
by specialist intelligence activity. This enables land forces to adapt their activities to
remain in step with the changing understanding and behaviours of audience.
8-27. Although many aspects of information activities are conducted or reflected
by all elements of the force, their nature means that the divisional
headquarters is normally the lowest level of command with access to the full
range of capabilities and the means to command and control them.
Capacity building
8-28. Capacity building, as a tactical function, concerns those actions taken to
improve military, and when necessary civil, security and infrastructure capability.
Security capacity building often involves training host nation partner forces.
Advise and assist tasks involve the provision of support to help the partner build
their capability, including institutionally. Accompany tasks involve partnering
on operations. Infrastructure capacity building may require reconstructing or
repairing infrastructure that has been damaged during combat operations.
8-29. Capacity building has first order effects on actors’ behaviours and their Fighting Power.
It can also have second order effects through developing capabilities that subsequently
contribute to behavioural outcomes. Normally, unlike manoeuvre and fires, security
capacity building takes a long time, perhaps years, to have lasting effect, as it involves
building Fighting Power. Like all other physical activity, capacity building enhances and
is enhanced and exploited by information activities. It also requires a comprehensive
(or between UK agencies, full-spectrum approach), to work in harmony with UK, host
nation and sometimes Allied governmental and other agencies. Even direct assistance
to host nation military forces is inherently political in nature and but one line of wider
security development which necessarily involves non-military actors. Cooperation
between the land force and other actors is essential for creating unity of effort.
8-30. The requirement and opportunity to conduct capacity building depends on the size of the
land force involved, its tasks and the type of operation. A land force may conduct capacity
building as a discrete type of operation, where capacity building activities are likely to be
the main effort, supported by the other tactical functions. In other types of operation,
dependent on resources and requirement, land forces will either deliver capacity
building as a tactical function directly, or support or be supported by others doing so.
Protection
8-31. The tactical function of protection refers to those actions taken to protect the
Fighting Power of a force. These include physical and information protection
activities and measures. It has two inter-related purposes: to enable freedom
of action; and to maintain operational effectiveness by preserving combat
power (people, equipment, materiel, installations and information).
8-8 | | 8-9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-32. Protection depends on continually refreshed understanding of the risks facing
the force and the level of risk appetite. It is important to understand, mitigate
and protect both the vulnerabilities of one’s own centre of gravity, and
threats posed by adversaries and the environment. These inform the level and
application of physical and information protection measures required.
8-33. Physical protection is created by a combination of activities and force protection
measures. The activities are actions taken to protect the force from enemy ISR
and attack. These include guards, screens, air defence, concealment and counter-
chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear (CBRN) measures. In addition,
commanders select appropriate force protection measures. These include equipment
and procedures to reduce the likelihood of casualties, and procedures to reduce
non-battle injuries and ill-health. Information protection requires appropriate
measures of operational and information security. Care is required to ensure that
a vigorous approach to protection does not undermine other key objectives.
8-34. Critically, the moral component of the force must also be protected. In the same way
as the Manoeuvrist Approach emphasises effects on an enemy’s cohesion and will to
fight, so too must we protect our own will and cohesion. The physical and information
protection measures described are necessary, but not sufficient for maintaining the
force’s moral component, which is developed over time, before and during operations.
Sustainment
8-35. Sustainment enables land forces to operate and provides them with freedom of action,
by providing for the personnel, logistics, equipment, medical and other support
required to conduct operations. Sustainment consists of supplying a force with
consumables and replacing combat losses and non-combat attrition of equipment to
maintain the force’s combat power for the duration required to meet its objectives.
8-36. Sustainment is a key enabler of Integrated Action. Without sustainment, military
operations and Integrated Action simply are not possible. In particular, manoeuvre
and fires often generate very high demand, particularly in combat, so assured
sustainment is critical to success in battle. Sustainment, therefore, is central to
commanders’ decision-making, as they have to balance the desired effects with the
resources available. Sustainment is not only an enabler of Integrated Action; it can
also contribute to its outcomes. How a land force sustains itself, whether it draws
resource from a host nation, which port of entry is used and what local contracts
are established are all considerations that can have positive and negative, intended
and unintended consequences in relation to actors’ behaviour. It is, therefore,
dependent on intelligence and can complement information activities, offering
economic substance to narratives. Sustainment is the subject of Chapter 10.
Operational art
8-37. Operational art is defined as the employment of forces to attain strategic and/or
operational objectives through the design, organisation, integration and conduct of
strategies, campaigns, major operations and battles. It is the orchestration of a series
of tactical actions, if necessary along multiple tactical lines of activity. Operational
art is often regarded as an aspect of command at the operational (joint) level. It is
described here because although its understanding and application is implicit to land
force commanders with operational-level responsibilities, tactical commanders also
8-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
need to understand it. It informs the design of the campaign or operation to which they
contribute, and is therefore the source of their higher commander’s intent. It is also
relevant as a tool at the tactical level, when sequencing multiple tactical activities to
achieve objectives, which in turn contribute to operational level outcomes. This is often
relevant in the case of a unit with long-term responsibilities for an area of operations.
8-38. At the land component level, and usually at the higher tactical (corps and
division) level, operational art translates strategic direction into tactical execution.
The land force contributes to joint campaign decisive conditions, which leads to
achieving the desired end state. This means that it is the principal way in which
tactical activities are designed and managed in concert with other agencies.
Operational art in the contemporary land operating environment is, therefore,
the orchestration (design and management) of Integrated Action.
Nine-tenths of tactics are certain, and taught in books: but the irrational tenth is like the
kingfisher flashing across the pool, and that is the test of generals.
TE Lawrence
The stroke of genius that turns the fate of a battle? I don’t believe in it. A battle is a
complicated operation that you prepare (for) laboriously. If the enemy does this, you say to
yourself I will do that. If such and such happens, these are the steps I will take to meet it.
You think out every possible development and decide on the way to deal with the situation
created. One of these developments occurs; you put your plan into operation and everyone
says, “What genius…” whereas the credit is really due to the labour of preparation.
Field Marshal Foch
8-39. Operations design establishes the sequence and purpose of critical actions, assigning
missions and priorities to subordinates and supporting commands. These actions are
nested within, and contribute to, the higher commander’s objectives – a requirement
that may cause tension in a multinational environment when balancing national and
operational command requirements, but which should not be overlooked. Operations
design leads to the scheme of manoeuvre and provides the basis for control of the
operation (Annex 8C describes different types of operation). Operations design, through
review and refinement, is continuous; the situation will change, so the operation and the
force must adapt in response to actions, reactions and the unavoidable consequences
of chance and friction. Commanders on enduring operations accept that their periods
in charge cover only a proportion of a longer campaign. This requires a high degree
of humility in command and awareness of the context for individual contributions.
It does not routinely require a re-design of a campaign, operation or even tactical
activities every time commanders and staffs change over or troops are relieved.
8-40. As explained in the operational overview (paragraphs 8-03–8-09), Integrated Action
requires operations design that aligns actions, effects and objectives with desired
outcomes. Each level of the land force nests its activity under the superior level;
indeed some force elements in some circumstances may not even have outcomes: the
successful attainment of their objectives may contribute to higher level outcomes.
8-10 | | 8-11
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-41. Operations management integrates, coordinates, synchronises and prioritises
the execution of activities within operations and assesses their progress.
Adversary and enemy responses will inevitably affect the course of a campaign
or operation, as will those of other actors. Assessing the course of the
operation, then acting quickly in order to modify the plan to meet objectives
in a new light, is the essence of successful operations management.
Doctrinal frameworks
8-42. Commanders, having developed their understanding of the desired outcomes
and the relevant audiences, then assess what objectives need to be achieved,
and by what effects. In visualising and explaining how actions, effects and
objectives contribute to achieving the outcome, commanders design their
operations using one of the three doctrinal frameworks. The operational and
tactical frameworks group actions by their desired effects, and the geographic
framework describes where activities take place in relation to the force.
8-43. The operational and tactical frameworks are closely related, as illustrated in Figure 8-3.
The operational framework is suited to situations demanding more deliberate planning,
whereas the tactical framework is better suited to relatively simple situations involving
hasty planning. For combat missions, relatively well bounded in terms of time, space
and purpose, the tactical framework is the norm at battlegroup level and below. It is
also used at higher levels for specific tasks. For more complex or enduring missions,
the operational framework has broader applicability, from sub-unit level upwards.
The operational framework
8-44. The operational framework comprises decisive, shaping and sustaining actions
underpinned throughout by continuous understanding.
41
At any level of command,
it describes how the missions and tasks of subordinates interact in terms of their
purposes and contribution to what is decisive. Decisive actions are those that are
essential to the achievement of the mission. Understanding, shaping and sustaining
actions support those that are decisive and often endure throughout an operation.
By applying the operational framework, commanders and staff ensure their concept
of operations is balanced and able to have a clear and unambiguous main effort.
Figure 8-3. Operational framework
41 This framework corresponds to those in use by NATO. At the operational level, the NATO framework comprises functions of shape,
engage, exploit, protect and sustain; at the tactical level, NATO land doctrine refers to decisive, shaping and sustaining operations.
AJP-3, Allied Joint Doctine for the Conduct of Land Operations and ATP-3.2.1, Allied Land Tactics
Understanding of the environment, constantly refreshed
Shaping to create or
preserve conditions for decisive
action
Sustaining to enable the force to survive, move and fight
Decisive to
achievement of
the mission
8-12 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-45. Actions to enable understanding precede and continue throughout an operation. They
are designed firstly to assess the context of the operation, the relevant audience, and
the information and physical aspects of the environment. Until this is done, it is not
possible to estimate the likely consequences of our actions and those of other actors
with confidence. Understanding must be continually reviewed and updated as it allows
the force to respond to threats in time, and is the basis for adaptation. Understanding is
mainly conducted by the activities covered by the tactical function of intelligence, directed
by command. In combat operations, understanding includes locating, identifying, tracking
and assessing an adversary or applying these skills to a situation, for example, the mood
of a population. Whether establishing understanding or more simply finding the enemy,
this is not simply a preliminary stage to operations but continuous; a land force’s actions
necessarily generate responses from actors and adversaries, which feed constantly
updated understanding. The context will suggest how to generate understanding,
perhaps through early deployment of specialist forces or analysis of information
and intelligence already collected. In some cases, active information gathering may
compromise subsequent shaping actions; in others, spurring a reaction may be essential
to generate understanding for shaping or decisive actions. Commanders, therefore,
express not only what they seek to understand, but also how the intelligence operation
is to be conducted. More detail on the process of understanding is at Annex 8A.
8-46. Shaping actions create or preserve the conditions required for what is
decisive to the mission. These conditions may relate to a broad or targeted
part of the audience and hostile, neutral or friendly actors.
a. Shaping actions can relate to other actors, the environment or the land force itself.
The commander may need to shape the audience and actors outside the force to gain
support or more resources for the operation, as described in paragraph 8-06. Within
the force, a shaping action might include using fires to destroy or neutralise elements
of enemy forces; moving into a preliminary position; denying enemy approaches;
constructing infrastructure; linking up with friendly forces; or reinforcing a partner
force. In audience-focused shaping actions, the purpose is to influence behaviours
in our favour, such as fixing an enemy (see below), or gaining the support of an
influential local actor. In all cases, land forces can draw on all or some combinations of
the tactical functions, particularly manoeuvre, fires and information activities.
b. Fixing is a key shaping action in combat and many adversarial situations. To fix is to
deny adversaries their goals, distract them and thus deprive them of their freedom of
action. This increases our own freedom of action. Adversaries who have no freedom
of action cannot dictate the course of tactical events; they have lost the initiative.
Depriving them of their freedom of action has both physical and psychological aspects.
Physically, their force can be blocked, or pinned against an obstacle. Psychologically,
they are fixed if they believe they have no freedom of action, if they feel compelled to
do something, or if they believe they have to persist with something that in practice
will not bring them success. Often the easiest way to fix adversaries is to threaten
something that they must protect. Deception may fix them until it is too late for them to
regain the initiative. Fixing can be broken down further.
(1) Denial of goals. A commander can gain freedom of action by preventing
adversaries from achieving their goals and by putting them in a reactive frame
of mind. The aim is to constrain them and throw them off-balance. The principal
8-12 | | 8-13
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
means are to surprise, deceive and lure. When adversaries are surprised, they will
be uncertain how to react, possibly until it is too late. When they are deceived,
they may be confident in acting, but their confidence will be misplaced. The lure
invites them to take a course of action which makes them vulnerable.
(2) Distraction. Freedom of action may be gained by distracting adversaries, to
reduce their ability to interfere with operations. Uncertain of their opponent’s
objectives, distracted adversaries may try to cover all options, thereby dissipating
their force and being driven off their intended purpose.
(3) Deprivation of freedom of action. A target can be fixed by being denied
information, sustainment, or the ability to pass orders and to co-ordinate actions
and effects. In an insurgency this can be achieved by separating insurgents from
their support. In any fixing activity designed to cut down an opponent’s freedom
of action, their command and control system, combat service support, and ability
to manoeuvre or focus effort are the primary targets.
8-47. Decisive action or actions are those essential to achieve the mission; without
them, the mission is unlikely to succeed. Enabled by understanding and shaping
actions, and critically reliant on sustaining actions, they can be terrain or actor
focused, or both. There may be a single decisive action, short in duration, or a
series of events over a protracted period. In both cases, what is decisive informs
the unifying purpose of supporting, enabling and subordinate formations and
units and is integral to achieving the higher commander’s intent; it contains the
main effort. Decisive actions usually require the use of manoeuvre, fires, and
information activities and have two elements – engagement and exploitation.
a. In combat situations, engagement usually includes offensive or defensive tactical
activities. For example, in defence a force may block an adversary and so set the
conditions for a counter-attack. Or, engagement may be through attacking in order
to defeat an adversary. In non-adversarial operations, engagement seeks to affect
behaviours positively, without the use of force. Engagement is seldom decisive unless
vigorously exploited, and opportunities for decisive exploitation can arise without
engagement occurring.
b. Making the most of exploitation opportunities, whether created through successful
engagement or chance, relies upon an ability not only to identify them but to be able
to generate the means to exploit them. Opportunities vary according to the nature
of the operation, from identifying a gap in a main defence to sensing an armed
group’s interest in switching sides. It can also include intelligence exploitation after
achieving an objective. These opportunities are to be sought out, not waited for. The
seizure of these opportunities needs to be consolidated, using reserves and forces
in echelon, not least to avoid culmination or being counter-attacked from a flank.
Subordinates are encouraged and enabled to exploit opportunities that arise or that
they create, in accordance with Mission Command. Exploitation requires commanders
with initiative, decisiveness and a readiness to do the unexpected; it depends on
effective understanding, which in turn requires capable intelligence, surveillance and
reconnaissance forces. A final element of any exploitation is assessment, taking stock,
so that opportunities and threats are recognised and balanced.
8-14 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Always mystify, mislead and surprise the enemy, if possible; and when you strike and
overcome him, never give up the pursuit as long as your men have strength to follow; for
an army routed, if hotly pursued, becomes panic-stricken, and can then be destroyed by
half [its] number…To move swiftly, strike vigorously and secure all the fruits of victory, is
the secret of successful war.
General Stonewall Jackson
8-48. Sustaining actions (broadly reflected by the tactical functions of sustainment and
protection) enable land forces to survive, move and fight so that they can conduct
understanding, decisive or shaping actions. Sustaining actions include supply,
repair, medical, administrative and infrastructure support; reception into theatre;
the assembly, movement and security of reserves or echelon forces; redeployment
of forces out of contact; host nation support; the establishment and protection
of own vulnerabilities, such as operating bases or lines of communication; and
support for, and protection of, civilians and civilian installations. Sustaining is also
about protection, through a balance of active measures to neutralise a threat and
defensive measures, which include guarding, dispersal, camouflage and deception.
The tactical framework
8-49. The tactical framework is a simplified version of the operational framework. It is based
on four core functions: find, fix, strike and exploit. The tactical framework is designed
for use against an enemy in combat operations, but can be adapted to other situations.
To conform to the Manoeuvrist Approach, these core functions are conducted rapidly
and in a seamless sequence. This requires anticipation and concurrent activity; part of
good battle procedure. The tactical framework can also be adapted to other military
activity at battlegroup level and below. Finding is as much about gaining a contextual
understanding as it is about locating an enemy unit. Fixing can be achieved by a range
of methods that deny enemies recourse to their desired courses of action, for example,
by reducing their popular support. Striking may involve violent offensive action, or entail
the launch of activity aimed at influencing an enemy’s perceptions or those of their
supporters. At the lower tactical level, where problems are usually relatively simple and
immediate, the tactical framework is often the best framework for conducting operations.
8-50. Actions to find occur throughout an operation. In some combat situations, it
may be enough to discover the location, motivation, organisation and strength
of an enemy. In more complex situations, it is important to have contextual
understanding of the situation, to understand the physical and cultural aspects
of the environment, and to understand the likely consequences of activity on
the enemy – for example on their morale – and perhaps on a population.
8-51. Fix is explained in paragraph 8-46, under the shaping action of the operational
framework. Fixing involves denying an enemy their goals, distracting them and
depriving them of freedom of action. Note that fixing can be achieved using
a range of tactical methods, for example through the use of direct or indirect
firepower, jamming, deception, saturation patrolling, overt surveillance.
8-14 | | 8-15
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-52. Strike is a form of decisive engagement, as described in the operational framework. To
strike is to manoeuvre and then take direct action to achieve the purpose of the mission.
a. As explained in paragraph 8-15-8-18, manoeuvre means more than movement in
combination with fire. It allows commanders to marshal their capabilities so that
they are focused for greatest effect, avoiding enemy strengths and exploiting their
weaknesses. Effective manoeuvre exploits an enemy’s weaknesses before they can
protect them, presenting multiple threats to which they are unable to respond
coherently.
b. Direct action in combat usually means seizing objectives or destroying enemy forces.
In a broader sense, direct action incorporates any decisive action that is focused on
undermining an opponent’s will, cohesion, understanding or capability. It is generally
preferable to apply concentrated violence to win quickly at minimum cost. However, a
more protracted approach may be necessary. Then, actions are sequenced and sustained
so that the effects are cumulative.
8-53. Exploit is to seize opportunity created by previous activity in order to
achieve an objective, or directly to fulfil part of a commander’s intent.
The geographic framework
8-54. The way in which operations in the land environment relate to each other can also be
described geographically, in terms of a deep, close and rear framework. In this framework,
deep and rear operations are defined in relation to the close battlespace of operations in
and around the main forces of a formation. Geography in the land environment is important
as it describes where intended operations take place and because so often the terrain, and
who controls it, is vital or at least key. Even in a non-linear battlespace, the concepts of
deep, close and rear, and a sense of range and proximity, aid understanding. When used in
combination with the operational and tactical frameworks, they provide a powerful method in
helping to visualise, organise and integrate activity. Any or all of the activities described
by the tactical functions can be applied anywhere in the geographic framework.
a. Deep operations are conducted at long range and often over a protracted timescale,
against an adversary’s forces or resources not currently engaged in the close battle. They
may comprise intelligence gathering or fires, manoeuvre and information activities,
targeting key vulnerabilities (the will, cohesion or capabilities of an adversary). Deep
operations are usually conducted at the corps or divisional level, often supported
by other components. Deep operations conducted by land forces are distinguished
by their sustainment and communication requirements, and also by their significant
potential to dislocate an adversary, if conducted at speed and with sufficient force.
b. Close operations are those conducted by the main body of a formation, often in direct
contact with an adversary or situation. They are usually conducted at short range
and in an immediate timescale. The means include, for example, destruction, arrest,
deception, direct fire and rapid manoeuvre.
c. Rear operations establish and maintain friendly forces in order to generate freedom
of action for deep and close operations. They include many administrative and logistic
activities, protection of critical assets and infrastructure and real estate management.
They may require stability activities to maintain or gain consent of a host nation and
also the range of offensive and defensive activities through combined arms manoeuvre.
8-16 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Tactical activities
8-55. There are four groups of tactical activities: offensive, defensive, stability and
enabling. Each activity is intended to create or contribute to a particular effect on
the understanding, physical capability, and/or will and cohesion of other actors.
Competence in planning and executing the tactical activities is fundamental to a
land force’s Fighting Power. These tactical activities frequently occur simultaneously
within a single area of operations, in accordance with idea of the mosaic of conflict.
In operational design and tactics, the groups of tactical activities are closely related.
Defensive and stability activities often follow offensive activities, as a force prepares
to respond to an enemy counter-attack, and the force becomes responsible for the
security of a captured town, for example. A classic aspect of tactics is to decide where
and to what degree to concentrate force in an offensive activity and where and how
much to enable that by economy of effort elsewhere – often in a defensive activity.
Offensive activities
8-56. The purpose of offensive activities is to defeat enemies, in accordance with
the Manoeuvrist Approach. Offensive activities include pre-emption to gain the
initiative, disruption of an adversary’s offensive action, deception or diversion,
seizing ground and fixing. In offensive activities, the attacker seeks to create
the conditions for freedom of movement and manoeuvre; confuse the enemy’s
understanding; break or reduce their cohesion and will, or defeat their forces
selectively. Offensive activities are conducted as part of most types of operations.
It is through offensive action that a commander seeks to gain advantage, sustain
momentum and seize and retain the initiative. As it is an active rather than passive
approach, it is the chief means open to a commander to influence the outcome of a
campaign or a battle.
Principle of War – Offensive action
8-57. The main characteristics of offensive activities are surprise and shock; the seizure and
retention of the initiative; agility, by which fleeting opportunities are taken; and superior
tempo, through which the intensity and sequence of activities is maintained to keep
the adversary off balance. In offensive activities, the real damage to the enemy’s will
is caused by surprise and shock. Inflicting physical damage is only one way of doing
so. The effects of firepower, tempo, simultaneity and in particular surprise should be
exploited by operating throughout the depth of an area. Manoeuvre in the enemy’s
depth poses a threat, to which they are obliged to respond. It will not, however,
always be possible to out-manoeuvre the enemy. Considerable force may have to be
applied, either directly or indirectly, to neutralise or dislodge them if they cannot be
by-passed. Even in operations that involve a lot of manoeuvre, it is highly likely that
some force elements will be required to destroy enemy forces or seize defended
terrain. Commanders seek to create surprise and shock, to achieve a break-in to an
opponent’s defences, followed by aggressive exploitation within and beyond them.
8-16 | | 8-17
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-58. There are nine offensive activities, each with a specific purpose:
a. Attack. An attack is an offensive action against a specified objective.
(1) Deliberate attacks mass combat power at the expense of time.
(2) Hasty attacks trade time and detailed preparation for speed, to seize fleeting
opportunities.
(3) Counter-attacks and spoiling attacks seek to defeat or disrupt an enemy force
made vulnerable by its own offensive action. Spoiling attacks have the more
limited aim of disruption.
An attack may require a significant local advantage in combat power to succeed. A
rule of thumb is a 3:1 advantage, but this usually adjusted based on other factors such
as the state of the enemy; the type of combat power available to the attacking force,
including supporting fires; the degree of surprise achieved; and the extent to which
the cohesion of the enemy force is successfully shattered. The result of these factors
may be a need for only a 1:1 ratio, possibly less. But there are times when the enemy
is resolute and there is little scope for manoeuvre, so very significant firepower and/or
force ratios of even 5:1 are required, and example would be the break in to a well-
prepared position.
b. Raid. A raid is launched as a swift penetration of hostile territory to secure
information, confuse the adversary, seize a high-value individual or target, or to
destroy physical positions. Raids end with a planned withdrawal upon completion of
the assigned mission.
c. Exploitation. Exploitation usually follows a successful attack and is designed to
disorganise the enemy in depth. As a tactical activity, it is characterised by a rapid
advance against lessening resistance. The purpose is both physical and psychological.
Physically, the aim is to retain the initiative by preventing opponents from reorganising
their defence or conducting an orderly withdrawal. The psychological effect of
exploitation is to create confusion and apprehension throughout the enemy force,
reducing its capacity to react. This may be decisive in itself.
d. Pursuit. The role of a pursuit is to catch or cut off a hostile force attempting to escape
or absconding individuals, with the aim of defeating or perhaps destroying them. It
develops from a successful exploitation and starts when the target is demoralised and
beginning to disintegrate under pressure. A pursuit may target enemy forces seeking
to escape from their own initiated ambush. In this case, rapidly following up into their
depth to cut off their extraction would be vital.
e. Feint. The purpose of a feint is to distract an enemy force by seeking combat or
contact with it.
f. Demonstration. The role of a demonstration is to distract an enemy’s attention
without seeking contact. Both feints and demonstrations can contribute to fixing, and
can be designed to have psychological as well as physical effects.
g. Reconnaissance in force. Reconnaissance in force is used to induce an enemy to
disclose the location, size, strength, disposition or the intention of their force by
making them respond to offensive activity.
8-18 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
h. Ambush. The purpose of an ambush is to inflict damage on the enemy while denying
them an opportunity to counter-attack, principally through surprise, in an action
concentrated in space and time.
i. Breakout of encircled forces. A breakout leads to an encircled force taking offensive
action to link up with a main force. The breakout attempts to surprise the encircling
enemy, so there is considerable advantage in attempting to breakout at the earliest
opportunity, before the encirclement solidifies.
Defensive activities
8-59. The purpose of defensive activities is to defeat or deter a threat. They are generally
intended to protect the force and to provide the right conditions for offensive
activities. Defensive activities alone are not usually decisive without a subsequent
offensive activity, but they can be strategically decisive, for example by creating the
secure conditions required to defeat an insurgency. Like offensive activities, defensive
activities apply to combat and all types of operations. Defensive activities are not
synonymous with weakness or defeat. Whilst offensive action is an important Principle
of War, it is just as important to be able to conduct defensive activities well.
The underlying objective [of defensive operations] should be the destruction of the enemy’s
offensive capability rather than the prevention of him achieving his purpose; the former
contributes to victory, the latter delays defeat or at best leads to stalemates.
General Rupert Smith, Fighting Instructions
8-60. Defensive activities may be necessary in some operations or at certain stages in
a campaign, for example, to buy time, or to generate or maintain opportunities
for offensive activities. By holding key terrain or fixing the enemy in one area, the
conditions for offensive activities in another can be created. The object is to force
an enemy into an action that narrows its options, reduces its Fighting Power and
fixes it for a counter-attack. The challenge is to seize the initiative from the attacker.
While maintaining the integrity and cohesion of the force, the defenders seek to
hold off the attack. They lure the attackers into situations where the defenders can
create and exploit surprise, denying the attackers information, both passively and
actively, for example, by attacking their command systems. Through this range of
activities, defenders can fix their enemy for subsequent defeat by counter-attack.
8-61. The three principal types of defensive activity are mobile or
area defence, with combinations of both, and delay.
a. Mobile defence. Mobile defence is used to defeat an attack by focusing on the
adversary’s forces, rather than seeking to hold ground. Mobile defence combines
a fixing element that denies the enemy freedom of manoeuvre, and an element to
counter-attack. The balance between these two forces depends upon the mission and
relative capabilities. The force ratios required are similar to those needed for an attack,
and depend on the situation. The counter-attack element of mobile defence requires
forces that can defeat the enemy and are mobile in the terrain.
8-18 | | 8-19
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
b. Area defence. Area defence is used to defeat an attack by denial of ground
through the concentration of forces and counter-mobility effects, for example, using
obstacles or field defences. The most effective area defences operate in combination
with screening, delaying, blocking actions and counter-attacks, some of which
require mobile defence to weaken the attackers by inflicting losses, canalising and
slowing them down before they arrive at the area defence. Because this form of
defence involves prepared field defences, it can usually be conducted at a numerical
disadvantage to the enemy. A rule of thumb is that a well-prepared defence can defeat
or block an enemy with a 3:1 advantage.
c. Delay. Delaying activities are those in which a force being pressed by an attacking
adversary trades space for time, reducing the adversary’s momentum and inflicting
damage without itself becoming decisively committed. Delay is conducted to slow
an enemy force’s advance, interdicting movement and gathering information about
its intentions, without giving information away. Delaying activities also allow the
commander to prepare for a counter-attack. These actions require a particularly high
standard of collective performance in manoeuvre and command and control. A delay
can only be conducted by the most mobile forces for the terrain. It is usually conducted
with as much economy of effort as possible, except where ground is to be held for any
length of time.
Stability activities
8-62. Stability activities are bespoke tactical methods used for delivering the stabilisation aspect
of any land operation. They require a full spectrum approach with host nation and allied
agencies. Those tasks that involve close cooperation with other agencies, and particularly
host nation agencies and forces, require individuals with the right skills and personalities.
These are broadly the same as the five aspects of human interoperability (language,
rapport, respect, knowledge and patience). There are four types of stability activities.
8-63. Security and control. Security is a fundamental human need and is most likely to
motivate and regulate behaviour. Security (human, personal, national and physical) creates
the conditions in which other activity crucial to well-being can take place. People will
generally give their loyalty to the group that best meets this need. Winning the contest for
security is therefore essential to establishing the security of a state. Security and control
activities include providing reassurance patrols, public order and population control,
incident response, and protection of key sites. These activities require a lot of manpower.
8-64. Support to security sector reform. Support to security sector reform is one element
of capacity building, focused on developing security capacity. Stabilising a state depends
on transferring responsibility for providing security to indigenous, host nation forces.
This requires a full spectrum approach to reform the security sector itself, for example
by removing those who contribute to insecurity and fear, although care should be taken
not to undermine the fragile security architecture that may exist. Military forces can
contribute to this approach by training, advising, assisting and accompanying host nation
security forces. Being able to deploy early to prevent or mitigate conflict is important
and may make a larger operation less necessary. Although it is not strictly a military task,
building indigenous police force capacity may also fall to land forces, so long as it does
not handicap the development of the state’s military forces, if they are required first.
8-20 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8-65. Support to initial restoration of essential services. Sustainable security depends on
providing essential services, for example, medical services, electricity, water, sewerage
and food. The more demanding the physical environment and the more destructive
the preceding fighting, the greater the lack of services will be felt. The solutions are
in the hands of the civilian components of a full spectrum approach. If the security
situation is not permissive to civilian specialists, military forces need to be able to improve
delivery of these services in the short-term, because they are often the outward and
actual signs of a better life. It is also likely to be a framework security task to protect
the key nodes and distribution points from disruption. A lack of essential services
will be exploited by adversaries and will create discomfort, tension and disorder.
8-66. Support to Interim Governance Tasks. Although the development of national and
local legislatures, executives and courts, a constitutional and legal system and other
aspects of a functioning government is not core military business, military forces will need
to understand and to some extent be involved in these institutions. At the very least,
they will require protection. The expertise is found elsewhere so the quicker developing
capacity in governance becomes a civil lead, the better. Military activity in governance,
for example support to elections, requires large numbers as well as suitable individuals.
Beyond the establishment of essential services, which are linked closely to security, is the
development of a state’s economy and infrastructure. These are strategic and generational
projects, but the degree of early progress will have a direct effect on the success of the
campaign. While there is some relevant military expertise, for example in civil engineering,
military forces are only likely to be capable of tactical levels of support, although this
could have strategic effect. The military priority is to create the security required for
trade, poverty reduction, infrastructure development and enterprise to take place.
Enabling activities
8-67. Enabling activities link other tactical activities together. They include those intended
to make or break contact with an enemy, and those conducted out of contact.
As with offensive and defensive activities, their applicability across all types
of operations is to be understood. Successful execution requires the same level of
planning and training as that required for offensive, defensive or stability activities.
8-68. Reconnaissance. Reconnaissance activities are missions to obtain, by observation
and detection, information about, and understanding of, the human, information and
physical aspects of the land operating environment. Ground reconnaissance can be
mobile (scouting) or static (for example, surveillance by using observation posts) and
is conducted in conjunction with reconnaissance from the air, space and cyberspace.
8-69. Security. Security activities provide early and accurate warning of hostile actions
in order to protect the force. The two specific security tasks are to screen (cover
a force) or to guard (a screen with the addition of fires or offensive action).
8-70. Advance to contact. The advance to contact seeks to gain or regain contact with an
enemy under the most favourable conditions. It is normally executed in preparation for
subsequent offensive activity and therefore ends when a force is positioned for the attack.
8-71. Meeting engagement. A meeting engagement involves action between two moving
forces. The meeting may be intentional or unintentional on either side. The general
conditions for meeting engagement are that neither force is prepared for defence; both
are generally moving; and there is an element of surprise on both sides. Commanders
think through the possibilities and the need to gain the initiative as rapidly as possible,
8-20 | | 8-21
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
by fixing their enemy and manoeuvring assertively. In a meeting engagement in
particular, commanders with the most effective decision-action cycle will prevail.
8-72. Link-up. The aim of a link-up is to join two or more units or formations.
Link-up activities normally occur in contested territory and may involve
different types of forces. A typical example is a link-up between ground and
air manoeuvre forces in which the former relieves the latter in place.
8-73. Relief of troops. The relief of troops occurs when one force takes over actions or
activities from another. There are four types of relief action. The first is the relief in place
in which all or part of a force is replaced in an operating area by an incoming unit. This
can be a theatre level, operational level, or a tactical level action, for example, to and from
a forward operating base. The second is the relief of encircled forces, in which a force’s
freedom of action and security of re-supply is restored in order for it to regain the initiative
before the adversary is able to deliver a decisive action. The third is the forward passage
of lines, in which one force moves through another, for example holding a bridgehead,
or attacks through a unit in contact with the enemy. The fourth type of relief operation
is the rearward passage of lines, in which a force moving from contact passes through
another unit in defence. In all reliefs of troops, the in-place force is required to prepare for,
brief and accommodate the needs of the relieving force to maintain continuity and sustain
effect. These are complicated enabling actions which require very effective planning,
control and integration of capabilities, particularly between the land and air environments.
8-74. Withdrawal. A withdrawal occurs when a commander seeks to disengage the force
from physical contact with an enemy, for example to transition to another action.
Contact may be maintained through means such as indirect fire, reconnaissance
or surveillance. The withdrawal is conducted so as to minimise interference by
the enemy and to preserve Fighting Power. It is critical that the ability to move
rapidly to offensive or defensive actions is retained. Withdrawal is also used to
change conditions on the ground or to allow a reinvestment of Fighting Power in a
different way. Operational withdrawal may be implemented to change the dynamic
in a stabilisation context, for example by changing perceptions of occupation, or
to allow indigenous capability its independence during a transition period.
8-75. Retirement. A retirement is a movement by a force away from and out of
contact with an enemy. Such a force may require protection, for example
a screen or guard, and be wary of being interdicted by an adversary’s
deep missions; or surprised by the actions of a population.
8-76. March. A march is conducted to move a force efficiently to its place of tactical
employment. Units prepare to come into contact with the enemy, but do not expect
to do so. The march is distinct from tactical movement, in which units move in battle
formations and are either in contact with or expect to meet an enemy. When planned
and conducted efficiently, a march adds tempo to operations. A march, and the relief of
troops, requires regulation when conducted at formation level; this is often conducted
by reconnaissance troops, because of their mobility and aptitude for communications.
8-77. Obstacle breaching. The breaching and crossing of obstacles, for example, minefields,
improvised explosive devices and rivers, normally occur during offensive activities, but may
also be necessary during enabling and defensive activities. These enabling activities can
occur throughout the operating area and will often involve a passage of lines. They are
complicated and require extensive planning, rehearsal, and specialist capabilities because
they have a significant impact on the tempo, manoeuvrability and the security of the force.
8-22 | 8-22 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ANNEX 8A
Basics of understanding
8A-01. Figure 8A-1 illustrates how data, information and
knowledge contribute to understanding
.42
Figure 8A-1. Cognitive hierarchy
a. Data is the lowest level, comprising raw signals detected by a sensor or collector.
b. Information is data that has been processed to provide further meaning; it forms the
basis of the common operating picture.
c. Knowledge is information analysed to provide meaning and value and is derived
from both internal and external sources. Internal sources comprise formal education,
historical precedent and practical experience. External sources contain both regulated
information, collected by ISR assets and processed into military intelligence, and
unregulated information such as from the media. These sources form the basis of
situational awareness.
42 Joint doctrine on understanding is contained in JDP O4.
Judgement
Processing
Cognition
Understanding
Knowledge
Information
Information
requirements
Data
External
Internal
Education
Experience
Regulated
Unregulated
8-22 | | 8A-18-22 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
d. Understanding comes from applying judgement to knowledge to gain a deeper
level of awareness of a situation’s inner relationships and implications for the future.
Judgement is a purely human skill, based upon experience, expertise, and intuition.
Understanding, therefore, concerns the acquisition, development and application of
knowledge to prioritise information requirements, make sense of a given context,
make better decisions, adapt and influence behaviours.
8A-02. Understanding falls into three types.
Individual understanding is the personal
interpretation of knowledge. Collective understanding is the shared perspective
held by members of distinct groups that have their own ethos, creed and identity.
Common understanding is the ability to comprehend perceptions of groups other than
our own and to establish a common baseline for communication, interpretation and
action. Common understanding, therefore, is key to establishing the interoperability
required between arms, Services, nations and agencies when working to a
common goal. It is also fundamental to planning and executing operations whose
outcomes are changing or maintaining the behaviours of a range of actors.
8A-03. Understanding has four connected characteristics. First, since understanding is the
application of knowledge to make sense of a given context, it is inherently contextual.
Second, the context evolves over time and so understanding is perishable and must
be constantly refreshed to remain valid. Third, understanding is imperfect. Important,
early moves in an operation take place when understanding is low, and when adversaries
are likely to understand the physical and human environments better than our own
forces do. Commanders need to take the initiative and be willing to act early, taking
considered risks based on incomplete understanding and rigorous assumptions.
Finally, understanding is competitive. The ability of land forces to hold the initiative
will depend on how rapidly they gain and maintain understanding and adjust to
the environment relative to their adversaries. The race for understanding requires
an organisational culture that places a premium on continual learning; and well-
established processes to gather lessons quickly from a theatre of operations, informing
concurrent force generation and the appropriate adaptation of plans and structures.
8A-04. The degree to which understanding is inherently imperfect is relative to the impact
of a number of common threats, which must be recognised and mitigated. As
understanding is perishable, it must be dynamic to be effective. It is subjective and
so susceptible to a range of psychological factors. It is also entirely dependent on
the accuracy and relevance of the data, information and knowledge from which
it is drawn. In adversarial situations, understanding is subject to deception that
purposefully aims to manipulate the data and information presented. The final two
factors rest on a paradox of understanding, namely that there seems to be never
enough information and yet simultaneously there is often too much information
from which to glean the key elements necessary for effective understanding.
8A-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8A-05. In the context of the characteristics of and threats to understanding,
there are six principles of understanding.
a. Sub-conscious knowledge may be so ingrained that it is difficult for us to both
recognise and assess it without sufficient attention to self-awareness. Also, our
background and psychological disposition may mean that we are liable to bias or
complacency.
b. Critical analysis is the intellectual discipline that applies deliberate introspective
judgement to interpret, analyse and evaluate a problem and explain the context upon
which that judgement is based.
c. Creative thinking examines problems or situations from an original or unorthodox
perspective. Background, training and experience can often create conditional
thinking prejudicial to critical analysis. Creative thinking should be encouraged to
examine a situation from a fresh perspective and to create imaginative and competing
hypotheses.
d. In areas where change is slow, or the requirement is enduring, developing and
maintaining understanding requires continuity in observation and expertise. A
balance must, however, be struck between the imperative for continuity and the
risk of gradual assimilation. Fresh perspectives should be encouraged, exposing and
offering alternative points of view.
e. Military operations are usually inter-agency, multinational and joint and so depend on
collaboration between all actors for success. The ‘need to know’ principle endures,
but a collaborative environment relies on information sharing – the ‘need to share’.
This helps develop common understanding and trust.
f. Fusion is the blending of intelligence and/or information from multiple sources
or agencies into a coherent picture.
It requires common procedures between the
actors and agencies involved and is essential when developing a coherent, common
operating picture. It relies on effective interoperability.
Enabling understanding
8A-06. Commanders set the climate in which understanding is enabled. If commanders
are to make the right decisions, they must create a climate that encourages open-
mindedness, critical analysis and creative thinking. They must also clearly articulate
their requirements for understanding and enable their staff to work effectively.
We have learned many lessons over the last 10 years, but one of the most compelling
is that – whether you are working among citizens of a country, or working with their
government or Armed Forces – nothing is as important to your long term success as
understanding the prevailing culture and values.
General Raymond T Odierno
8A-2 | | 8A-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8A-07. Culture and beliefs influence how people, including ourselves, behave and why they
engage in conflict. Many aspects of human behaviour are the same everywhere,
but culture plays a very important role in shaping how people perceive situations
and their understanding. Contemporary operations are both multinational and
conducted among people who are likely to be from different ethnic and cultural
backgrounds to us; understanding of culture is therefore non-discretionary.
43
8A-08. As illustrated in Figure 8A-1, understanding is drawn from a broad and deep pool of
information and even wider basis of data. Without effective information management,
establishing individual or collective understanding is difficult. The volume of information
and the speed and means of its communication are ever-increasing and if unmanaged,
risk creating anarchy. Information management and exploitation aim to provide the
right information to the right people at the right time. It is a function of command to
ensure that these processes are sufficiently resourced and applied across a land force.
8A-09. Understanding, based on data and supported by information technology, is a human
activity and so subject to psychological factors. At an individual level, intelligence,
personality, emotional state, experience, learning, motivation, status and role, and
physical condition all affect how people think and, thus, understand situations. In
group contexts, understanding, perceptions and attitudes are developed through
the accumulated thinking of individuals interacting with each other. It is important
to guard against a number of adverse factors. Peer pressure can be positive in terms
of team building and discipline, but can also inhibit creative thinking and innovation
through generating ‘groupthink’. Overcoming groupthink requires acceptance of
authentic dissent; commanders should be aware of this and both encourage and
acknowledge dissenting views. Other factors include unconscious bias and social
prejudice, which are particularly damaging in an operational context where cultural
and social sensitivities and understanding are paramount. These factors cannot be
eradicated, but through recognising them, conscious application of the principles of
understanding and a positive command climate, they may become less prevalent.
8A-10. Adherence to analysis and decision-making tools that are shared across a combined
arms, joint and multinational force significantly aids individual, collective and
common understanding. Analytical frameworks assist in bringing the full range
of relevant factors about a given situation into consideration. PMESII (political,
military, economic, social, infrastructure and information) is one such framework,
widely used by NATO and the United States. It is also common to analyse actors’
centres of gravity, and their strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats.
43 Joint doctrine refers to three levels of cultural awareness: general awareness to mitigate threats and exploit opportunities at the tacti-
cal level; cultural competence, comprising deeper and broader knowledge, to deal directly with cultural groups; and cultural expertise
developed in select individuals whose contribution is invaluable to commanders. JDP 04.
8A-4 | 8A-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ANNEX 8B
Centre of gravity analysis
8B-01. A centre of gravity is defined in NATO as: the characteristics, capabilities or localities
from which a nation, an alliance, a military force or other grouping derives its
freedom of action, physical strength or will to fight.
The purpose of a centre of
gravity analysis is to identify actor vulnerabilities that can either be attacked or
threatened, or be protected or strengthened. Designed for strategic and operational-
level analysis, it is also a useful tool for land forces at the tactical level.
Figure 8B-1. Centre of gravity analysis
8B-02. The centre of gravity can be deduced from analysis of what actors need to
achieve their aim. It describes the primary element of their power in relation to
a particular situation. At the tactical level, a centre of gravity of military actors,
friendly or enemy, is usually the principal physical element of their force. By dint of
being the centre of gravity, its defeat leads to that of the force as a whole. While
a centre of gravity is relatively enduring, it is not fixed; understanding must be
continuously refreshed to test whether the original assessment remains valid.
8B-03. Commonly expressed as a verb,
critical capabilities describe what a centre
of gravity can do that makes it so powerful. For example, a particular armoured
formation may form the tactical centre of gravity of a force, which could be
our own, an enemy’s or a partner’s whose capacity we are building. Its critical
capabilities, in this example, may be that it can manoeuvre and strike in depth.
Centre of gravity analysis
Assessed aim and desired outcome
The actor’s main goal and desired conditions
1. Centre of gravity
The actor’s primary element
of power.
2. Critical capabilities
The actor’s primary means to
enable the COG.
4. Critical vulnerabilities
Weakness, gaps or deficiencies
through which the COG may be
influenced or neutralised.
3. Critical requirements
Those key system elements and
essential conditions required to
generate and sustain
the COG’s critical capabilities
Conclusions
The actor’s weaknesses, gaps or deficiencies which could be exploited to change the behaviour of
an actor and improve conditions in the operational environment.
8A-4 | | 8B-18A-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8B-04. Critical requirements are the resources or means which are essential to the
realisation of critical capabilities. Usually described as a noun, following the
example above, they could include specific weather conditions, avenues of
approach, or the armoured formation’s morale, fires, combat service support or
combat engineer forces. In a capacity building context, critical requirements could
also include the allocation of appropriate personnel or training resources.
8B-05. Critical vulnerabilities are those critical requirements, or components of them, that
are deficient, or vulnerable to neutralisation or defeat in a way that will contribute to
a centre of gravity failing to achieve its critical capability.
Continuing the example in
a combat context, we cannot affect the weather and critical combat service support
force elements may be very well protected. The combat engineer forces, however,
may be particularly vulnerable and if they are dislocated, disrupted or destroyed, the
force will lose the critical manoeuvre support essential to achieving its objectives.
In combat, an indirect approach seeks not to target the centre of gravity directly,
rather to apply strength against critical vulnerabilities. In protecting our own force
and in developing the capacity of another force, the same principle applies, except
that we apply strength to protect what might otherwise be vulnerabilities.
8B-2 | 8B-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ANNEX 8C
Operations themes and types
of operations
8C-01. Warfighting. In warfighting (also referred to as major combat operations), most of
the activity is directed against a significant form of armed aggression perpetrated by
large-scale military forces belonging to one or more states or to a well-organised and
resourced non-state actor. These forces engage in combat operations in a series of battles
and engagements at high intensity, varying in frequency and scale of forces involved.
The immediate goal is to ensure freedom of action at the expense of their opponents.
The rhythm of operations is often high with high logistics consumption. Enemy armed
forces may also use irregular forces and CBRN capabilities to support conventional forces’
military objectives. Operating in a context where warfighting is the predominant theme
may be further exacerbated, perpetuated or exploited by other irregular actors seeking
to benefit from instability, whether through insurgency, terrorism, criminality or disorder.
8C-02. Security. The transition from combat operations to multi-agency stability operations
(to re-establish stability and prosperity, underpinned by the rule of law) is important
to establish a perception of security. It is likely to be characterised not by the
attainment of specific end states (such as absolute victory) but by incremental
conditions-based outcomes (albeit they may reflect political direction to achieve
particular goals according to a rough timetable). The mix of actors, and their
respective motivations, will be highly dynamic. Conventional opponents, even
once defeated, may re-appear as, or be reinforced by, irregular forces; the threat
they pose may need to be countered at the same time as re-establishing legitimate
indigenous governance and authority. Pursuing the gradual transition towards
stability, land forces are likely to support the activities of other actors in protecting,
strengthening and restoring civil society, governance, rule of law and the economy.
Operating in a context where security is the predominant theme requires an increasing
number of stability activities together with offensive and defensive activities.
Forward presence was another key element in achieving an accurate understanding of the
environment. In areas where US forces were not deployed in significant numbers, even a
modest forward presence enhanced situational awareness and deepened relationships….
Resultant relationships with host-nation forces at multiple echelons provided for improved
exchange of information and strengthened understanding of terrorist and insurgent
operations, as well as greater acceptance of US presence and opportunities for synergy in
support of shared goals.
US Government
Decade of War, Volume 1. Enduring lessons from the past decade of operations (2012)
8B-2 | | 8C-18B-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8C-03. Peace support. The peace support theme describes an operating environment following
an agreement or ceasefire that has established a permissive environment where the level
of consent and compliance is high, and the threat of disruption is low. Where peace
support is the predominant theme, land forces may expect to develop almost exclusively
stability activities, even if ready for offensive and defensive activities. The purpose
is to sustain a situation that has already met the criteria established by international
mandate; the use of force by peacekeepers is normally limited to self-defence. Typical
peace support activities include peacemaking, peace enforcement, peacekeeping,
peace building. Peace support activities are most often mandated and coordinated
by the United Nations, but may be delegated to a military alliance such as NATO.
8C-04. Defence engagement. Defence engagement is the means by which the UK employs
Defence assets and activities to achieve influence without the use or threat of force.
It includes state to state military dialogue, bilateral or multinational training and
exercises, and support to host nation security structures. Defence engagement spans
the mosaic of conflict and types of operation; it is most effective when initiated as
peacetime military engagement, continuing if necessary through conflict and into post-
conflict stability operations. Its purpose is to sustain the UK’s position and influence,
protect and promote prosperity and security, build capacity and will and establish
comprehensive relationships and understanding. Early, effective and enduring defence
engagement within a full spectrum approach can help to avert instability and, if not,
reduce the likelihood of it being prolonged. It is a necessary theme of all operations.
Types of operations
8C-05. The types of operation reflect the breadth of utility and application of land forces
as part of a full spectrum approach. Throughout, the primary purpose of land
forces is to conduct combat operations – to apply or threaten to apply force. This
capability provides more than the potential to defeat enemies, protecting the people
of the UK and our way of life. It gives credibility in security, peace support and
peacetime military engagement. It thus underpins land forces’ contribution to the
projection of influence and promotion of prosperity. However, while combat is land
forces’ first duty, it is not sufficient. To be effective across all operations themes
and types of operation, it requires professional understanding, study, training and
equipping for the full range of likely tasks, whether combat or stability focused.
8C-06. Projection. By dint of being an island nation with global responsibilities and ambitions,
projection of land forces is central to all types of operation overseas. Interventions
will be launched to deter and reassure, to prevent a crisis from escalating or from
spreading, to contain a threat, to reinforce a fragile peace, secure an objective
or to protect a vital interest overseas. Land forces will be delivered from the sea,
through the air or across the land. In the latter case, land forces manoeuvre from a
secure port of entry at speed and range to gain a position of advantage. Projection
requires capable military forces at varying levels of readiness, sustainable at range
and imbued with an expeditionary mind-set, individually and collectively.
8C-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Combat operations
8C-07. Combat is a fight or struggle between armed groups. It is, by definition, adversarial and
physically and mentally demanding. Combat is ultimately what armies are for. Combat
involves a combination of friction, uncertainty, chaos, violence, danger and stress. It
always has degrees of asymmetry. The aim of combat is primarily to defeat an enemy
force, either by closing with it or from a distance, or to secure an objective by force.
War (on land) moves in an atmosphere composed of danger, physical effort, uncertainty
and chance. Everything in war is simple, but even the simplest thing is difficult, and these
difficulties, largely unforeseen or unpredictable, accumulate and produce a friction, a
retarding brake on the absolute extension and discharge of violence. These difficulties
consist of danger, bodily exertion, information or the lack of it, and innumerable other
small and incalculable circumstances and uncertainties originated by chance. These are
some of the inevitable things that always prevent wars in reality from ever approaching war
on paper and in plans.
Carl von Clausewitz
8C-08. In combat, operations take place in a situation usually characterised as war, in which
fighting, damage, coercion and persuasion are frequent, widespread, intense and
conducted by formed groupings, units or formations. Combat is necessary when
interests are directly threatened. Combat is a demanding purpose because of its high
tempo; the complexity of all arms, all-environment integration; the high degrees of
manoeuvre, firepower and protection required; the level of risk; and the potential
for destruction and loss. Combat is characterised by battles, probably at several
levels of command, requiring complex control methods, sophisticated exploitation
of information and situational awareness. There will be significant rates of physical
activity and material consumption. Combat demands advanced levels of collective
training and performance. Despite its demands, it can never be discounted or
wished away: the British Army must be capable of this most demanding of roles.
8C-09. Combat on a significant scale is sometimes regarded as ‘conventional’ or
‘industrial’ warfighting between uniformed, state forces in a space conveniently
absent of people. This characterisation is simplistic. Instead, the threats faced
are ‘hybrid’, blending conventional and unconventional forms of conflict, using
attributable and non-attributable methods. Some areas of the battlespace are
free of clutter and congestion, while others are not. Combat has always included
‘hybrid’ threats and asymmetric frictions, including the significance of populations,
although during the Cold War, conventional military approaches did not give
them sufficient attention. This does not mean that they were not there.
8C-10. Combat cannot be considered in isolation from the other types of operation. It is
vital, when preparing for combat, to consider how it might impact on other, perhaps
subsequent, activities. It is also important that the build-up to combat does not gain
unstoppable momentum. Conflict prevention, for example, through deterrence, is
usually preferable to the consequences of committing to battle. However, a force will
only deter if it is militarily credible and this means being capable of combat. Combat
occurs, or is liable to occur, in most of the operations described below. It is the
intensity of the combat that varies. Intensity can be measured in terms of scale (size
and numbers), longevity, rates of consumption and degrees of violence and damage.
8C-2 | | 8C-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Stability operations
8C-11. Connected to the security, peace support and defence engagement operations themes,
but not exclusively, are stability operations.
44
This broad categorisation does not imply
separation in time or space from combat operations. They may be conducted prior
to, after or during combat, but will rarely be conducted in isolation. For example,
counter-insurgency, counter-terrorism and counter-criminality operations will most likely
complement each other, alongside capacity building and other stability operations.
While the military instrument may lead in combat operations, albeit within a full
spectrum approach, in stability operations the military instrument is in support.
8C-12. This distinction is reflected in the principles of stability operations.
45
These apply
to all land stability operations, the balance of emphasis reflecting the nature of the
specific task. In all cases, primacy of political purpose is the foremost consideration.
I cannot envisage a conflict where there will be no role for stabilisation operations, but
equally stabilisation is highly likely to involve combat.
General Richard Dannatt
44 NATO doctrine describes a category of crisis response operations that encompasses all those listed here under stability operations,
with the exception of capacity building. This doctrine prefers the term stability, because it broadens the scope to upstream as well as
reactive operations.
45 These are the same as joint doctrine’s stabilisation security principles, with minor differences in wording to reflect the requirements of
land operations See JDP 05, Shaping a Stable World. Note that NATO doctrine does not describe principles of stability operations.
8C-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Principles of stability operations
• Primacy of political purpose. All military operations have a political purpose, but in
stability operations political issues are usually highly relevant to tactical actions. This
principle informs all the other principles and dictates the desired outcome, planning
and conduct of the campaign. Military actions must always be subordinate to and
aligned with the overall inter-agency, politically-led campaign. The political authority,
which may be a United Nations Special Representative to the Security General,
another international appointee or the host nation government, will usually have
overall responsibility for military operations. Depending on the operation, lower level
representatives of the authority may play an important role in operations, even to the
point of authorising military action.
• Unity of effort. All agencies, military and civilian, international and host nation must
co-operate for the campaign to be effective. This means that within the security line of
operations, the activities of the components and other actors, particularly those with
intelligence and security responsibilities, should be coordinated down to at least unit
level. Also, military and civilian agencies must co-operate. Coterminous military, police
and government boundaries, with co-operation committees at each level of authority,
are a commonly used framework to achieve unity of effort.
• Understand the context. To ensure that the military campaign, operations and
tactical actions are consistent with the political purpose, it is necessary to understand
the historical, regional and political context of the problem. Without an adequate
understanding of the human terrain, land forces will be unable to influence effectively
the relevant audiences, actors, adversaries and enemies. Understanding, and the
intelligence networks and cultural expertise that underpin it, has to be built over time,
and involves significant cooperation with other agencies.
• Foster host nation governance and capacity. At every opportunity the force must
help to develop the host nation’s ability to govern effectively. In the security sector this
is likely to include the capability needed to conduct effective and appropriate security
and stability operations in accordance with the other principles.
• Prepare for the long term. The campaign must aim for the long term under
legitimate authority (the host nation). The intervening force is likely to be present
for only a short time in large numbers, so its actions must be aimed at creating a
foundation on which successor international and host nation authorities and forces can
build.
• Provide security for the population. The first duty of any government is to provide
security for the population. It is a task in which security forces play a major role as
insecurity will usually be the main reason there is a stability operation at all. The security
operation will have two aims: making the population safe from the effects of conflict
(including from our own actions); and denying violent actors (such as insurgents) access
to the population. Security includes human security (security as in safety stability,
but also access to essential services, for example, food, health, education and justice.
8C-4 | | 8C-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Armed forces are not usually responsible for the other aspects of human security, and
must therefore cooperate with those who are. It is essential to challenge and ideally
deny adversaries access to the population, so that it is more difficult for them to
influence the population and to get support such as money, manpower, intelligence
and food.
• Neutralise adversaries. The neutralisation of armed adversaries and their supporters
can occur in a number of ways including deterrence, defeat, dispersal, disarmament
or absorption into legitimate security forces, political movements and society.
Armed forces play a significant role in neutralising adversaries. Depending on the
circumstances this can include combined arms manoeuvre operations, raids, patrols,
searches, precision attacks and a lead contribution to demobilisation, disarmament,
and reintegration (DDR) efforts. To be effective and to avoid undermining the security
of the population, the military contribution to the neutralisation of adversaries requires
accurate, actionable intelligence.
• Gain and maintain popular support. In stability operations, the state, its security
forces and intervening external armed forces are in competition with adversaries for
the support of the people. The side that succeeds in gaining the support of the people,
and denies that support to the other side, is likely to win in the long term. Gaining
and maintaining support depends in part on providing security, but it also depends
significantly on the day-to-day conduct of the authorities and their impact on people’s
daily lives.
• Anticipate, learn and adapt. The effective force improves all aspects of its
performance throughout the campaign. This requires formal systems to look for new
ways of doing things, and learn lessons from effective and ineffective practice. The
ideas and lessons must be disseminated to benefit the whole force, which requires the
capacity to adjust doctrine, training, equipment and other aspects of capability.
• Operate in accordance with the law. The armed forces and the other agencies
involved in stability operations must abide by the law and be seen to do so. This is more
than a matter of the standing requirement to act lawfully. As the armed forces of a
country which adheres strictly to the rule of law, our moral authority to intervene and
conduct stability operations depends on our lawful conduct: it is about our integrity.
This also applies to any alliance or coalition we are part of, and the host nation. It is a
critical aspect of gaining and maintaining popular support, and of undermining any
perceived legitimacy of adversaries. It is often the case that adversaries commit serious
crimes and therefore our lawful conduct sets us apart. If members of the security
forces are accused of breaking the law, legitimacy is maintained by visible and effective
investigations and where necessary, prosecutions. In the end, cover-ups destroy
legitimacy.
8C-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8C-13. Counter-irregular activity. Counter-irregular activities fall into three
categories: counter-insurgency, counter-terrorism and counter-criminality.
a. Counter-insurgency. Counter-insurgency (COIN) is defined as comprehensive civilian
and military efforts made to defeat an insurgency and to address any core grievances.
It encompasses those military, paramilitary, political, economic, psychological
and civil actions taken by a government or its partners to defeat insurgency. The
approach requires neutralisation of insurgents by killing, capturing, marginalising or
reconciling them; controlling the level of violence and securing the population COIN
is characterised by instances of combat, normally conducted at relatively low tactical
levels. Consumption of resources and violence are low (relative to focused combat
operations), but the nature of violence is likely to be more shocking because of its
context, where normality is sought or actually appears to exist. For detailed land
forces thematic doctrine the reader should consult the AFM series, within a context of
broader understanding provided by joint and NATO doctrine.
b. Counter-terrorism. Counter-terrorism describes all preventive, defensive and
offensive measures taken to reduce the vulnerability of forces, individuals and
property against terrorist threats and/or acts,
46
to respond to terrorist acts.
Counter-terrorism operations may be conducted against state-sponsored, internal
or transnational, autonomous armed groups who are not easily identified, and
who may not fall under the categories of combatants defined in international law.
Measures taken include those activities justified for the defence of individuals as well
as containment measures implemented by military forces or civilian organisations. The
latter are primarily conducted by police and special forces supported by conventional
land forces. Land forces have a greater contribution to creating and maintaining
effective protective measures to reduce the probability and impact of terrorist attacks
against infrastructure or people.
c. Counter-criminality. Counter-criminality is the action focused on preventing
organised criminal groups from escalating their activities to the point where they
become a threat to allied forces. The character of conflict is such that insurgency,
terrorism and criminality will often feed off each other. Land forces’ contribution to
counter-criminality will be very much in support of specialist agencies, requiring deep
contextual understanding to inform and assist these agencies as necessary.
8C-14. Military contribution to peace support. Peace support activities impartially make
use of diplomatic, civil and military means, normally in pursuit of United Nations
Charter purposes and principles, to restore or maintain peace. Peace support cannot
take place without some form of intervention having taken place first, which may
be an uncontested deployment. Having intervened, land forces’ freedom to operate
will be determined by the willingness of the opposing parties to seek resolution. Any
reluctance may result in combat, either directly or in the protection of other agencies
and the local population. The distinguishing factor of peace support operations is that
land forces are neutral, supporting an international mandate rather than a host nation
government necessarily. Peace support efforts include conflict prevention, peacemaking,
peace enforcement, peacekeeping and peacebuilding. Defence engagement is intrinsic
to all. This categorisation does not represent a sequential process where one necessarily
46 NATO Military Committee Concept for Counter-Terrorism, (2016) .
8C-6 | | 8C-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
leads to the next; for example, peacekeeping will not necessarily be preceded by
peace enforcement. However, land forces must understand how the different types
of efforts relate to, complement or overlap each other so that their actions support,
rather than undermine, an on-going political process. Figure 8C-1 provides a basic
conceptual framework to visualise how these activities may relate to each other.
47
Figure 8C-1. Military contribution to peace support
a. Conflict prevention. A range of activities, including defence engagement to keep
inter and intra-state disputes from escalating into armed conflict.
b. Peacemaking. Conducted after the initiation of a conflict to secure a ceasefire or
peaceful settlement involving primarily diplomatic action supported, when necessary,
by direct or indirect use of military assets.
c. Peace enforcement. Designed to end hostilities through the application of a range
of coercive measures, including the use of military force. It is likely to be conducted
without the strategic consent of some, if not all, of the major conflicting parties.
d. Peacekeeping. Designed to assist the implementation of a ceasefire or peace
settlement and to help lay the foundations for sustainable peace. It is conducted with
the strategic consent of all major conflicting parties.
e. Peacebuilding. Designed to reduce the risk of relapsing into conflict by addressing
the underlying causes of conflict and the longer-term needs of the people. It requires
a commitment to a long-term process and may run concurrently with other types of
peace support efforts.
47 See AJP-3.4.1, Allied Joint Doctrine for the Military Contribution to Peace Support Operations and the AFM series for
further detail.
8C-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8C-15. Military contribution to humanitarian assistance. Humanitarian assistance is the
use of available military resources to assist or complement the efforts of responsible civil
actors in the operational area or specialised civil humanitarian organisations in fulfilling
their primary responsibility to alleviate human suffering. They may occur in response to
both natural and man-made disasters, and result from conflict or flight from political,
religious or ethnic persecution. Military support to humanitarian assistance is limited
in scope and duration. In a NATO context, it includes disaster relief, dislocated civilian
support, security, technical support and CBRN management. For UK humanitarian
assistance and disaster relief operations, joint doctrine should be consulted.
8C-16. Military contribution to stabilisation and reconstruction. Stabilisation and
reconstruction is normally a civilian-led process that commonly takes place during
or after crisis in states that have lost the capacity to govern themselves effectively.
As such it is best undertaken by those actors and organisations that have the
relevant expertise, mandate and competences required. There may, however, be
situations when the military is obliged to assume temporary responsibility until such
time as the security situation allows for appropriate experts to assume the lead.
8C-17. Capacity building. Capacity building can be a discrete type of stability operation,
occurring across the mosaic of conflict, as well as a tactical function. As an
operation, it may be conducted discretely or alongside other operations; it may
form part of peacetime military engagement or in less benign circumstances,
including in combat situations. Capacity building concerns those actions taken
to improve military and, when necessary, civil and infrastructure capability.
The military’s contribution is but one element of a broader integrated or full
spectrum approach, which requires cooperation among all agencies engaged.
An understanding of the many different models that exist internationally for internal
security, policing and criminal justice is essential. But those models cannot be considered
in isolation because what works in one country will not necessarily work in another which
may have very different traditions. It is therefore critical for the Security Sector Reform
strategy to take full account of the history, culture and inherited practices of the country or
region in question. The strategy also needs to be informed by the views and aspirations of
the local population.
Sir John Chilcot, The Iraq Inquiry (2016)
8C-18. Evacuation. Evacuation operations relocate specific actors to a
place of safety and generally take place during crises.
a. Non-combatant evacuation operations. Non-combatant evacuation operations
(NEOs) are national diplomatic initiatives, but may see UK land forces supporting
or supported by allies. NEOs are conducted to relocate (to a place of safety) non-
combatants threatened in a foreign country.
b. Extraction operations. Extraction operations are those operations where a force
conducts or assists in the withdrawal of military missions and units from a crisis
region.
8C-8 | | 8C-9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Military aid to the civil authority – United Kingdom operations
8C-19. The security of the UK’s national territory itself is the primary concern of the UK
Government and hence the priority for the use of military forces. The UK needs
to be secured by operations at a distance because it is usually insufficient or too
late to protect the state only at its borders. Land forces are to be prepared to
contribute to home defence and to support the civil authorities when required.
This is distinct from operations to protect UK territorial integrity, for example
from invasion, although that would be the ultimate form of home defence.
Military support to internal operations are described under the heading military
aid to the civil authority or MACA. MACA includes the following.
48
a. Assistance may be provided by the Armed Forces to other government departments
for urgent work of national importance, responding to emergencies or in maintaining
supplies and essential services. Also, UK Armed Forces may be asked to provide
assistance to communities for special projects or events of significant value, or
through the attachment of volunteers.
b. Military support may be provided to civil law enforcement agencies, such as the police
or Border Force, in the maintenance of law, order and public safety using specialist
capabilities or equipment beyond that of civil powers.
c. Training and logistic assistance may be provided to civil authorities, through the
provision of the defence estate or facilities for either training or operational support
to other agencies carrying out their duties. For example, allowing the police to use
an army training centre to assemble and brief a large number of police officers, even
though military personnel or equipment might not be involved.
8C-20. Resilience. Resilience, which is covered in detail by joint doctrine, is the
overarching term used to describe activities and structures that ensure the UK
Government can continue to function and deliver essential public services in
time of national crisis, including terrorist attack and industrial action, or in civil
crises such as floods. The British Army’s regional command structure, mass,
technical skills, MACA activities, and secure real-estate and infrastructure are
examples of capabilities that contribute significantly to national resilience.
48 UK Government, 2015 to 2020 Government Policy: Military Aid to the Civil Authorities for activities in the UK, (2016).
8C-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
8C-10 | | 8C-11
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Commanding Operations
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Ch9-3 | Ch9-3 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
CHAPTER 9
Commanding operations
Introduction
9-01. The land force must have the capability to
command complex and dynamic operations
in the land environment, integrating the
effects of joint, inter-agency and multinational
partners to achieve the desired outcomes.
9-02. Command is the authority vested in an individual of
the armed forces for the direction, co-ordination and
control of military forces. It includes the processes by
which commanders, supported by their staff, make
decisions, convey intent, and impress their will in order to
accomplish missions. Command is a blend of subjective
art and objective science. It is founded on an understanding of the desired outcome;
an appreciation of concepts, missions and priorities; and the allocation of resources. Its
subjective elements include assessment of factors such as the impact of surprise, politics
and morale; decision making where there is little or no information; and anticipating the
enemy. It also requires objective analysis to control the operation and to resolve issues
relating to the mechanics of movement, logistics, and communication and information
systems (CIS). Control, as a function of command, is the oversight, direction and
coordination of assigned forces in accordance with the commander’s plan and intent.
49
9-03. This chapter describes the principles of command and the key characteristics
of the human components of a successful command system – the commander
and the staff. It then explains how command is exercised through standard
command relationships and introduces the basic requirements for the control
of operations. It concludes with an overview of the operations process,
whereby commanders and their staff plan and execute operations.
Principles of command
9-04. Joint and NATO doctrine describe five principles of joint and multinational command.
a. Unity of command provides the necessary cohesion for planning and executing
operations. Command relationships, by which commanders achieve this authority, must
be determined when a force is established.
b.
Continuity of command describes the ability for command authority to be exercised
continuously over time in a given area of operations. It depends on appropriately
trained, structured and resourced command support as well as on measures for
deputising that are widely understood.
49 Note that AAP-06 describes control in a broader sense as the authority exercised by a commander over part of the activities of subor-
dinate organisations, or other organisations not normally under his command, that encompasses the responsibility for implementing
order or directives.
Commanding operations
• Introduction
• Principles
• The human components
of command
• Command relationships
• Control of operations
• The operations process
• Annex:
• Risk
Ch9-3 | | 9-1Ch9-3 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
c. A chain of command describes the succession of commanders from a superior to
a subordinate through whom command is exercised. It is a hierarchical structure
that links points of command and defines their relationships. A clear chain of
command, understood by all, strengthens integration between formations and units
and enhances unity of effort. Subordinates must be in no doubt as to the command
state within which they are operating, to whom they are responsible and for what.
On multinational operations absolute clarity must be established over national
responsibilities and those of the coalition or alliance.
d. The command structure should ensure that the capabilities of the force are integrated
to achieve the commander’s objectives in the most effective way. The specific task
organisation will reflect the higher commander’s requirements.
e. Mission Command, which is described in Chapter 6.
Diverse are the situations under which an officer has to act on the basis of his own view of
the situation. It would be wrong if he had to wait for orders at times when no orders can
be given. But most productive are his actions when he acts within the framework of his
senior commander’s intent.
Field Marshal von Moltke (the elder)
9-05. In addition to the overarching principles of joint and multinational command, the
following considerations are relevant to the command of land operations:
a. There is a limit to the number of subordinates (and thus subordinate organisations)
that a commander can effectively command in land operations while maintaining
tempo and momentum; this is known as the span of command. This number will
depend upon several factors including complexity of the task, geographical spread and
nature of the organisation. The number of external organisations, including agencies,
allies, coalition members and host nation force elements with which a commander
has to interact are also considerations. The British Army’s experience suggests that
for complex manoeuvre operations in contact with the enemy, a span of command
should not exceed five subordinate manoeuvre groupings. This rule is not absolute
but is a good principle for organising brigades, battlegroups and sub-units. Fewer
subordinate units or a smaller headquarters increases potential for tempo; but too few
subordinates or too small a headquarters can reduce the momentum or meaningful
outputs achievable.
b. Commanders and their headquarters must be flexible, energetic and agile.
Headquarters are scalable by design so that they can configure themselves (possibly
with augmentation) to adapt and undertake a number of different roles and tasks.
The size and shape of the force under command, the range of actors with which
the headquarters must interact, as well as the directed task will determine how a
headquarters will be configured. A headquarters generates one or more command
posts from which command is exercised.
c. Commanders of multinational land forces require political acumen, patience and
tact. Their challenges include interoperability, the application of Mission Command,
achieving unity of effort where unity of command does not exist, and fostering
9-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
organisational agility. In addition, they need a detailed understanding of each national
contingent’s strengths and weaknesses as well as their ethos, history and culture.
Initially, consensus and cooperation may be based on little more than an agreement on
the art of the possible.
The human components of command
9-06. The key human components of any command system are the commanders
and their staff. While these are essential, they do not describe the entirety
of a command system, which also requires a range of additional command
support measures, including infrastructure, CIS and processes.
Clausewitz described two indispensable qualities of command: “First, an intellect that,
even in the darkest hour, retains some glimmerings of the inner light which leads to the
truth; and second, the courage to follow this faint light wherever it may go.” Churchill’s
view was that “…there is required for the composition of a great commander not only
massive common sense and reasoning power, not only imagination but also an element of
legerdemain, an original, queer and sinister touch, which leaves the enemy puzzled as well
as beaten.”
Commanders
9-07. The role of commanders at any level is to make things happen: to make decisions
on the actions of forces under command; to lead and control them; to judge and
accept risk. Commanders must do so at a pace that contributes to the generation
and maintenance of tempo relative to adversaries. It is also the role of commanders
to create and foster an effective command climate. By the nature of their personality,
leadership, command style and general behaviour, commanders have an enormous
influence on the morale, sense of direction and performance of their staff, subordinate
commanders and soldiers. Successful Mission Command depends on a climate of
command which encourages subordinate commanders at all levels to think independently,
to take the initiative and to be uninhibited in telling their superior accurate and
unwelcome information. It is the commander’s responsibility to foster such a climate.
9-08. To be effective, commanders require particular skills and qualities. There is no formula
for the right combination, but deficiencies in any one compromise the ability of the
commander to enforce their will. First, and of primary importance, are the functions
of command; the ability to lead, decide and control. To perform these functions,
commanders must understand the context and nature of the operation and direct their
staff accordingly. In addition, they must have vision, intellect and initiative to simplify
the complex and produce a battle-winning intent. However brilliant commanders’
powers of analysis and decision-making may be, they are of no use if they cannot
express their intentions clearly to subordinates of all ranks. Finally, commanders must
have the ability to build relationships on many levels; both up and down the chain of
command and with a range of joint, inter-agency, and multinational actors. Whilst
robust leadership may be required, commanders must be empathetic and patient,
prepared to collaborate and compromise through persuasion and negotiation.
9-2 | | 9-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9-09. Integrated Action and Mission Command focus commanders on seeking and exploiting
opportunities, while anticipating and managing risk. Risks to the force and risks to
the mission can be caused by adversaries, the environment and our own actions.
It is a commander’s responsibility, supported by the staff, to judge and accept risks
to the force or the mission, or both. This requires commanders to understand the
evolving risk appetite of their higher commanders, their partners, and to ensure that
their subordinates understand their own risk thresholds. This is fundamental to the
successful application of Mission Command. Annex 9A explores risk in more detail.
9-10. Commanders decide where they can best understand and influence events and
outcomes. They identify the best position to observe, assess and lead in relation to
their force, the means of command at their disposal and their mission. The enduring
moral requirement to lead from the front will influence this decision, particularly
at the tactical level. However, when positioned forward there is always a real risk
of being distracted by the immediate dangers and losing the ability to command.
The following factors, applicable to all levels of command, shape this decision.
a. The ability to assess the situation, including judging the condition and morale of
the force and being able to impose will upon it.
b. Access to other actors, including those in the task force, key agencies and the host
nation.
c. Secure and reliable communications to the points of command.
d. Access to staff support for planning and decision-making to maintain continuity.
e. Security, including physical and electronic protection and influencing decisions on the
size and signature of a command post and its constituent parts.
The commanders decided what must be achieved; the Services actually did the various jobs;
the Staff coordinated the whole and prepared the detailed instructions. So, if the chain of
command drove the Army, then the Staff might be defined as its lubrication.
John Masters, The Road Past Mandalay
Staff
9-11. The staff assists and support the commander in making and implementing decisions.
It has no authority by itself, but derives authority from and exercises it in the name
of the commander. All the activities of the staff are undertaken on behalf of a
commander. Regardless of the level of command, the staff has three main roles:
a. The staff has the duty to support, advise and caution the commander. The staff
supports by focusing on the two primary functions of control – coordinating and
monitoring. Under the function of coordinating, the staff supports the commander by
gathering, processing, analysing and presenting information in a manner that helps
the commander to select a particular course of action. The staff is then responsible
for planning, preparing and disseminating control measures, normally promulgated
as orders. In the second and overlapping function of monitoring, the staff provides
part of the feedback mechanism essential for subsequent timely decision-making. The
staff needs to realise the commander’s intent and always strive to find opportunities to
9-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
make it a reality. Nevertheless, the staff must not shy away from presenting considered,
accurate, cautionary advice that may be unwelcome, but critical to success.
b. The staff also needs to support subordinate formations and units, whose ability
to live, train and fight depends to a large extent on the actions of the staff of their
superior headquarters. In the eyes of both superior and subordinate commanders
and staff, the hallmark of a proficient headquarters is its staff’s capacity to work
in a timely, efficient and co-operative manner. Staff must not sit on information. It
is the responsibility of the staff to ensure that all relevant information is passed to
subordinate and flanking formations and units. The staff need to have a two-down
mind-set; it is the staff’s responsibility at all levels to put subordinate forces into action
to best advantage.
c. The third role of the staff is to inform the wider force, in particular higher, flanking,
agency, allied and partner headquarters. This is essential to delivering unity of effort,
mutual understanding and shared situational awareness.
9-12. The headquarters and its staff cells are organised so that the headquarters can
conduct planning and execution appropriate to its level of command. Functional
expertise is harnessed and integrated to provide support across all the horizons
required by the operation. This may, for example, see functional cells integrated
into future plans, plans and operations cells. This integration is led by the
chief of staff, who, as the principal staff officer in a headquarters, ensures
that the commander’s intent is turned into workable plans, communicated
to, and understood by, subordinate, superior and flanking formations.
9-13. Many of the qualities required by commanders also apply to staff officers. This is
particularly so for senior staff officers in national and multinational appointments.
They may have considerable delegated powers of command or management authority
and responsibility. In addition to the fundamental quality of leadership, shared by
all officers, good staff officers must have loyal and trustworthy characters with
independence of thought and judgement; the intellect to assess and communicate
with accuracy and precision, and to understand the broader context in which they
are operating; an appetite for hard work as well as team work; technical competence
on associated CIS; and high levels of cultural awareness and political sensitivity.
9-14. The effectiveness of the staff depends on human relationships. These
include those between the commander and the staff, the staff and
other levels of command, and amongst the staff themselves.
a. Although the opportunity for a close relationship with the commander will depend on
the size and level of headquarters and the role of the staff officer, the fundamentals of
the relationship between commander and staff endure. It should be characterised by a
climate of loyalty, respect and individual initiative rather than one that is sycophantic
and unquestioning; the independence of thought and timely action implicit in Mission
Command is vital.
b. How the staff interact with subordinates, flanks and superior headquarters is critical.
A staff should develop open and positive relationships with other staffs, based upon
mutual respect and developed through a conscientious, determined and helpful
approach to problem solving. Anything less will undermine confidence in the exercise
of command at all levels.
9-4 | | 9-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
c. The creation of an effective and closely knit staff team within the headquarters and
between the headquarters and units is essential. There must be no secrets between
branches and no avoidance of responsibilities. Team building is a command skill which
requires effort and practice.
Command relationships
9-15. States of command and control explain the relationships between land force
organisations. States of command are concerned primarily with the ability to assign an
independent mission, to reorganise a subordinate organisation to suit its task, or to direct
specific tasks within an agreed mission. They exist to allow a higher headquarters to
prioritise resources and effort, and to assist with task organisation when working with
limited resources. When assigning states of command, commanders balance the need to
maintain flexibility and generate tempo (which are best enabled by passing control to the
lower level) while ensuring that they retain the ability to concentrate force and rapidly
switch priorities (best achieved by commanding at a higher level). To establish the status
of units under command, a commander seeks answers to the following four questions.
a. Can the commander use the unit for any purpose; in other words, give it a mission?
b. If a mission cannot be assigned, can the commander give the unit tasks within the
given mission and so direct the mission’s execution?
c. Can the commander break up a unit into smaller groupings?
d. Are there any caveats on the use of units, for example employment limited to use for a
specified duration?
9-16. Deputising command is not necessarily synonymous with appointing deputy
commanders. There is a requirement for deputising when one or more of the
following conditions apply: when there is a need to provide short term relief for the
commander (for example, when resting or temporarily absent); when succession
in the chain of command is necessary (for example, in the event that the original
commander is killed or wounded in action, or relieved of command); or when there
is a need to reduce the burden on a commander by delegating responsibilities.
a. In the absence of established deputy commanders, staff officers can provide reliefs
for commanders for short periods. Lack of sleep can have a significant effect on the
physical and cognitive performance of a commander. Attention lapses, reduced insight,
leading to reduced understanding and an over-estimation of one’s own abilities are
some of the common symptoms. Commanders have a duty to impose adequate sleep
routines on themselves and on their subordinates.
b. Seconds-in-command provide succession at the lower tactical levels and are normally
available to assume command at little or no notice if the original commander is no
longer available to exercise command. At formation level, procedures for alternate
command rest on nominating a subordinate commander to assume command.
c. Delegating command responsibilities allows the senior commander to concentrate on
particular areas or concerns, leaving a nominated assistant or deputy to concentrate on
others.
9-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
d. Deputy commanders of multinational forces are appointed in the main to help
strengthen the collective command of an alliance or to bond coalition forces together,
giving a visible expression of national stake and representation in the higher command.
In these circumstances it is possible, although not ideal, to have more than one deputy
commander, each of whom must have clear functional roles.
e. The scale and complexity of operations, particularly at divisional level and above,
means that command cannot be exercised without the support of a deputy
commander who exercises command when the commander is absent from the
headquarters. The deputy commander may also be used to control a particular phase
or geographical area of the operation which requires forward command.
9-17. The command post (CP) is a location from which command is exercised,
consisting of
a physical structure, the staff and its associated CIS. A force element’s headquarters
may be able to create a number of command posts. A CP supports the commander
by presenting relevant information, and by providing the means of control and the
communications through which orders are passed and information is exchanged.
Depending on the level of command, a headquarters is organised to operate a
number of command posts. Possible types of command post include a Main CP; a
Forward CP to allow commanders to command in the forward areas of operations;
a Tactical CP to allow the commander and key staff to deploy to the point of battle
with a lower profile; and an alternate/step – up CP, to assume control if or when the
main CP is unable to do so for tactical or administrative reasons. This combination
provides flexibility, reach and endurance but comes with a cost in terms of manpower,
protected mobility, infrastructure and communications equipment. In the same manner
that commanders reach back from a tactical CP to the main CP for intelligence analysis
and other outputs not practically deliverable forward, so too they may be able to reach
back for command support outside the theatre of operations. Command exercised
from a number of CPs is a distributed command system. Commanders also consider
the balance of command outputs to be delivered at subordinate levels and how much
the higher formation may need to support the subordinates, or vice versa. Factors
include CIS, CP infrastructure and manpower and the nature of the operation.
Control of operations
9-18. Control involves the oversight, direction and coordination of assigned forces
in accordance with the commander’s plan and intent. At the lowest tactical
levels, command and control are often vested in a single individual. At higher
levels, it is a key function of the staff to exercise control over certain aspects
of operations in accordance with the principle of Mission Command.
If it is necessary for a commander to interfere constantly with a subordinate, one or the
other should be relieved.
Field Marshal Carver
9-6 | | 9-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9-19. Mission Command provides staff and subordinates with the opportunity to accomplish
the commander’s intent by using their initiative. Normally this approach takes place
through decentralised execution, where commanders increase the freedom of action
of subordinates, controlling only when absolutely necessary. However, there are
times when more centralised execution and tighter levels of control are required, for
example during complex operations that involve more than one subordinate operating
in close proximity to each other, such as during withdrawals, reliefs of troops, and
obstacle crossings. In such cases, commanders need to impose and exercise greater
levels of control to ensure the tempo of the operation is sustained and that the
possibility of fratricide is minimised. Mission Command is still exercised during these
operations but the control of individual elements is more coordinated. Control has
two basic forms which are not mutually exclusive and can be used simultaneously.
a. Procedural control relies on the implementation of commonly understood procedures
across a force for the regulation of activity within and between force elements.
Examples are standard operating procedures, boundaries and NATO standardised
procedures. Procedural control can, for example, be used to allocate a volume of
battlespace to individual elements for a period of time. Although sometimes perceived
as an air control technique, procedural control is applied across all environments. For
successful Mission Command, the commander always uses only the minimum essential
procedural control measures.
b. Positive control allows for active control of activities in real time. It is used when a
commander wishes to direct control in a particular place or on specific elements, for
specific periods of time. However, even where resolution of the position of friendly
forces is good, that of adversaries and the population is seldom sufficiently timely
nor accurate enough to support positive control as the sole means of battlespace
management.
9-20. Land operations necessarily demand degrees of control over the activities of many
different groups, on the ground and in the air, within a given geographical area. Those
aspects of an area of operations that require active management are described as the
battlespace, and battlespace management refers to the adaptive means and measures
that enable the dynamic synchronisation of activity. Applying battlespace management
provides the control mechanisms for effective and efficient execution of Integrated
Action, synchronizing, integrating and coordinating battlespace activities with respect
to time, forces and capabilities. The key challenge for commanders and staff is enabling
maximum freedom of action for subordinates whilst maintaining control consistent with
the context and nature of the mission. Of note, tighter measures are typically required
as the density and complexity of the battlefield increases. At the tactical level, the
spectrum of battlespace management tools include commonly understood symbology
used to identify units, locations and functions, to fire support control measures, and
information exchange procedures and processes on CIS and targeting systems.
9-21. Command and control procedures must be simple, efficient and flexible to
enable timely and effective decision making. Standard operating procedures
(SOPs) (which are set by a higher authority or formation to its subordinates)
and standard operating instructions (how SOPs are implemented in a
given context) must be clearly written, understood, rehearsed and used.
9-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9-22. Headquarters must be adept at using information to exercise control effectively.
This requires appropriate procedures and communications systems.
a. At times of high tempo, it is vital to have robust, consistent and well-understood
methods. A headquarters requires proficiency in information management (integrated
processes and services to provide exploitable information); information exploitation
(use of information to gain advantage); information assurance (the confidence that
information is reliable, accurate and secure); and information superiority (possessing
better information and able to exploit it faster relative to an adversary).
b. These procedures all in turn depend on CIS. These enable control measures to be
specified with a high degree of accuracy, allow for changes to be rapidly disseminated
across the command, and provide near real-time feedback on the progress of
operations to commanders and their staff. CIS capabilities and limitations, such as
range, bandwidth and security are factors of all plans.
9-23. Directives, plans and orders provide the principal means by which a commander’s
intentions are conveyed to subordinates as well as the control framework for the
operation. Directives, plans and orders must be concise, clear, accurate and timely.
a. A directive is used at the higher levels of command to initiate activity and to give both
general and specific guidance to subordinate commanders. It will be less formal, rigid
and prescriptive than an order.
b. Plans are mainly issued for contingency planning purposes and have no executive
authority until activated by an order. A ‘plan’ is also the term used to describe the
output from the planning process prior to conversion into directives and orders by the
commander and staff.
c. Orders are written or oral communications that direct the conduct and synchronisation
of action. They are issued in whole or in part to subordinate forces for planning or
execution.
I have (had) published under my name a good many operational orders and a good many
directives…but there is one paragraph in the order that I have always written myself…the
intention paragraph.
Field Marshal Slim
The operations process
9-24. Commanders are responsible for making decisions. The primary outputs from
their decision-making are the plan, followed by its execution. The process by
which commanders and staff conduct planning and execute the plan is called
the operations process
50
, as illustrated in Figure 9-1. This is a decision-making
tool used by NATO tactical formations and by the United States Army up to corps
level. Activities within this process include assessment, planning, preparation
and execution. The outputs from this process are operations designed to
achieve the desired outcomes through objectives, effects and actions.
50 UK land forces previously used the PREE process (plan, refine, execute, and evaluate)
9-8 | | 9-9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Figure 9-1. The operations process
A
s
s
e
s
s
A
s
s
e
s
s
A
s
s
e
s
s
P
L
A
N
E
X
E
C
U
T
E
P
R
E
P
A
R
E
Commander
9-25. The way in which the operations process is approached depends on a range of
factors. These include the context, type of operation, time available, level of
headquarters and associated resources. The process is therefore scalable, requiring
commanders and staff to be flexible and to focus on the ends rather than be slaves
to the process. In all circumstances, commanders and staff must recognise that
planning is a command-led activity, and that the operations process is not necessarily
sequential. Assessment, which directly influences the other three activities, is
constantly refreshed, tested and refined; preparation and planning are continuous.
Assess
9-26. Assessment is the monitoring and evaluation of the current operational picture.
It is continuous throughout planning, preparation and execution. Effective
assessment is dependent on good situational awareness, to which it also
contributes, and provides the basis for the decision-making of commanders and
staff. It is a critical supporting activity in the constant fight for understanding.
As it surrounds and permeates the entirety of the process, specific discussion of
assessment within plan, prepare and execute activities is captured in the relevant
paragraphs below. Assessment after the operation is also a key contributor to
adaptation. Adaptation leads to the adjustment of doctrine (tactics, techniques and
procedures), and the generation of requirements for new or adjusted capability.
9-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Plan
9-27. Planning determines the commander’s initial balance of effort, within a framework
of available time, resources and freedom of action. However, in a dynamic operating
environment, pragmatic and flexible plans are more likely to be successful than
those that are prescriptive. The commander needs to develop contingency plans
to address other outcomes that could be foreseen, and must be poised to cope
with the unexpected. Military planning is based on an estimate process.
9-28. An estimate is a logical process of reasoning by which a commander, faced with
an ill-structured problem, arrives at a course of action to be taken to achieve the
mission. Commanders at all levels use estimates appropriate to the complexity of
the problems. The estimates used by the British Army all follow the same broad
approach: continuous understanding of the situation; identification of outcomes,
objectives and effects to be achieved; selection, resourcing and programming of
a particular course of action; and preparation of orders. Depending on the nature
of the problem, level of command and immediacy of execution, contingency
and branch plans may also be produced for subsequent refinement.
9-29. The British Army routinely uses three recognised planning processes. These are
compatible with those of other components and NATO land forces, who often
employ their own national decision-making processes particularly at the lower tactical
level. Interoperability depends more on making the right deductions and knowing
how different estimate processes relate to each other, than on adopting a single
approach across a joint or multinational force. The use of a particular planning
process is determined not by the level of the force, but by the nature of the problem,
the time available and the procedural interoperability requirements of the task.
a. Operational-level planning process. At the operational level, commander and their
staff use the operational-level planning process to produce a campaign or operational
plan. See AJP-5 Allied Joint Doctrine for Operational-level Planning (with UK national
elements).
b. Tactical estimate. The tactical estimate, also known as the ‘6-step estimate’, is
designed for circumstances where military problems are complex and plans may be
longer term and involve significant sequencing. The tactical estimate is suitable where
there is an emphasis on detailed planning and understanding rather than high-tempo
decision-making. It can be used by division, brigade and battlegroup headquarters.
c. Combat estimate. The combat estimate, also known as the ‘7 questions’, is derived
from the tactical estimate but presents the analysis, plan creation and decision-
making in a sequence of 7 questions. This is intended to make it easy to focus on
rapid understanding of the problem and decision-making as part of accelerated battle
procedure. It is used at formation level for similarly urgent situations. It can be adapted
for more complicated, deliberate actions. It assumes that the operating environment
and general tactical situation are already well understood. The combat estimate is
designed mainly for use at battlegroup and below to generate plans for single, urgent
tactical problems.
9-10 | | 9-11
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9-30. Orders are used in all spheres of military activity and at all levels of command. They
follow standardised formats to enable swift delivery, comprehension, extraction and
execution. Orders are as comprehensive as time allows. An operation order and
its subsidiaries, for example, fragmentary orders, include the detail necessary for
subordinate commanders to be able to understand the context for the operation. They
also need to understand the intent, extracting what it means for them, and what it
means to others. Mission Command requires orders which concentrate on imparting
an understanding of the context of the operation and what needs to be done rather
than how. Attention to detail when producing orders is of paramount importance.
9-31. The means of delivering orders is contingent on the level of command, time available,
nature of operation, physical dispersion of forces and CIS. In combat operations
at battlegroup and below, verbal orders (either in person or via CIS) accompanied
by a one-page summary are sufficient. At higher levels of command and in more
complex scenarios, more detailed written orders will be required. At all levels, orders
can be accompanied by diagrams, overlays and schematics to show how dynamic
activity is intended to occur in time and space. Wherever possible, a commander
issues orders in person and so imbues subordinates with a common purpose and
understanding. Subordinates then back-brief their commander to clarify intent, confirm
understanding and, where appropriate, recommend further refinement to the plan.
9-32. Assessment during planning. Assessment is procedurally ingrained within UK
estimates, especially within intelligence preparation of the environment, mission
analysis and course of action evaluation. As the plan develops within the estimate
process, it is tested against the constantly changing situation to refine the decisions
made as well as identify and mitigate risks. Such refinement, drawing on tools of
red-teaming, wargaming and operational analysis, precedes the issuing of orders.
Of note, planning is typically the stage in the operations process where the staff
creates the initial common operating picture from which to achieve shared situation
awareness and identify opportunities, threats and information requirements. Assessment
during planning also identifies measurements of effectiveness and performance
that are used for subsequent assessment during preparation and execution.
9-12 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
• Format of orders. Orders follow a standardised format of: situation; mission;
execution (including concept of operations, missions and tasks, coordinating
instructions); combat service support; and command and signal.
• Concepts of operations. The concept of operations describes how the commander
intends to achieve the mission. Where possible, the commander would confirm it with
the superior commander through the backbrief process. The concept of operations
flows directly from his decision and has three elements to it:
• Intent. Intent is a concise and precise statement of what the commander intends to
do and why, expressed as effects to be created. It is as brief as possible and easy to
remember, so that subordinates can know it. It is formulated by the commander.
• Scheme of manoeuvre. The scheme of manoeuvre expands the intent to describe
how the commander sees the operation unfolding. It explains where, when, how
and with what, in relation to each other, the force is to achieve its purpose, so that
subordinates can understand their roles in the plan and the effects and actions that
they and others are to realise. A clear intent minimises the length of the scheme of
manoeuvre, where brevity is an important quality. Schemes of manoeuvre generally
use the doctrinal frameworks as a structure. Phases should be used with caution as
they can serve to over-control subordinate action.
• Main effort. The main effort is defined as: the concentration of forces or means
in a particular area and at a particular time to enable a commander to bring about
a decision. It is a conceptual tool by which a commander concentrates forces on
the activity considered crucial to the success of the mission and the achievement
of the higher commander’s intent. The commander gives it substance by allocating
sufficient resources and focusing the task of the force element assigned to it. It is an
implied task for all other force elements to enable or support the main effort. The
main effort can change during an operation, but this can detract from the crucial
activity. It is expressed as an action together with the primary force undertaking it.
• Mission statement. A mission statement is a clear and direct order to a subordinate
and consists of actions to be taken and a unifying purpose (effect), proceeded by
the words ‘in order to’. There are three types of mission: a single statement with a
unifying purpose; a series of tasks with a unifying purpose; and for reserves, a series
of ‘be prepared to’ tasks, without a unifying purpose. Missions are listed in a logical
order of activity rather than in British Army precedence as this will aid the visualisation
of the operation. Tasks contained within mission statements are substantive. Lesser
tasks, such as conducting preliminary moves or establishing liaison will normally be
omitted from the mission, but may be included elsewhere in the orders, in coordinating
instructions for example. Depending on the level of command and circumstances,
mission statements are written or approved by the commander personally.
9-12 | | 9-13
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Prepare
9-33. Preparation includes activities conducted by the formation or unit before execution.
These activities are designed to improve the formation or unit’s ability to conduct
the operation and include, but are not limited to, plan refinement, back-briefs,
rehearsals, coordination, reconnaissance and preliminary movement. Preparation
of a formation or unit for a specific operation starts with receipt of a warning
order and ends when execution begins. Sound, efficient battle procedure is key
to making preparation fit the time available, in order to contribute to tempo.
9-34. Assessment during preparation. Assessment during preparation monitors the progress
of readiness to conduct the operation and assists in plan refinement. In relation to the
latter, commanders need the agility to adjust the plan based on new information and
changing circumstances. For example, the enemy will do the unexpected, unforeseen
opportunities may arise, assumptions on which the plan is based may be proven true or
false and friendly forces status may change. In any of these cases the change must be
assessed against the plan and the commander must decide if the new information:
a. validates the plan with no further changes;
b. requires minor adjustments to the plan;
c. requires major adjustments to the plan; or
d. invalidates the mission and so requires direction from the superior commander. If there
is not time to consult higher, then commanders act to support the one-up intent and
main effort whilst considering the context of the two-up intent.
9-35. The operations process places significant emphasis on the requirement to
continually assess, test and refine a plan. At corps and division level, there
may be a significant time gap between the initial preparation of a plan and its
execution, demanding a focused effort to refine and adjust the plan to reflect
the latest understanding of the requirement and context. At brigade level and
below during combat operations, planning may flow immediately into execution.
In all circumstances, commanders and staff continually monitor the situation and
must be prepared to refine a plan even after orders have been delivered.
Execute
9-36. The execution of an operation begins when committed assets physically enact
their issued orders. Overcoming friction, maintaining tempo and enabling Mission
Command relies heavily upon the personal involvement of the commander,
supported by the staff. Command is complemented by control which is further
sub-divided into two elements – monitoring and coordination. The latter is a
function of the headquarters staff who implement the commander’s plan and
make adjustments when required. Maintaining accurate and timely situational
awareness across the span of command is fundamental to successful execution.
9-14 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9-37. Assessment during execution. During execution of an operation, assessment
considers the unfolding situation against that which was planned for and allows
refinements to be made to mitigate or exploit the identified change. The situation
may change for a wide variety of reasons. Friendly, enemy, neutral and environmental
activity and information will all have an impact and cause an under- or over- delivery
of the plan. At the lower tactical levels and during simple operations, the commander
may be able to conduct the assessment function with limited support. During more
complex operations, the commander will rely more heavily on the staff to analyse
the situation and so assist decision making. The two key measurements to inform
this analysis are measurement of performance (assessment of the performance
of a task and achievement of the associated purpose) and measurement of
effectiveness (assessment of change against intended progress). The way in which
performance and effect are measured are considered in the planning stage.
Post operational assessment
9-38. At every level in the force, after each operation or major event and continuously
during longer campaigns, commanders review the performance and capability of
the force to enable rapid and successful adaptation. To be genuine, this command-
led activity requires an appropriate command climate, and engaged, flexible and
objective participants. The aim is to identify experiences, examples and observations
that can contribute positively to future tasks and operations. It relies on commanders
at all levels to recognise that success on operations depends significantly on rapid
and relevant learning across the whole force, in competition with adversaries and
enemies. In the operations process, post-operational assessment informs planning
for the next cycle of operations. Post operational assessment is also central to deeper
institutional learning and capability development. Capability is improved only when
the lessons identified and observations are implemented by those in the home base
responsible for force development, equipment acquisition, doctrine and training.
9-14 | | 9-15
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9-16 | 9-16 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ANNEX 9A
Understanding risk
War…is in its nature hazardous, and an option of difficulties.
Major General Wolfe
9A-01. Land operations require commanders at all levels to identify and seize opportunities.
But they also necessarily involve significant and often fatal risks. Understanding risk
is therefore essential. Military organisations broadly understand risk as: potentially
damaging; made up of cause, effect and consequence; explained in terms of likelihood
or probability and impact; and something that has to be accepted on the route to
success. Distinction is also made between operational and operating risks. Clarity
of communication within the land force and with NATO allies is imperative and so
this doctrine uses the term risk as it is commonly understood and defined by the
Concise Oxford English Dictionary: “the possibility that something unpleasant may
happen”. Risks, therefore, are described as the possibility of negative outcomes in
relation to the force or the mission.
51
The events or conditions that lead to those
negative outcomes are causes. The interplay between cause and effect is inherently
uncertain and requires commanders and staff to manage risk. Risk management is
the process of identifying, assessing, and controlling risk arising from operational
factors, and making informed decisions that balance risk with mission benefits.
9A-02. To achieve success, commanders have to judge and accept risks. Taking risk is
inherent in effectivemilitary operations, in which commanders at all levels achieve
their intent byseeking opportunities then vigorously seizing and exploiting them.
But adversary and enemy actions and the difficulty of overcoming friction mean that
operations are not guaranteed to succeed and the force may incur losses. Enemies and
adversaries aimto defeat or destroy the force or elements of it, or in other waysto
prevent the mission from being achieved. Many military activities are inherently
dangerous even without enemy involvement; friction compounds the difficulty. Even
when a mission or task is successful, equipment may be lost and casualties taken.
The nature of conflict means thatmilitary activity is seldom, if ever, risk-free.
9A-03. Risk has different implications at different levels of operations, with actions taken
at one level potentially incurring risk at another. Many contemporary operationsare
conducted in a context where there is a low tolerance of casualties. At the
tactical level, to judge what is appropriate, commanders need to understand the
risk appetite at the higher levels of command. For example, if there is little
political appetite for casualties in an operation, then tactical actions that incur
casualties can cause strategic risk. Conversely, if strategic risk might be caused
by the failure of a particular mission, then tactical commanders may have to
51 Note that JDP 0-01 defines risk as having positive or negative consequences.
9-16 | | 9A-19-16 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
accept the risk of a greater loss of life to achieve it. Risk appetite is not fixed; it
is contextually dependent and differs from one operation to another, as well as
within a single operation. It will also differ between allied and coalition partners.
9A-04. There are two different types of operational risk that a land force and its commander
face: risk to force, comprising its loss or damage to its Fighting Power; and risk to
mission. These risks are not mutually exclusive; for example loss of Fighting Power
can prevent achievement of the mission. Multiple, compound risks, where as one
risk materialises it exposes a force to the others, are the most dangerous.
a. Risk to force.
(1) The risk of loss of the force, or elements of it, is often associated with
warfighting, but at low level in stability operations, the loss of a patrol or a sub-
unit can be a risk (a risk with strategic consequences). There are many famous
historical examples of this risk being accepted; the expedition to recover the
Falkland Islands in 1982, and the Battle of Goose Green during that campaign
are two examples. Of course acceptance of the risk does not guarantee
operational success; at the Battle of Arnhem in 1944 a British airborne division
which dropped behind German lines was destroyed as the corps due to link-up
with it failed in its mission, with the result that a crossing over the Rhine was not
achieved for several months. It is rare to knowingly accept a high risk of loss of
part the force, unless it is the best or only way to achieve the overall mission and
the context is such that the risk is tolerable.
(2) The second risk to the force is that of damage to Fighting Power. In isolation
this risk is the chance of casualties or loss of equipment and materiel with little
risk to the overall force or the outcome of the operation. In combat, theriskof
casualties is often high, even unavoidable. The degree to which this risk is
acceptable depends on the circumstances. At a purely practical level, loss of
equipment, materiel and personnel reduces the physical and moral components
of the force’s Fighting Power and damages the force’s reputation. However,
even if these losses are tolerable at the tactical level, they may be intolerable at
the strategic level. Such situations require very acute judgementof appropriate
risksby commanders and staff. They must fully understand the strategic context
and risk appetite and ensure that operations are conducted accordingly. At the
same time, they must not allow the force to develop such a protective mind-set
that it cannot achieve the mission. Operational design must seek to protect this
strategic vulnerability from attack at the tactical level.
b. Risk to mission. On its own, this risk is the possibility that the mission will not
succeed, but there is no significant risk to the force. The risk might range in severity
from the risk to a single task, to the risk that an entire campaign may fail. In these
cases if the mission is imperative then the risk can only be mitigated by, for example,
finding a different course of action, applying more resources, or finding some
other way of changing the risk equation. If the mission or task is not imperative to
achieving intent then it may not be worth carrying out the task or mission.
9A-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9A-05. Some risks can be foreseen and so planned against; others cannot and arise
through chance and friction, intrinsic to the nature of conflict. By thinking
laterally and constantly updating their situational understanding, land forces
will be better prepared when managing emergent risks. Foreseen or unforeseen,
the causes of military risk fall into three broad groups – adversary actions,
environmental factors and our own actions. These groups are not exclusive.
a. In conflict, forces are in a contest with their adversaries and enemies; each side is
seeking to create, identify and exploit weaknesses in the other side. All enemies and
adversaries are intelligent, dynamic actors, directed by their command and control
authorities and systems. They can be the cause of both types of risk: threatening the
cohesion or even existence of the force or elements of it; or preventing achievement
of tasks, missions or wider objectives.
b. Terrain, distance, climate,weather, disease and darkness are examples of
environmental factors that cause friction. These factors can increase the probability of
mission failure and attrition of the force.
c. Inappropriate actions can cause the force or elements of it to fail to achieve their
objectives, or can increase its vulnerability to enemy action or environmental factors.
These can be, for example, errors of judgement, planning, execution and resourcing,
either independent of the enemy threat or environmental factors, or in relation to
those threats. In some cases it may simply be bad luck, for example, an equipment
failure, but more often the cause is either incompetence or a misreading of the
situation.
8A-06. Risk management. Ultimately the commander of any force, supported where
applicable by the staff, is responsible for judging and accepting risk. This involves
understanding in each case the potential causes, the likelihood or probability of the
risks, their impacts and the context of operations. The key is to recognise the risks,
mitigate the causes where possible, knowingly accept the residual risk, and where
possible prepare contingency plans to deal with the causes and their consequences
if required. Three factors warrant particular consideration when managing risk.
a. First, human beings can easily misjudge risk. They can over- or under-estimate it
or fail to notice it altogether, depending on the operational situation, group context
and dynamics (for example, informed by unit culture) and individual personalities.
Objective guides can be very useful, allowing the staff to identify, assess and track
risks to act as a ‘handrail’ for commanders’ decisions. At formation level, risk
management tools, supported by operational analysis, can provide a useful, objective
measure of risk; these are described in joint and lower-level Army doctrine. At the
lower tactical levels, certainly at unit level and below, risk management is usually
straightforward. Units usually operate in a formation context, so much of the risk
management is done for them. In that context, units and sub-units identify and
plan mitigation by using the combat estimate process, including wargaming and
rehearsals. This allows concurrent considerations of risks and opportunities.
9A-2 | | 9A-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
b. Second, the least controllable cause of risk is other actors, particularly enemies.
Environmental factors may be hard to overcome, but they do not fight back. Friendly
causes involve the complication of human actions but the threat from this source can
be mitigated. Mitigation measures include selection of appropriate commanders and
staff, training and allocation of adequate resources. The enemy, however, actively
seeks to cause casualties, prevent us achieving the mission, and if they can, to defeat
or even destroy us. Apassive, reactive approach cannot succeed in fully eliminating
the enemy threat. The risk that the enemy presents can ultimately only be overcome
by active measures. The Manoeuvrist Approach emphasises offensive action to seize
and retain the initiative, compelling enemies and adversaries to respond to our
actions. Stability operations also require us to take the initiative. Whenever there is
a human threat, it is usually best to act to make the threat respond to our actions,
rather than the other way round.
c. Operating some capabilities (including, for example, helicopters) involves complex
technical risks to life that can only be fully understood by qualified and experienced
specialists. Defence places a personal duty on specific individuals to manage these
operating risks, both in training and during operations. The commander must
seek the advice of the duty holder or the delegated representative if the capability
is to be employed in a way that increases the risk to life above the level that would
be tolerated in routine activities. On operations, the commander judges whether
the operational risk to the mission warrants acceptance of increased operating risk.
Exceptionally, a commander may also decide to employ the capability without specialist
advice if urgency precludes consultation.
9A-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9A-4 | | 9A-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
ADP Land Ops
Chapter 10
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Sustaining operations
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
9A-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
CHAPTER 10
Sustaining operations
Introduction
10-01. Sustainment is the business of maintaining the
force. Through logistic and administrative support,
it seeks to enhance the force’s resilience and
enable it to endure for as long as operationally
necessary. It is hugely important to military
success, as only forces that are adequately
sustained can succeed. Sustainment is a key
factor underpinning the concept of culmination.
A force that over-reaches itself will become
increasingly unsustainable, and its tactical options will be reduced to the point of being
ineffective. Throughout military history successful commanders have recognised this
significance. As a divisional commander during the 1991 Gulf War, General Rupert
Smith put it simply: “… a commander [should] only fight the battle he can sustain.”
10-02. Before conducting operations commanders must ensure that they are able to
deploy, sustain and regenerate their forces. They must understand the freedoms
and constraints that sustainment provides including considering the implications of
casualties and the consumption of materiel. They then plan, allocate and balance
resources accordingly. Commanders also evaluate the risks to their sustainment assets
and infrastructure, and then adapt their plans to reduce the impact of sustainment
constraints while exploiting the tactical freedoms sustainment provides.
10-03. Sustaining a land force depends on strategic and joint operational level systems,
processes and resources, but within the land environment at the tactical level
it is fundamentally a land component responsibility. This chapter defines key
terminology, and describes the philosophy and principles of land sustainment. It
then introduces the functional groupings that sustain tactical land forces, before
explaining how sustainment is planned and executed in the land environment.
Terminology
10-04. Given the inherently joint context of sustainment, adherence to
joint and NATO terminology is important. See AAP-06 and JDP
4-00, Logistics for Joint Operations for further detail.
a. Sustainability is the ability of a force to maintain the necessary level of combat power
for the duration required to achieve its objectives without culmination. It is a Principle
of War.
b. Sustainment describes those logistic and administrative activities and resources
necessary to sustain a force. It is a tactical function.
Sustaining operations
• Introduction
• Terminology
• Philosophy and principles
• Functional groupings
• Planning
• Execution
9A-8 | | 10-1
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
(1) Logistics is the science of planning and carrying out the movement and
maintenance of forces. Logistics comprises the development, acquisition, storage,
movement, distribution, maintenance, recovery and disposal of materiel; transport
of personnel, acquisition and construction; maintenance, operation and disposal
of facilities; acquisition or furnishing of services; and medical and health services.
(2) Administration is the provision and implementation of regulations and
procedures related to the management of an organisation in support of the
accomplishment of the mission.
c. Combat service support is the support provided to the force, primarily in the fields of
administration and logistics. This term is usually used in reference to functional groups
of logistic, health service, equipment, infrastructure and administrative support.
Philosophy and principles
10-05. At the tactical level in the land environment, the British Army is guided by the
philosophy of land sustainment. First, sustainment is central to Fighting Power; the
capability of a land force depends on its sustainability. Second, sustainment is a means
to an end. Sustainment should always support the mission, although there may be
occasions where it is the mission, for example, in humanitarian assistance operations.
Third, sustainment is everyone’s responsibility; all members of the land force have an
individual and collective responsibility for sustainment. Fourth, the agility of the force
depends on agile sustainment, which in turn requires a support network rather than
just linear supply chains. Finally, while sustainment requires specialist skills, those
military personnel who provide sustainment are soldiers first and specialists second.
10-06. The principles of logistics inform the planning and execution of sustainment by land
forces. The descriptions of each principle reflect the context of tactical land forces, and
so have been adapted from those of NATO which focus on operational level sustainment.
NATO, joint and lower-level land doctrine describe complementary functional principles,
relevant to specific forms of sustainment (for example, AJP-4.10, Allied Doctrine
for Medical Support describes the fundamental principles of medical support.)
I told my staff that G2 existed to tell me what I should do to the enemy and when, G4
existed to tell what was possible given my constraints in supply and transportation. And
then, when I had made my decision, G3 did it.
General Omar Bradley
10-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
The principles of logistics
• Collective responsibility. Collective responsibility requires all elements of the land
force to share logistic information, capabilities and resources to support the force.
Such cooperation combined with robust sustainment command and control provides
the foundation for the flexible and efficient use of sustainment capabilities thereby
contributing to operational success.
• Authority. When responsibility is assigned for the sustainment of forces, it must be
accompanied with the appropriate level of authority to direct and control activities to
achieve the sustainment required.
• Primacy of operational requirement. Sustainment effort is focused to meet the
requirements necessary to support operational activity. Although prioritisation may be
required, for example when preparing forces for theatre exit, the needs of operational
activity come first.
• Coordination and cooperation. Cooperation and coordination in all sustainment
activities including between civilian and military providers, will contribute to the best
use of limited resources. Cooperation is best engendered through shared training,
developing interoperability, team spirit and cohesion. It relies upon: mutual trust
and goodwill; unity of purpose, if not command; and agreed understanding of
responsibilities, freedoms and limitations.
• Assured provision. Commanders at all levels ensure the provision of sustainment
resources to support the forces and capabilities allocated to them.
• Sufficiency. Sustainment is available in the necessary quantity and quality, when and
where it is required throughout all types of operations and tactical activities.
• Efficiency. Efficiency involves achieving the maximum level of support for the least
sustainment effort to make the best use of finite resources, the supply network and
lines of communication. Logistic and administrative efficiency will ultimately determine
the most appropriate operational structures and resources to support an operation.
• Simplicity. The complexity of sustainment activity demands a robust plan that is
widely understood and that absorbs friction. Simplicity enables plans, systems and
organisations to react well to the unforeseen.
• Flexibility. Sustainment must be adaptive and flexible to be effective. Adequate
planning allows force elements to react in a timely manner to changes in the
operational situation.
• Visibility. Commanders require timely, accurate and relevant information to make
effective decisions and to plan and coordinate sustainment activity. Visibility of the
wider force’s support arrangements (for example, lines of communication and transit
areas) will assist commanders in the planning and execution of operations.
10-2 | | 10-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Functional groupings
10-07. There are five main combat service support functional groupings: logistic support,
health service support, equipment support, infrastructure support and administration.
a. Logistic support links a deployed force to its sustaining nodes using four echelons:
unit, formation, force or theatre, and the strategic base. The activities of logistic
support groupings include the provision of materiel which includes the procurement,
storage, management and configuration, assurance and distribution of supplies; the
provision of movement to deploy a force and provide movement within a theatre;
and a wide range of logistic support services which include enabling, health, safety,
sanitation and other services directly in support of the maintenance of morale.
b. Health service support contributes to the physical and moral components of
Fighting Power through maximising, protecting and restoring the health of the force.
It provides effective and timely treatment and, where necessary, evacuation of those
who become ill and injured. When deployed, it provides the capability to manage
casualties from the point of injury (or onset of illness) to definitive treatment. Health
service support has logistic and administrative aspects and, apart from the furthest
forward units, is usually planned and conducted as a joint capability.
c. Equipment support seeks to keep the required quantity of operational equipment
available to the force. This is achieved by the active management and maintenance
of equipment and equipment components. Maintenance is organised into four levels
which are determined by the complexity and engineering requirements of the task.
d. Infrastructure support provides the operational estate which consists of operational
and host nation infrastructure. Infrastructure includes fixed installations, fabrications,
physical structures and facilities, including utilities. Infrastructure is built and
sustained through engineering. This engineering is provided by a combination of a
military construction force and contractors.
e. Administrative support is the management and execution of all non-tactical
military preparation and activity. It includes staff and personnel support; medical
force preparation and preventative health service support; welfare support; provost
support, including military police and investigative services; budget and financial
advice; and civil and policy affairs advice.
10-08. Within the tactical land environment, the force is sustained by a support network. This
network has two features. First, it interconnects the primary lines of communication,
making the supply chain more efficient and responsive. Logistic movement in a network
is lateral as well as forward and back. Materiel and people are moved to and from points
of need through a network of nodes and links. This requires an imaginative approach,
exploiting alternative routes and unconventional means. This is only possible with
shared understanding enabled by logistic information systems. Second, the support
network is resourced through all available means, harnessing contracted, joint, allied
and host nation capabilities alongside those of land forces as part of the whole force
approach. The network will then be adaptive (able to adjust quickly to the loss of key
nodes or routes) and agile (able to cope with rapidly changing demands). Early and
comprehensive logistic planning, especially when operating over extended distances,
is essential. It informs the likely logistic requirements, appropriate development of
the support network and significantly influences the design of the entire operation.
10-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Planning
10-09. The sustainment estimate considers the logistic and the administrative requirements
of an operational plan, including the requirements and structure of the support
network. It is undertaken concurrently and in collaboration with the main estimate
process and needs to be delivered in time for operational commanders to assess
whether they need to adjust their plans. Guided by the philosophy of sustainment
and principles of logistics, the sustainment estimate should include consideration of
sustainment planning factors, sustainment reach and risks, and contractor support.
10-10. Sustainment activity often has long lead times. An understanding of four
key sustainment planning factors helps to predict requirements in order
to meet them on time. These are known as the ‘four Ds’ – destination,
distance, demand and duration. They apply to both troops and materiel.
Fighting Power, freedom of action and operational success rest on the sustainability of the
force through every stage of a campaign, from force preparation through to redeployment
and recuperation. A rigorous assessment of logistic realities is essential to operational
planning; indeed, it is often the deciding factor in assessing the feasibility of an operational
choice.
Principle of War – Sustainability
a. Destination refers to the physical environment of the operation, including the
degree of dispersion of the force. How the environment might affect equipment and
personnel informs appropriate preventative measures.
b. Distance refers to strategic, operational and tactical lines of communication,
including the threats to them, their capacity and topography. These factors affect
how troops and resources are deployed, and guide the design of the resupply and
evacuation aspects of the support network.
c. Demand is influenced by the type and grouping of the force requiring support,
and its corresponding rates and amounts of consumption. Demand stems from the
commander’s intent and the tactical activities that it leads to. It has three elements.
(1) Steady-state demand represents daily sustainment needs that have little
variation, such as predictable non-battle injuries or the consumption of rations.
(2) Cyclical demand represents additional needs to the steady state, caused, for
example, by seasonal conditions.
(3) Surge demand is driven by increases in activity. It is the least easy to predict
and the most susceptible to variation. Surge demand requires a network of
responsive command systems, reserve stocks and a delivery capability able to
switch between priorities.
d. Duration refers to the length of the operation. This and the rate of demand inform
the quantities of personnel and materiel required, and the need to rotate or replace
them. Commanders must balance the risks of a rapid, lightly-supported operation
against those of a better-resourced, more deliberate operation that takes longer to
mount.
10-4 | | 10-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Logistics comprises the means and arrangements which work out the plans of strategy and
tactics. Strategy decides where to act; logistics brings the troops to the point.
Antoine-Henri Jomini
10-11. Commanders and staff must also consider sustainment reach. This defines the
limit at which a force can assure sustainment. It requires an assessment of the
optimum design for the support network required and the balance between
directed logistics and stockpiling forward. Beyond this reach, a force may
culminate, be cut off or become fixed, unless stockpiles are created. Reach is
affected by the availability of stocks and movement assets as well as by the ‘four
Ds’: destination by terrain, obstacles, and climate; distance by the length of the
re-supply loop, dispersal of force elements and timeliness of casualty evacuation;
demand by the type of operation; and duration by stock consumption. Reach
starts in the sustaining base or node and ends where the item is used.
10-12. In effective sustainment, concentration of resources at critical points is informed
by a commander’s designation of the main effort and may require risk to be taken
elsewhere. In planning, two aspects of sustainment risk should be considered:
a. Sustainment planning should assess where risks may be taken so as to achieve
adaptability and agility while enhancing freedom of manoeuvre. This is done by
expressing sustainment reach in terms of options available to the commander, with
resulting constraints or freedoms. Excessive pessimism or attempting to over-insure
should be avoided.
b. Reduction in the volume of stocks increases the vulnerability of supply to unforeseen
circumstances. Sustainment assets have an easily identifiable signature and they
operate along obvious lines of communication between potentially obvious nodes,
so they need to be protected against detection and attack. They can be protected
by enhancing their integral defence capability; using deception and camouflage;
integrating them into a scheme of manoeuvre; or by allocating other forces to their
defence.
52
52 Note that while the Geneva Conventions offer certain protection to medical facilities, this limits the level to which they can be camou-
flaged.
10-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
10-13. Contractors and Defence agency personnel in the strategic base and on deployed
operations are elements of the whole force approach. They can significantly enhance
the ability to provide sustainment to the force. Their involvement releases finite military
logistic resources and provides niche capabilities beyond military functional skills.
Although the employment of deployed contractors will depend on the permissiveness
of the environment, contractors will feature in the battlespace even during combat.
To maximise the benefits of contractors and to minimise the risks inherent in their
use, it is essential that they are integrated into the force at the earliest opportunity
and under a clear commercial strategy. However, there will be constraints, such as
contractual limitations; requirements to provide force protection; ability to coordinate
contractor activities and influence their behaviour in the battlespace; and dealing
with the risks of using them, not least that they might withdraw from operations.
The history of war proves that nine out of ten times an army has been destroyed because
its supply lines have been cut off.
General MacArthur
Sustainment execution
10-14. Sustainment execution consists of synchronised activity covering the overlapping
stages of prepare, project, sustain and the restoration of combat power.
10-15. Prepare. Sustainment preparation and pre-deployment activities include defining
the requirements for lines of communication, developing a sustainability statement,
preparing a force administratively and medically, and determining theatre and logistic
command structures. The identification, acquisition and integration of urgent capability
requirements and establishing the theatre entry standards of equipment is undertaken as
early as possible. Early logistic planning allows the assessment of potential deployment
areas, including infrastructure such as ports of disembarkation, road, rail and inland
waterways, materiel and resources. It will indicate the potential for using host nation
capability to support the force. Stocks are checked, configured and prepared for out-
loading, including those required for reception, staging and onward integration (RSOI).
10-16. Project. Projecting forces into a theatre establishes the lines of communication
and the initial support network to receive and prepare incoming forces. It
includes mounting, strategic deployment and RSOI. Enabling capabilities, such as
reconnaissance, and movement teams, are among the first into theatre with the
joint theatre entry operation. Stocks can be moved by air, sea or land to sustain
the force. RSOI is normally provided by a joint force logistic organisation, another
formation headquarters or the headquarters of one of its units. The land force
commander is responsible for ensuring that RSOI is conducted effectively.
10-17. Sustain. The type, range and scale of sustainment tasks will naturally differ depending
on the nature of the force being sustained. However, the size of a force will not always
be directly reflected by the scale and complexity of the support required, for example
sustaining a small team operating in isolation and at reach can require considerable
sustainment effort relative to its size. In general terms, establishing and operating the
support network to sustain the deployed force involves a number of key activities.
10-6 | | 10-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
a. Sources of supply are located to support tactical activities and so ensure the supply
and distribution of materiel, and the management of casualties. Assistance may also
be required to support, for example, the redeployment of formations.
b. Infrastructure and facilities are created to sustain the force in theatre. Their purpose is
to link incoming units and formations with their equipment; carry out modifications;
and deploy the force to its training, acclimatisation or operational locations.
Infrastructure and facilities can then be used to sustain the force during operations.
Logistic expertise is required to coordinate port, maritime, movements, supply, local
purchase, fuel handling, catering, water, sanitation and engineering and construction
tasks. These activities all contribute to Integrated Action: local employment may be
created; resources are injected into the economy; and infrastructure improvements
that benefit the force, should be designed to also benefit the local population
wherever possible.
c. Legal tasks include advice to the commander on International Humanitarian Law, ROE
and targeting, the Regulatory and Investigatory Powers Act and detention. Finance
tasks include the provision of civil secretariat assistance to funding and accounting.
d. Interruption of operational sustainment by adversaries or the impact of the actions
by actors should be expected. Dedicated forces may be required to protect nodes,
installations and lines of communication.
10-18. Following combat, or at the conclusion of an operation,
restoring combat power is enabled through the rehabilitation,
reconstitution, redeployment and recuperation of the force.
a. The rehabilitation of personnel and equipment and the reconstitution of units and
formations may be required during and after combat or other types of operation.
Rehabilitation and reconstitution usually take place in-theatre and the resources for
rehabilitation are usually controlled at the operational level.
b. When an operation has been concluded, the force (personnel, equipment and stocks)
are redeployed back to the home base. Redeployment of the force is planned at the
strategic level. Redeployment can be as simple as executing the deployment Force
Element Table in reverse, or it can be a highly complex process. Regardless of the level
of complexity, it is vital that redeployment is planned and correctly synchronised, with
planning undertaken as part of the initial deployment process. Redeployment from
operations includes recovery into a port of embarkation; clean-up and rehabilitation
of equipment; repackaging of unused materiel; environmental clean-up; and
movement back to a home base. An explicit theatre closure phase may be required,
requiring additional logistic units to be deployed and an additional logistic unit
headquarters to provide command and control for the theatre drawdown. Specific
capabilities may deploy to help close locations, assist with drawing down support
activities and provide specialist assets, skills and advice to redeploy personnel and
materiel. Contractors may deliver this function when enabled through early planning
and integration.
c. Recuperation mainly takes place in the strategic base and is designed to bring
force elements and materiel back to their pre-operational readiness level. It has two
components:
10-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
(1) Recuperation of people needs to be planned in detail during the operation
and includes the rest, care and employment of casualties and care of the families
of casualties. Recuperation also involves remembrance; recovery of the training
foundation, particularly for those units who were deployed in new roles and
need to revert to others; learning lessons from operations; and education and
personal career development. Recuperation of people is an essential part of
restoring the moral component of Fighting Power.
(2) Recuperation is also the process by which unused stocks are inspected and
returned for storage or disposal, depleted stocks are replenished, and materiel
and equipment is returned to pre-operation standards and levels of availability.
Recuperation of materiel is a complex activity that is likely to involve lengthy,
in-depth planning, a considerable amount of time to execute and significant
force elements and other resources to conduct. An attitude must be fostered
across the force that the equipment that has served it on operations should be
made ready immediately, before the force stands down, for future operations.
Whole force responsibility
10-19. Sustainment not just a matter for specialists: it is the business of everyone in the
force. All professional soldiers should understand the nature of sustainment
and the freedoms and constraints it provides so their operational intentions
can become actionable plans, actions and effects. Two general requirements
for individuals, teams and the chain of command flow from this.
a. Every member of a land force requires sufficient awareness of how the force is
sustained, logistically and administratively, to be able to contribute positively to
both. At an individual level, this includes: doctrinal understanding; flexibility and
pragmatism; anticipating needs; expressing requirements clearly; and sufficient
familiarity with equipment and materiel to use them responsibly and efficiently.
b. Diligence requires a consistent, conscientious level of attention to detail and care. It
requires a professional attitude of mind that abhors waste, conscientiously maintains
equipment, infrastructure and materiel, and is meticulous in administration.
Gentlemen, the officer who doesn’t know his communications and supply as well as his
tactics is totally useless
General George S Patton
10-8 | | 10-9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Sustainment - Marlborough’s March to the Danube 1704
The Duke of Marlborough is perhaps best remembered for his great victory at
Blenheim in 1704 during the War of the Spanish Succession (1702-1715). But
this victory was only possible because of the care given by Marlborough to the
sustainment of his forces in the manoeuvres leading up to the battle.
In May 1704 a possible Franco-Bavarian invasion threatened to knock Austria out of the
Grand Alliance against France. In a decisive move Marlborough led his army (one third British,
two thirds German and Danish) on a surprise march down the Rhine from the Netherlands,
so that with the Austrians he could pre-emptively defeat the invaders in Bavaria. He had
to move his army of over 40,000 men more than 250 miles. In the 18th century, such
long marches were seldom attempted, as they were so hard to sustain. Armies of that
period typically used a system of wagon-based supply tied to static magazines. This made
it difficult to sustain forces beyond about 60 miles from their depots. But Marlborough’s
march was superbly organised. One of his officers noted that “never was such a march
carried on with more order and regularity, and with less fatigue to both man and horse.”
The Duke unshackled his army from the limitations of the existing supply system by utilising
river supply, local contractors and political leverage. Supply officers preceded his army
and organised the positioning ahead of the army of the necessary logistic support at key
points along the march. These supplies were obtained by local contractors, who were
well paid for their services, and through arrangements with local political authorities.
Marlborough’s meticulous planning provided a series of wagon convoys which included
nails, ropes, saddlery, medical supplies, bricks to make bread ovens, along with
hundreds of ammunition wagons. Given the primitive transport systems of the time,
the Duke and his staff worked wonders. Apart from the men’s needs, Marlborough
had to provide for 14,000 cavalry horses, 5,000 artillery horses and 4,000 draft
animals. The horses alone needed 100 tons of oats a day to remain in good health.
Nothing escaped Marlborough’s methodical eye. When the army arrived in
Heidelberg, the infantry found fresh boots waiting for them. Weeks before, the
Duke’s funds had set local cobblers to work, resulting in 14 battalions being newly
shod. In 35 days Marlborough’s army had covered over 250 miles and linked
up with Eugène’s Austrians. Two weeks later they fought and won the battle of
Blenheim forcing Bavaria to withdraw from the war and saving Vienna.
c.
10-10 | 10-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
A
Accountability
6-04, 6-05
Actions
1-42, 10-45, 2-05, 2-08, 2-11, 3-08, 3-25, 3-26, 3-28,
3-43, 4-01, 4-02, 4-04, 4-05-4-09, 4-10, 4-13, 4-14,
4-17, 5-01, 5-05, 5-09, 5-15, 5-16, 5-19, 6-04, 6-05,
6-08, 6-12, 6-17, 7-04, 7-10, 7-15, 7-26, 7-31, 7-44,
7-49, 7-50, 7-51, 8-01-8-03, 8-05-8-08, 8-13, 8-21,
8-24, 8-28, 8-31, 8-33, 8-37, 8-39, 8-40, 8-42, 8-44-
8-48, 8-50, 8-52, 8-61, 8-69, 8-73, 8-74, 8-75, 8C-13,
8C-14, 8C-17, 9-07, 9-09, 9-10, 9-24, 9A-02, 9A-05,
10-17, 10-19, G1
Actor(s)
P-1, 1-06, 1-10, 1-12, 1-18, 1-19, 1-26, 1-32, 1-34,
1-40, 2-12, 2-21, 2-24, 2-31, 2-35, 3-04, 3-36, 3-38,
4-01, 4-05, 4-06, 4-08, 4-09, 4-10, 4-13, 4-15, 4-16,
6-06, 7-07, 7-10, 7-30, 7-45, 7-47, 7-49, 7-50, 8-03,
8-05-8-07, 8-13, 8-16, 8-20, 8-26, 8-28-8-30, 8-41,
8-45-8-47, 8-55, 8A-02, 8A-04, 8A-05, 8A-09, 8A-10,
8B-01, 8B-02, 8C-01, 8C-02, 8C-14, 8C-15, 8C-16,
9-05, 9-08, 9-10, 9A-5, 9A-6, 10-17, G1
Adaptability
1-20, 1-21, 3-16, 3-39, 10-12
Administration
7-08, 10-04, 10-07, 10-19
Advance to contact
Fig 1-2, 8-70
Adversarial
1-01, 1-05, 3-23, P2, 4-05, 6-02, 8-14, 8-46, 8-47, 8A-
04, 8C-07
Adversary
1-07, 1A-01, Fig 4-1, 4-05, 5-09, 6-03, 7-25a, 7-26,
7-27, 8-41, 8-45, 8-47a, 8-54a, 8-56, 8-57, 8-58b,
8-61a, 8-61c, 8-73, 8-75, 9-22, 9A-02, 9A-05, G1
Air attack
7-17c
Air, Control of the
7-15, 7-17
Air component
2-22, 7-18, 7-19
Air manoeuvre
5-09, 7-10, 7-19, 8-18, 8-72
Air mobility
7-17, 7-23
Air power
1-30, 7-10b, 7-15, 7-18, 7-20
Air-land integration
7-15, 7-18
Alliance
2-04, 2-09, 2-11, 2-12, 2-18, 2-20, 2-27-2-28, 2-35,
7-07, 8B-01, 8C-03, 9-04c, 9-16d
INDEX
10-10 | | 11-110-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Ambush
Fig 2-1, 7-35, 8-58d, 8-58h
Amphibious operations
7-10c, 7-19, 7-24, 7-25, 7-27
Area Defence
8-06
Armed conflict
1-05, 1-07c, 1-45, 2-08c, 4-05c, 7-50e, 8C-14a
Army leadership
framework
3-24
Assessment
1-48, 3-04, 3-33, 4-13, 6-06, 7-35, 8-21, 8-26, 8-47,
8B-02, 9-02, 9-24-9-26, 9-32, 9-34, 9-37, 9-38, 10-11,
10-15
Attributes
1-02, 1-16, 1-17, 1-19, 1-20, 1-33, 7-15, 7-16, 7-21,
7-22, G1
Attack
1-13, 1-27, 1-39, 2-02, 2-08d(3), Fig 2-1, 4-14, 5-02,
5-05, 5-06, 5-09a, 5-12, 5-15, 5-16, 5-18, 5-19, 6-03,
7-08a, 7-10b, 7-17, 7-50a, 8-19, 8-33, 8-47, 8-55, 8-56,
8-58, 8-60, 8-61, 8-70, 8-73, 8C-20, 9A-04a(2), 10-12b
Attitude
3-23b, 5-03, 5-04, 8A-09, 10-18c(2), 10-19b
Audience
1-26, 1-34b, 1-38, 1-42, 1-45, 2-06, 2-07, 2-11c, 3-25,
3-38, 4-01, 4-02a, 4-03, 4-05, Fig 4-1, 4-06-4-08, 4-10,
4-11, 4-16, 5-01, 5-19d, 6-06, 7-30, 7-44e, 8-04, 8-05,
Fig 8-1, 8-13, 8-23-8-26, 8-42, 8-45, 8-46, G1
Authority
1-45, 2-01, 2-06, 2-08, 2-11c, 2-16, 2-22, 3-23, 3-25,
6-01, 6-04-6-06, 6-13d, 7-03, 8-12, 8C-02, 8C-19,
9-02, 9-04, 9-11, 9-13, 9-21, 9-23b
B
Battlegroup
2-10, 5-18c, 7-04, 7-07c-7-07e, 7-13, 8-04, 8-10,
8-13b, 8-22, 8-26, 8-43, 8-49, 9-05, 9-29b, 9-29c, 9-31
Battlespace management
7-24, 8-12a, 9-19b, 9-20
Behaviour
1-07, 1-18, 1-39, 1-40, 1-42, 2-35, 3-23b, 3-24c, 4-02,
4-05, 4-06, 4-11, 4-13a, 5-06, 5-15, 8-05, 8-13, 8-23,
8-26, 8-29, 8-36, 8-46, 8-47a, 8-63, 8A-01d, 8A-02,
8A-07, Fig 8B-1, 9-07, 10-13
Break out of encircled
forces
Fig 2-1, 8-58i
Brigade
2-10, 4-04, 7-07, 7-09, 7-42, 8-01, 9-05
C
Campaign authority
2-01, 2-06, 2-08, 2-11c, 3-23c, 3-25,
Centre of gravity
2-04b, 5-05, 8-05, 8-32, Fig 8B-01, 8B-02, Annex 8B
11-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Chain of command
2-08d(4), 2-28a, 3-21, 9-04c, 9-08, 9-16, 10-19
Character of conflict
1-01-1-04, 1-22, 1-33, 1-47, 1-48, 2-04
Civil-military
2-24, 7-35
Capacity building
1-35, 1-46, 2-16, Fig 2-1, 2-30, 2-35, 4-04a, 4-13c,
4-16, 5-13, 7-05, 7-07b, 7-10, 7-31, 7-35, 8-07, 8-10,
8-11, 8-24, 8-28-8-30, 8-64, 8B-04, 8C-04, 8C-11,
8C-17, G3
Close (geographical
framework)
8-54
Coalition
2-09, 2-11a, 2-12, 2-18-2-20, 2-27-2-28, 2-30, 2-35,
7-07a, 9-04c, 9-05a, 9-16d, 9-A-3
Combat (operation)
1-07d, 1-35, 1-39, 2-16, Fig 2-1, 2-21, 3-04a, 3-16,
5-09, 5-13, 5-18, 7-07b, 8-16, 8-17, 8-28, 8-36, 8-43,
8-45, 8-46a, 8-47a, 8-49, 8-50, 8-52a, 8-58e, 8-59, 8B-
05, 8C-01, 8C-02, 8C-05, 8C-07-8C-11, 8C-13, 9-31,
9-35, 10-18
Combat power
3-04, 3-30, 5-11, 5-14, 8-31, 8-35, 8-58a(1), 10-04a,
10-14, 10-18
Combat forces
3-16, 5-18, 7-07c, 7-08a, 7-10a, 7-13, 7-19a, 7-35
Combined arms
2-31, 3-34, 3-37, 4-02c, 7-02-7-04, 7-06, 7-09-7-10,
7-11-7-13, 8-08, 8-10, 8-18, 8-54c, 8A-10
Combat support
3-16, 7-04, 7-07b-7-07e, 7-08, 7-10
Combat service support
3-16, 5-18, 7-04, 7-07b 7-07e, 7-08, 7-10a, 8-46b(3),
8B-04, 8B-05, 10-04c, 10-07
Command
1-19a, 1-41, 2-10, 2-15, 2-19, 2-21, 2-29, 3-14, 3-22,
3-23b, 3-24, 4-04, 5-12, 5-17, 5-18, 6-01, Fig 6-1, 6-06,
6-16, 7-07, 7-23, 7-26, 7-30, 8-10-8-12, Fig 8-2, 8-17,
8-19, 8-27, 8-33, 8-36, 8-37, 8-39, 8-44, 8-61c, 8A-08,
8-C-8, 9-01, 9-02, 9-03-9-08, 9-10, 9-12-9-19, 9-21,
9-22b,9-23a, 9-30-9-31, 9-36, 9-38, 9A-05, 10-15,
10-18b
Commanders
1-37, 1-41, 2-08c, 2-08e, 2-12, 2-15, 2-22, 2-28, 3-11,
3-20c, 3-21, 3-24a, 3-29, 3-36, 3-37, 4-01, 4-02d, 4-06,
4-08, 4-11, 4-14-4-16, 5-05, 5-09, 5-11, 6-02, 6-04,
6-05-6-17, 7-05b, 7-12, 7-17a, 7-19, 7-27, 7-32, 7-36,
7-47, 8-04, 8-06, 8-08, 8-09, 8-10, 8-13, 8-14, 8-22,
8-25, 8-26, 8-37, 8-39, 8-42, 8-45, 8-46a, 8-47, 8-52a,
8-53, 8-57, 8-61c, 8-71, 8-74, 8A-03, 8A-06, 8A-09,
9-02, 9-05a-c, 9-06, 9-07-9-17, 9-19-9-20, 9-23-9-28,
9-29a, 9-30-9-31, 9-34-9-38, 9A-01-9A-04, 9A-06, 10-
01-02, 10-09-10-12, 10-16, 10-17c
Command post
2-26, 5-17, 8-12a, 9-05b, 9-10, 9-17
11-2 | | 11-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Command relationships
6-04a, 9-03, 9-15-09-16
Communications
1-22, 1-30-1-31, 1-40, 3-20f, 5-17, 6-03, 7-08b, 7-23,
7-30, 8-76, 9-10, 9-17, 9-22
Compatible
7-04, 7-12, 9-29
Component (force)
2-18, 2-19, 2-21-2-22
Comradeship
3-20b-d
Comprehensive approach
2-24, 2-25, 2-30, 8-62, 8-64, 8C-17, G1
Concentration of force
Annex A, 8-22, 8-61b
Conflict (nature of)
1-01-1-08, 1-10, 1-12, 1-17, 1-19a, 1-20-1-24, 1-29,
1-32-1-36, 1-38, 1-40-1-41, 1-43, 1-46-1-48, 2-02,
2-04, 2-08c, 2-15-2-17, 2-30, 2-35, 3-07, 3-11, 3-17,
3-20, 3-23, 3-26, 3-33, 3-38, 3-39, 4-02a, 4-05, 4-08,
6-02, 6-03, 6-13, 7-44, 8-13a, 8-64, 8C-04, 8C-09,
8C-13c, 8C-14, 8C-15, 9A-02, 9A-05
Conflict prevention
1-34b, 2-35i, 8C-10, 8C-14
Contractor support
2-32, 7-43, 10-09,
Contemporary skills
1-36
Contest of will
1-06, 1-23
Context
Chapter 1, 2-35, 3-24a, 9A-06,
Control
1-15, 1-18, 2-10, 2-21, 3-21, 4-15, 6-01, 6-02, 6-06, Fig
6-1, 6-08, 6-09, 6-13b, 6-17, 7-15, 7-17, 7-20, 7-26,
7-30, 7-43, 7-47, 8-09, 8-12, 8-27, 8-39, 8-61c, 8-63,
8-73, 8C-08, 9-02, 9-03, 9-07, 9-08, 9-11, 9-15, 9-17,
9-18, 9-19, 9-20-9-23, 9-36, 9A-05a, 10-18b
Cooperation
Annex A, 2-18, 2-21, 2-24, 2-25, 2-28, 4-02c, 6-12a,
7-02, 7-05b, 7-19, 7-29, 7-31-7-32, 7-35, 7-41, 8-29,
8-62, 8C-17, 9-05c
Corps
2-10, 4-04a, 7-04, 7-07, 8-01, 8-10, 8-19, 8-38, 8-54a,
9-24, 9-35, 9A-04a(1)
Culture
2-24, 2-25, 2-30, 3-14, 3-15a, 3-23b, 3-26, 4-02b,
7-05c, 8-13a, 8A-03, 8A-7, 9-05c, 9A-06a
Cyber
1-18, 1-27, 1-31, 1-32, 1-36, 2-02, 2-32, 5-09a, 7-45,
7-47, 7-48, 7-50, 7-51
Cyber and electromagnetic
activities
7-10a, 8-19, Fig 7-2,
Cyberspace
7-45, 7-46, 7-49-7-51, 8-68, G1
11-4 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
D
Data
7-46, 7-49, 7-50a, 8A-01, 8A-04, 8A-08, 8A-09
Decentralised command
1-19a, 1-41, 3-14
Deception
2-08d, 5-09, 5-15, 5-19a, 8-16, 8-23, 8-25, 8-26, 8-48,
8-51, 8-54b,8-56, 8A-04, 10-12b
Decision-making
4-06, 4-13a, 5-08, 9-09c, 5-12, 6-06, 6-13d, 6-16, 7-34,
8-13c, 8-36, 8A-10, 9-08, 9-10d, 9-11a, 9-24, 9-26,
9-29
Decisive
1-07c, 1-11, 1-37, 2-11c, 2-26, 5-19c, 8-18, 8-38, 8-44-
8-48, Fig 8-3, 8-52, 8-59, 8-73
De-conflicted
7-04, 7-41
Deep
5-19a, 8-54
Defensive activities
Fig 2-1, 8-54c, 8-59, 8-60, 8-67, 8-77, 8C-02, 8C-03,
Defence engagement
2-15, Fig 2-1, 2-30, 7-05, 8C-04, 8C-11, 8C-14a
Delay
Fig 2-1, 7-17c, 8-61
Delegation
6-04, 6-05, 6-06, 6-13b
Demand (logistic)
7-09, 8-21, 8-36, 10-10, 10-11, 10-13
Demonstration
Fig 2-1, 5-09b, 7-25d, 8-58f
Destination
10-10, 10-11
Destruction
1-07c, 1-39, 2-08d(2), 3-21, 5-04, 5-19, 8-54b, 8C-08
Doctrine
1-03, 1-17, 1-33, 2-04a, 2-11-2-14, 2-16, 2-24, 3-02,
3-05, 3-07, 3-08-3-11, Fig 3-2, 3-13-3-15, 3-23, 3-24,
3-33, 4-02, 4-04, 4-17, 5-01, 6-06b, 6-12, 6-15, 7-05,
7-12, 7-18, 7-32, 7-44, 7-46, 8C-13a, 8C-15, 8C-20,
9-04, 9-26, 9-29a, 9-38, 9A-01, 9A-06a, 10-06
Directive
2-08a-e, 7-36, 9-23
Discipline
2-10, 3-20c, 3-28, 8A-09
Dislocation
5-19
Disruption
5-19, 8-56, 8-58, 8-65, 8C-03
Distance
1-19c, 7-16, 7-42, 8C-07, 8C-19, 9A-05, 10-08, 10-10,
10-11
Distinction
1-45, 2-08d, 2-10, 2-33, 9A-01
Division
2-04b, 2-10, 4-04a, 7-04, 7-07, 7-49, 8-01, 8-08, 8-10,
8-11, 8-19, 8-26, 8-27, 8-38, 8-54a, 9-16e, 9-29b,
9-35, 9A-04a(10)
Duration
1-19c, 1-23, 3-03, 7-10a, 8-35, 8-47, 8C-15, 9-15d,
10-04a, 10-10, 10-11
Dynamics
1-07, 2-15, 9A-06a
11-4 | | 11-5
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
E
Economy of effort
Annex 1A, 2-28a, 6-12b, 8-55, 8-61c
Education
1-03, 1-19a, 3-07, 3-09, 3-14, 3-17, 3-36, 3-39, 6-06a,
8A-01, 10-18c(1)
Effects
1-07, 1-46, 2-08e, 2-35, 3-22, 4-01, 4-02c, 4-08-4-10,
4-11, 4-13-4-14, 4-16-4-17, 5-01, 5-05-5-06, 5-09c.
5-13, 5-15, 5-17, 5-19c, 6-07, 7-07c, 7-16, 7-17c, 7-23,
7-25, 7-28, 7-35, 7-49, 7-50d, 7-51, 8-01-8-03, 8-07,
8-10-8-11, 8-16, 8-19-8-20, 8-23-8-24, 8-26, 8-29,
8-34, 8-36, 8-40, 8-42, 8-46b(3), 8-52b, 8-57, 8-58f,
8-61b, 9-01, 9-24, 9-28, 10-19
Enabling
1-35, 1-41, 2-17, Fig 2-1, 3-15, 3-43, 8-06, 8-55, 8-67,
8-73, 8-77, 10-16
Enemy
1-39, 2-08d(1), 2-17, 2-35, 3-04, Fig 4-1, 4-05, 4-13,
4-17, 5-01, 5-03-5-16, 5-18-5-19, 6-07, 6-12b, 7-08,
7-10, 7-20, 7-23, 7-25d, 7-42, 8-07, 8-15, 8-18-8-20,
8-26, 8-33, 8-34, 8-41, 8-45, 8-46, 8-49-8-52, 8-55-8-
58, 8-59, 8-60-8-62, 8-67, 8-70, 8-71, 8-73, 8-74-8-76,
8B-02, 8B-03, 8C-01, 8C-07, 9-02, 9-05, 9-34, 9-37,
9A-02, 9A-05c, 9A-06b, G2
Engage(ment)
1-08, 1-19c, 1-34, 1-35, 1-46,2-13, 2-21, 2-30, 2-35i,
3-04, 3-15, 3-26, 7-08, 7-10c, 1-17c, 7-20, 8-23, 8-25,
8-47, 8-52, 8-54, 8A-07, 8C-01
Environment
1-02, 1-04, 1-07, 1-09, 1-12-1-14, 1-16, 1-18, 1-19,
1-33-1-36, 1-42, 2-15, 2-35a, Fig 3-1, 3-04c, 3-10b,
3-38, 4-02b, 4-03, 4-04-4-06, 5-13, 5-14, 6-06, 6-10,
7-06, 7-10, 7-15, 7-17, 7-20, 7-21, 7-23-26, 7-28, 7-33,
7-36, 7-39, 7-40, 7-42, 7-44-7-50, 8-04, 8-05, 8-13,
8-26, 8-32, 8-38-8-39, Fig 8-3, 8-45, 8-46a, 8-50, 8-54,
8-65, 8-73, 8A-03, Fig 8B-1, 8C-03, 8C-08, 9-01, 9-09,
9-19a,9-27, 9-32, 9-37, 9A-05, 9A-06, 10-03, 10-05,
10-08, 10-10a, 10-13
Equipment
1-13, 1-39, Fig 3-1, 3-02, 3-20f, 3-30, 3-32-3-34, 3-40,
4-13b, 6-13b, 7-05, 7-19c, 7-25a, 7-43, 7-50c, 8-19,
8-31, 8-33, 8C-19b, 9-17, 9-38, 9A-02, 9A-04a(2),
9A-05c, 10-04c, 10-10a, 10-15, 10-17b, 10-18, 10-19
Equipment support
7-08, 7-16, 10-07
Estimate
8-45, 9-27-9-29, 9-32, 9A-06a, 10-09
Evacuation
Fig 2-1, 4-04, 7-17d, 7-25, 8C-18, 10-07b, 10-10b,
10-11
Execution
2-11, 4-04, 4-10, 6-06, 6-13b, 7-03, 7-18, 1-19, 7-37,
7-39, 8-12a, 8-38, 8-41, 8-67, 9-12, 9-19, 9-20, 9-24,
9-26, 9-30, 9-32, 9-33, 93-5-9-37, 9A-05c, 10-06, 10-
07e, 10-14
11-6 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Exploitation
Annex1A, Fig 2-1, 3-15b, 5-07, 5-11, 5-13, 6-03, 6-06a,
7-16, 7-50, 8-12b, 8-16, 8-18, 8-47, 8-58c, 8A-08, Fig
8B-1, 8C-08
Exploit
1-12, 1-25, 1-28, 1-41, 3-16, 3-20b, 5-04-5-06, 5-09c,
5-10, 6-08, 7-10, 7-11, 7-15, 7-22, 7-25, 7-45, 8-17,
8-24, Fig 8-3, 8-49, 8-52, 8-53, 8-57, 8-60, 8C-01,
9-09, 9-22, 9-37, 9A-02, 10-02, 10-08
F
Feint
Fig 2-1, 8-16, 8-58e
Fight
1-07, 1-16, 1-25, 1-34, 1-35, 3-02, 3-04c, 3-05, 3-18-
3-20, 3-30, 3-38, 5-01, 5-04, 5-17, 5-18, 6-02, 7-08a,
8-34, Fig 8-3, 8-48, 8B-01, 8C-07, 9-11b, 9A-06b,
10-01
Fighting power
1-16, 3-01-3-05, Fig 3-1, 3-12, 3-18, 3-20, 3-22, 3-30,
3-31, 3-34, 3-36, 3-39, 3-41, 3-42, 5-19b, 6-06, 6-12b,
8-29, 8-31, 9-55, 8-60, 8-74, 9A-04, 10-05, 10-07b,
10-18c(1)
Fighting spirit
Annex 1A, 3-20a
Find
5-05, 7-08, 7-11, 7-17b, Fig 8-3, 8-49, 8-50
Fires
1-29, 1-30, 2-12, 4-07, 4-16, 7-10a, 7-15, 7-18, 7-23,
7-27, 8-07, 8-10-8-12, Fig 8-1, Fig 8-2, 8-17, 8-19-8-22,
8-24, 8-29, 8-36, 8-46a, 8-47, 8-54a, 8-58, 8-69, 8B-04
Fix
7-11, 7-17c, Fig 8-3, 8-46b, 8-49, 8-51, 8-60
Flexibility
Annex 1A, 2-34, Fig 3-1, 3-05, 3-06, 3-12-3-14, 3-16,
7-12, 7-16a, 7-17b, 9-15, 9-17, 10-19
Frameworks
2-01, 2-08-2-10, 3-10a, 3-24, 4-17, 6-12, 7-11, 7-41,
8-02, 8-03, 8-42-8-44, Fig 8-3, 8-49, 8-51, 8-52, 8-54,
8-65, 8A-10, 8C-14, 9-23, 9-27,
Freedom of action
Annex 1A, 5-18, 6-03, 6-07, 6-08, 6-13, 7-27, 8-31,
8-35, 8-46, 8-51, 8-54c, 8-73, 8B-01, 8C-01, 9-19,
9-20, 9-27
Full spectrum approach
2-24-2-26, 8-29, 8-65, 8C-04, 8C-05, 8C-11
Functions (tactical)
1-34, 2-13, 2-15, 4-15-4-17, 6-06, Fig 6-1, 6-08, 7-06,
8-02, 8-03, 8-07, 8-10-8-34, Fig 8-2, 8-45, 8-46-8-49,
8-54, 8C-17, G3
G
Geographic framework
4-17, 8-42, 8-54
Governance tasks
Fig 2-1, 8-66
11-6 | | 11-7
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
H
Health
2-02, 7-08c, 7-43, 10-04b(1), 10-07
Host nation
2-08b, 2-18, 2-23, 2-27, 2-30, 4-02c, 7-05c, 7-10d,
7-44c, 8-28, 8-29, 8-36, 8-48, 8-54c. 8-62, 8-64, 8C-04,
8C-14, 9-05a, 9-10b, 10-07d, 10-08, 10-15
Human
1-01, 1-05, 1-07, 1-09, 1-12, 1-14, 1-19, 1-42, 1-48,
2-26, 2-32, 3-18, 3-23, 3-26, 4-03, 4-05, 7-05, 7-06,
7-10a, 8-04, 8-05, 8-68, 8A-03, 8A-07, 8A-09, 9-03,
9-06, 9-14, 9A-06
Humanity
2-08
Humanitarian assistance
1-19d, 1-35, Fig 2-1, 7-25d, 7-44e, 8C-15, 10-05,
Hybrid warfare
1-32, G
I
Information
1-07b, 1-09, 1-12, 1-08, 1-24, 1-25-1-27, 1-42, 2-03,
3-15b, 3-36, 4-05-4-07, 4-09, 6-06a, 6-13a, 6-16, 7-05,
7-08a, 7-10a, 7-17b, 7-25a, 7-33, 7-50c, 8-04, 8-13,
8-14, 8-31-8-34, 8-45, 8-58b, 8-60, 8-61c, 8-68, 8A-01,
8A-04, 8A-05, 8A-08-8A-10, 8C-08, 9-02, 9-07, 9-11,
9-17, 9-20, 9-22, 9-32, 9-34, 9-37, 10-08
Information activities
2-12, 4-16, 5-13, 5-15, 7-08b, 8-06, 8-07, 8-10, 8-11,
Fig 8-1, Fig 8-2, 8-12, 8-17, 8-21, 8-23-8-27, 8-29,
8-31, 8-36, 8-46a, 8-47, 8-54a
Integrate(d)
1-40, 2-23, 2-24-2-26, 2-29-2-23, 2-35, 3-02, 4-14,
4-16, 5-13, 6-12b, 7-04, 7-07a, 7-10b, 7-17b, 7-18,
7-37,7-49, 8-25, 8-54, 9-04d, 9-12,9-22a, 10-13
Integrated Action
4-01-4-05, 4-09, 4-10, 4-13, 4-17, 5-01, 6-07, 7-02,
7-07b, 7-44e, 7-45, 7-50, 8-01-8-03, 8-07, 8-12, 8-16,
8-23, 8-36, 8-38, 8-40, 9-09, 9-18, 10-17b, G2
Intelligence
1-07, 1-30, 2-23, 3-20c, 4-16, 6-13d, 7-07b, 7-08c,
7-10a, 7-15, 7-16, 7-17, 7-23, 7-30, 7-34, 7-38, 7-48,
7-50a, 8-10-8-13,8-14, Fig 8-1, Fig 8-2, 8-17, 8-21,
8-26, 8-36, 8-45, 8-47b, 8-54a, 8A-01c, 8A-05f, 8A-09,
9-17, 9-32
Intelligence, Surveillance
and Reconnaissance
7-07b, 7-48, Fig 7-2, 8-13b, 8-47
Interagency
4-04a
Interoperability
1-43, 2-14, 2-28, 2-29, 3-04d, 3-34, 4-02c, 6-10, 6-15,
7-01-7-05, Fig 7-1, 7-06, 7-11, 7-12, 7-14, 7-18, 7-19,
7-44, 7-51, 8-62, 8A-02, 8A-05f, 9-05c, 9-29, G2
11-8 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
J
Joint
2-02, 2-11c, 2-12, 2-18, 2-19, 2-20-2-22, 2-30, 2-31,
2-34, 2-35, 3-09, 3-10a,3-43, 4-01, 4-04, 4-15, 4-17,
7-01-7-03, 7-07, 7-10c, 7-18, 7-23, 7-27, 7-30, 7-36,
7-37, 7-39, 7-43, 7-44b, 7-46, 8-01, 8-37, 8-38,
8A-05e, 8A-10, 8C-13a, 8C-15, 8C-20, 9-01, 9-04,
9-05, 9-08, 9-29, 9A-06a, 10-03, 10-04, 10-06, 10-07b,
10-16
Joint Action
2-12, 7-10c
K
Knowledge
1-36, 2-31, 3-02, 3-07, 3-08, 3-15a, 3-31, 3-39, 5-04,
6-15, 7-01, 7-03, 7-05d, 8-25, 8-62, 8A-01-8A-05, Fig
8A-01, 8A-09
L
Land forces
1-04, 1-08, 1-11, 1-13, 1-14, 1-16-1-21, 1-33-1-35,
1-37, 1-40-1-43, 1-45-1-47, 2-01, 2-04, 2-07-2-09,
2-11, 2-17-2-18, 2-21-2-22, 2-28, 2-30-2-32, 2-35,
3-04, 3-07, 3-09-3-10, 3-13-3-15, 3-17-3-18, 3-20-3-
23, 3-26, 3-28, 3-31-3-32, 3-39, 4-01, 4-02, 4-04-4-06,
4-08, 4-11, 4-13c, 6-01, 6-02, 7-01-7-03, 7-05-7-06,
7-08-7-10, 7-14-7-15, 7-17, 7-19-21, 7-23-7-24,
7-27,7-29-7-31, 7-37, 7-39, 7-44c, 7-45, 7-49-7-50,
8-12, 8-26, 8-30, 8-35, 8-46a, 8-48, 8-54a, 8-64, 8A-
03, 8B-01, 8C-02, 8C-03, 8C-05-8C-06, 8C-13, 8C-14,
8C-18, 8C-19, 9-05c, 9-29, 9A-05, 10-03, 10-06, 10-08
Land power
1-17, 1-18, 1-30, 1-34, 2-15, 4-10, 7-19, G2
Law and policy
2-08a
Lawful
2-05, 2-07, 2-08, 3-26, 3-28,
Law of Armed Conflict
2-08d
Leadership
1-07, 1-19a, 1-37, Fig3-1, 3-02, 3-18-3-24, 3-29, 3-42,
5-16, 6-06, Fig 6-1, 6-08, 8-12, 9-07, 9-08, 9-13, G2
Legitimacy
1-32, 2-01, 2-06-2-08, 2-28, 2-30, 3-20
Lessons
3-11, 3-13-3-15, 3-17, 3-33, 7-05, 8A-03, 9-38
Levels of warfare
2-10
Link-up
Fig 2-1, 8-72, 9A-04
Logistics
7-08c, 7-20, 7-44d, 8-04, 8-35, 8C-01, 9-02, 10-04, 10-
06, 10-07b, 10-09, 10-11
11-8 | | 11-9
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
M
Manoeuvre
1-19b, 2-12, 4-07, 4-16, 5-09a, 5-13, 7-08-7-10, 7-15-
7-18, 7-23, 7-25, 8-07, 8-09-8-11, Fig 8-1, Fig 8-2,
8-15-8-19, 8-21-8-22, 8-24, 8-28, 8-36, 8-39, 8-46,
8-47, 8-52, 8-54
Manoeuvrist approach
4-17, 5-01-5-05, 5-15, 5-18, 6-12b, 8-16, 8-34, 8-49,
8-56, 9A-06b, G2
March
Fig 2-1, 8-76
Maintenance Of Morale
Annex 1A, 3-20, 10-07a
Maritime
1-16, 1-18, 1-20, 1-43, 2-18, 2-19, 2-21, 7-16, 7-21-7-
27, 7-30, 7-39, 7-45, 8-19, 10-17b
Meeting engagement
8-71
Military contribution
2-11b, Fig 2-1, 8C-14, Fig 8C-1, 8C-15, 8C-16
Military necessity
2-08d
Mission command
3-14, 3-22, 3-23, 5-03, 5-04, 5-08, 5-13, 6-01, 6-02,
6-04b, 6-07-6-14, 6-17, 8-25, 9-04e, 9-05c, 9-07, 9-09,
9-14, 9-18-9-19, 9-30, 9-36
Mobile Defence
8-61
Momentum
5-01, 5-07, 5-11, 5-13, 8-61c, 8C-10, 9-05a
Moral cohesion
3-20, Annex1A, 5-17
Moral component
Fig 3-1, 3-02, 3-04d, 3-05, 3-18-3-22, 3-25, 3-31, 8-34,
9A-04a(2), 10-07b, 10-18c(1)
Morale
1-37, Annex 1A, Fig 3-1, 3-02, 3-18-3-21, 3-23b, 3-28,
3-42, 4-13c, 5-09c, 8-20, 8-50, 8B-04, 9-02, 9-07, 9-10,
10-07a
Mosaic of conflict
1-35, 2-14, 2-16, 2-17, Fig 2-2, 8-55, 8C-04, 8C-17
Mutual understanding
2-34, 3-22, 6-14, 6-15, 7-05, 7-51, 9-11c
N
Nationality
2-29
National strategy
2-11a
11-10 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
O
Objectives
1-08, 2-16, 1-39, 2-09, 2-11-2-13, 2-16, 2-18, 2-20-
2-22, 2-25, 2-35, 3-08, 3-29, 3-37, 4-01, 4-02, 4-05,
4-10, 4-12-4-13, 5-01, 6-07, 7-02, 8-02, 8-03, 8-05,
8-08, 8-13a, 8-33, 8-35, 8-37, 8-39, 8-40-8-42, 8B-05,
8C-01, 9-04d, 9-24, 9-28, 9A-05a, 10-04a
Obstacle crossing
(breaching)
Fig 2-1, 8-77, 9-19
Offensive action
Annex 1A, 7-35, 8-49, 8-56, 8-58, 8-59, 8-69, 9A-06b
Offensive activities
Fig 2-1, 8-55-8-60, 8-77
Operation
1-20, 1-35, 2-08c, 2-14-2-17, Fig 2-1, 2-19, 2-20,
2-28a, 2-33, 3-03, 3-04, 3-15, 3-42, 4-01, 4-04, 4-05,
4-15, 4-17, 5-01, 5-11, 5-14, 6-06b, 7-07b, 7-23, 7-25,
7-26, 7-29, 7-36, 7-41, 7-42, 8-01, 8-05, 8-06, 8-09,
8-11, Fig 8-1, 8-26, 8-30, 8-37, 8-39, 8-41, 8-44-8-47,
8-50, 8-62, 8-64, 8-73, 8A-03-8C-06, 8C-10, 8C-17,
9-02, 9-08, 9-12, 9-17, 9-19, 9-23, 9-25, 9-26, 9-30,
9-31, 9-33, 9-34, 9-36-9-38, 9A-03, 10-04b(1), 10-08,
10-10, 10-11, 10-16, 10-18, G3
Operational art
8-02, 8-03, 8-07, 8-08, 8-37
Operational framework
8-43, 8-44, Fig 8-3, 8-49, 8-51, 8-52
Operational level
2-12, 2-21, 2-23, 4-04a, 7-07a, 7-30, 7-36, 7-39-7-41,
8-06, 8-37, 8-73, 9-29a, 10-03, 10-06, 10-18a
Operations themes
2-14-2-16, Fig 2-1, 8-09, 8C-05, 8C-11
Orchestrate (ing)
4-01, 4-15, 7-07, 7-50, 8-01, 8-12
Order (s)
9-23, 9-30, 9-33
Outcomes
1-38, 2-23, 2-28a, 4-01, 4-02, 4-10, 4-11, 4-13, 6-17c,
8-05, 8-11, Fig 8-1, 8-42, Fig 8B-1, 9-02, 9A-04a(2)
P
Partnership
2-04, 2-27, 2-30,
Patience
7-05e, 8-62, 9-05c,
Peace building
8C-03
Peace enforcement
8C-03, 8C-14
Peacekeeping
2-08c, 8C-03, 8C-14
Peace support
2-15, Fig 2-1, 2-29, 8-26, 8C-03, 8C-05, 8C-11, 8C-14,
Fig 8C-1
Principles of Stability
operations
8C-12
11-10 | | 11-11
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Procedural control
9-19a
Proportionality
2-08d
Protection
1-15, 1-19c, 2-15, 3-22, 4-16, 7-09, 7-50, 8-10, 8-11,
Fig 8-1, Fig 8-2, 8-12, 8-17, 8-21, 8-31-8-34, 8-48,
8-54c, 8-63, 8-66, 8-75, 8C-08, 8C-14, 9-10e, 10-13
Pursuit
Fig 2-1, 8-58d
People
1-09-1-14, 1-16, 1-19, 1-24-1-25, 1-29, 1-34, 1-39,
1-45, 2-31, 2-32, 3-02, 3-24, 3-26, 3-31, 3-36, 3-39,
4-02, 4-05, 4-06-4-08, 4-10, 6-06, 8-31, 8-63, 8A-07-
8A-09, 8C-05, 8C-09, 8C-14e, 10-08, 10-18c(1)
Persistence
1-19c, 7-16a
Physical (domain)
7-50c
Physical component
Fig 3-1, 3-02, 3-04a, 3-20f, 3-30, 3-41
Planning
2-11, 2-16, 2-19, 3-16, 3-24b, 6-02, 7-03, 7-07b, 7-19,
7-29, 7-32, 7-34-7-37, 7-39, 7-50a, 8-02, 8-03, 8-05,
8-06, 8-08, 8-09, 8-12a, 8-43, 8-55, 8-67, 8-73, 8-77,
8A-02, 9-04, 9-10-9-12, 9-23-9-29, Fig 9-1, 9-32, 9-35,
9-37, 9-38, A-05c, 10-04b(1), 10-06, 10-08-10-12, 10-
15, 10-18
Political
1-01, 1-02, 1-05, 1-08, 1-09, 1-11, 1-19c, 1-22, 1-26,
1-39, 1-40, 2-02, 2-04-2-08, 2-15, 2-18, 2-30, 2-35f,
3-25, 4-08, 7-22, 7-23, 7-33, 7-44e, 8-29, 8A-10, 8C-
02, 8C-12, 8C-13-8C-15, 9-05c, 9-13, 9A-03
Positive control
9-19
Precision
7-16a, 7-28, 7-33, 9-13
Pre-emption
5-07, 5-10, 5-13, 5-19, 8-56
Preparation
3-01, 3-04c, 3-13, 3-17, 3-34, 3-40, 7-25c, 7-44a, 7-48,
8-58, 8-70, 9-24-9-26, 9-28, 9-32-9-35, 10-07e, 10-15
Pride
Annex 1A, 3-20
Principles of War
1-04, 1-48, Annex 1A,
Principles
1-03, 1-07, 2-08d(4), 3-08, 3-10, 3-15, 3-26, 3-35,
6-01, 6-11, 6-17, 7-32, 7-34, 7-44d, 8A-05, 8A-09, 8C-
14, 9-03-9-05, 10-03, 10-06
Principles of logistics
7-44d, 10-06, 10-09
Principles of stability
operations
8C-12
11-12 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Q
Qualitative
3-04a
Qualities
1-17, 1-20, 6-14, 9-08, 9-13
Quantitative
3-04a
R
Raid
Fig 2-1, 7-25a, 7-35, 8-16, 8-58b
Reach
7-10b, 7-15, 7-16, 7-19, 7-22, 7-28, 7-33, 9-17, 10-09,
10-11, 10-17
Readiness
1-44, 2-04c, 2-33, 3-02, 3-03, 3-42, 3-43, 7-33, 8C-06,
9-34, 10-18c
Rear
5-09a, 8-54
Reconnaissance
1-30, Fig 2-1, 7-07b, 7-08, 7-10, 7-13, 7-35, 7-48, 8-04,
8-13b, 8-47, 8-68, 8-74, 8-76, 9-33, 10-16
Reconnaissance in force
Fig 2-1, 8-58g
Reconstitution
10-18
Reconstruction
1-34c, Fig 2-1, 8C-16
Recuperation
10-18
Rehabilitation
10-18
Relief of troops
Fig 2-1, 7-17d, 8-73, 8-76
Reputation
3-23c, 3-28, 6-14, 9A-04a(2)
Responsibility
2-08e, 2-22, 2-24, 2-28b, 3-11, 3-24a, 3-32, 3-39,
6-04-6-06, 6-11, 6-17, 7-05, 7-44b, 7-45, 8-06, 8-25,
8-64, 8C-15, 8C-16, 9-07, 9-09, 9-11b, 9-13, 10-03,
10-05
Restoration of services
Fig 2-1, 8-65
Retirement
Fig 2-1, 8-75
Risk
2-15, 2-25, 2-28, 2-29, 3-16, 3-27, 5-04, 5-05, 6-06a,
6-14, 6-16, 7-33, 8-09, 8-26, 8-32, 9A-03, 8A-08, 8C-
08, 9-07, 9-09, 9-10, 9-32, Annex 9a, 10-02, 10-09,
10-12, 10-13, G-3
11-12 | | 11-13
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
S
Secrecy
5-09c, 7-33
Security
1-10, 1-34c, 1-40, 1-45, 1-46, Annex 1A, 2-02, 2-04,
2-08e, 2-11, 2-15, Fig 2-1, 2-30, 2-32, 2-34, 2-35,
5-09c, 5-15, 7-09b, 7-10d, 7-22, 7-34, 7-35, 7-44e,
8-10, 8-16, 8-28, 8-29, 8-33, 8-48, 8-55, 8-63, 8-65-
8-66, 8-69, 8-73, 8-77, 8C-02, 8C-04, 8C-05, 8C-11,
8C-15, 8C-16, 8C-19, 9-10e, 9-22b,
Security and control
Fig 2-1, 8-63
Security sector reform
Fig 2-1, 8-64
Selection and
maintenance of the aim
Annex 1A
Shaping
1-12, 1-29, 4-08, 5-01, 5-06, 5-15, 7-27, 8-06, 8-21,
8-44, Fig 8-3, 8-45-8-48, 8-51, 8A-07
Simultaneity
5-07, 5-12, 5-13, 8-57
Situational awareness
7-17, 8A-01c, 8C-08, 9-11c, 9-26, 9-36
Special forces
2-18, 2-19, 2-21, 7-10a, 7-28-7-38, 8C-13b
Stability
1-19d, 1-35, 2-02, 2-04c, 2-16, Fig 2-1, 2-17, 2-25,
8-16, 8-54c, 8-55
Stability activities
Fig 2-1, 8-54c, 8-55, 8-62, 8-67, 8C-02, 8C-03
Standard Operating
Procedures
3-10b, 9-19a, 9-21
Staff
2-28, 3-15b, 3-37, 4-01, 4-15, 5-09b, 6-04a, 6-06,
6-09, 6-10, 7-18, 7-32, 8-04, 8-06, 8-08, 8-12a,
8-13, 8-26, 8-39, 8-44, 8A-06, 9-02, 9-03, 9-06-9-14,
9-16-9-20, 9-22-9-26, 9-29, 9-32, 9-35-9-37, 9A-01,
9A-04a(2), 9A-06, 10-11
Strategic
1-14, 1-46, 2-03, 2-10, 2-11, 2-12, 2-13, 2-15, 2-24,
2-29, 3-11, 7-02, 7-09, 7-17c, 7-28, 7-29, 7-31, 7-33,
7-34, 7-35, 7-37, 8-03, 8-25, 8-37, 8-38, 8-59, 8-66,
8B-01, 8C-14, 9A-03, 9A-04, 10-03, 10-07a, 10-10, 10-
13, 10-16, 10-18b
Strike
7-11, 7-23, 7-35, Fig 8-3, 8-49, 8-52, 8B-03
Sub-unit
3-34, 4-04, 6-06c, 7-07, 7-13, 8-08, 8-11, 9-05a,
9A-04a(1), 9A-06a
Support (s)
1-09, 1-18, 1-19d, 1-23, 1-34, 1-35, 1-45, 2-11c, Fig
2-1, 2-29, 2-30, 2-35, 3-02, 3-08, 4-06, 4-13, 4-14,
6-12b, 6-14, 7-01, 7-10a, 7-14, 7-17, 7-19, 7-21, 7-23,
7-35, 7-36, 7-40, 7-41, 7-44a, 8-24, 8-35, 8-46a, 8-49,
8C-02, 8C-13c, 8C-15
Supported
2-18, 2-22, 7-01, 7-09a, 7-17, 7-27, 8-30, 8-54a, 8A-09
11-14 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Supporting
2-04c, 2-18, 2-22, 3-20, 6-07, 6-13a, 7-10c, 7-20, 7-27,
7-30, 8-39, 8-47, 8C-14, 8C-18a
Surprise
1-15, 1-21, 1-36, Annex 1A, 5-01, 5-07, 5-09, 5-15,
5-19, 7-09b, 8-16, 8-17, 8-46, 8-57, 8-58, 8-60, 8-71,
8-75, 9-02
Sustainability
Annex 1A, Fig 3-1, 3-02, 3-30, 3-40, 10-04, 10-05,
10-15
Sustainment
1-19c, 1-30, 3-20f, 3-40, 4-16, 5-17, 7-05, 7-17d, 7-18,
7-21, 7-23, 7-30, 7-38-7-42, 7-44, 8-10, 8-11, Fig 8-1,
Fig 8-2, 8-17, 8-21, 8-36-8-36, 8-46b(3), 8-48, 8-54a,
10-01-10-06, 10-09-10-15, 10-17, 10-19
T
Tactical activities
1-35, 2-13, 2-14, 2-16, 2-17, Fig 2-1, Fig 2-2, 4-10,
8-02, 8-03, 8-08, 8-12a, 8-37, 8-38, 8-39, 8-47a, 8-55,
8-67, 10-10c, 10-17a, G3
Tactical framework
4-17, 7-11, 8-42, 8-43, 8-49, 8-54, G3
Tactical functions
2-13, 4-15-4-17, 7-50d, 8-02, 8-03, 8-07, 8-10, 8-12,
Fig 8-1, Fig 8-2, 8-17, 8-21, 8-30, 8-46a, 8-48, 8-54, G3
Task force
2-20, 7-07, 7-13, 9-10b.
Task organisation
7-07c, 7-12, 9-04d, 9-15
Technical
1-36, 2-08b, 3-04d, 3-13, 3-24a, 7-05, 7-06, Fig 7-1,
7-10, 8-13c, 8C-15, 8C-20, 9-13, 9A-06c
Tempo
3-34, 5-01, 5-06-5-09, 5-13, 6-06a, 6-07, 6-13a, 6-14,
7-12, 7-33, 8-14, 8-57, 8-76, 8-77, 8C-08, 9-05a, 9-07,
9-15, 9-19, 9-22a, 9-29b, 9-33, 9-36
Training
1-03, 1-19, 1-45, 2-08, 2-28, 2-34, Fig 3-1, 3-02, 3-09,
3-11, 3-14, 3-15a, 3-17, 3-20, 3-30, 3-32, 3-34, 3-35-
3-41, 6-06a, 6-08, 6-12, 7-02, 7-05, 7-12, 7-14, 7-18,
7-19c, 7-44, 8-07, 8-28, 8-64, 8-67, 8A-05c, 8B-04,
8C-04, 8C-05, 8C-08, 8C-19, 9-38, 9A-06, 10-17b,
10-18c(1)
Trust
3-14, 3-15, 3-20, 3-22, 5-17, 6-14, 6-15, 7-05, 7-05e,
8-05e
11-14 | | 11-15
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
U
Understanding
1-12, 1-19, 1-26, 1-34, 1-42, 1-46, 2-11, 2-12, 2-14,
2-15, 2-24, 2-30, 2-34, 3-02, 3-04, 3-06, 3-07, 3-11,
3-14, 3-15, 3-22, 3-24, 3-28, 3-33, 3-42, 4-02, 4-05,
4-07, 4-09-4-11, 4-13, 5-03, 5-05, 5-06, 5-13-5-15,
6-06, 6-08, 6-12, 6-14-6-16, 7-05, 7-05, 7-10, 7-14,
7-17, 7-20, 7-21, 7-32, 7-51, 8-03-8-07, 8-13, 8-16,
8-23, 8-26, 8-32, 8-37, 8-42, 8-44, Fig 8-3, 8-45, 8-47-
8-50, 8-52b, 8-54-8-56, 8-68, 8A-01-8A-10, Fig 8A-1,
8B-02, 8C-04, 8C-05, 8C-13, 9-02, 9-05c, 9-11b, 9-16,
9-26, 9-28-9-31, 9-35, 9A-01, 9A-05, 9A-06, 10-08,
10-09, 10-19, G-3
Unit
2-29, 3-20, 3-23b, 3-34, 6-02, 7-07, 7-13, 7-42, 8-04,
8-08, 8-10, 8-37, 8-49, 8-73, 9-15, 9-33, 9A-06, 10-07,
10-18
Unity of effort
2-26, 6-12, 8-29, 9-04c, 9-05c, 9-11c
Use of force
1-28, 1-40, 2-08, 2-23, 8-47, 8C-03
V
Values and standards
3-20, 3-23, 3-24, 3-27, 3-28
Versatility
1-19d, 3-12, 7-22
W
Warfighting
1-19d, 1-48, 2-04b, 2-15, Fig 2-1, 2-29, 3-38, 7-11, 07-
22, 8C-01, 8C-09, 9A-04a(1)
Weapons
1-04, 1-2, 1-24, 1-28, 1-29, 7-08, 7-17, 8-19
Whole force approach
2-18, 2-31-2-34, 3-16, 7-43, 7-44, 10-08, 10-13, G3
Will (and cohesion)
1-06, 1-07, 1-32, 1-37, 1-39, 2-04, 2-12, 3-18, 3-20,
4-10, 4-13, 4-17, 5-01, 5-02, 5-04, 5-06, 5-15, 5-18,
5-19, 6-02, 6-04, 6-13, 7-17, 8-07, 8-16, 8-20, 8-34,
8-52, 8-54-8-57, 8-63, 8B-01, 8C-04, 9-02, 9-08, 9-10
Withdrawal
Fig 2-1, 5-09a, 7-25, 8-58, 8-74, 8C-18
11-16 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Glossary of terms
This glossary defines or describes key doctrinal terms used in ADP Land Operations. The
sources of definitions are shown in brackets. Where the source is the Concise Oxford English
Dictionary, the abbreviation COED is used.
For other terms used in this doctrine, readers should consult Allied Administrative Publication
(AAP) 06, NATO Glossary of Terms and Definitions, Joint Doctrine Publication (JDP) 0-01.1, UK
Supplement to the NATO Terminology Database and the Staff Officers’ Handbook.
Action. A task performed by land forces to create a particular effect. (ADP)
Note: all actions have intended and unintended consequences.
Actor. A group or person that takes action or directly exerts influence. (ADP)
Adaptability. The ability to learn quickly, to adjust to changes in a dynamic situation, and to
amend plans that, in the light of experience, seem unlikely to lead to a suitable outcome. (ADP)
Adversary. A group or person that seeks to prevent us from achieving our objectives. (ADP)
Note: this is consistent with the NATO definition of a party acknowledged as potentially hostile
and against which the legal used of force may be envisaged. (AAP-06)
Attributes of land forces. An attribute is a quality or feature regarded as characteristic or
inherent. (COED)
Note: Land forces have four attributes: people, presence, persistence and versatility. To be
effective, land forces require additional qualities, of which adaptability is key.
Audience. All those relevant to the attainment of our objectives. (ADP)
Full spectrum approach. This term describes the coordinated actions of military and non-
military actors in a NATO context, where the high level of integration achievable in a national
operations may not be possible. For more information, see AJP 01 and JDP 05.
Cyber electromagnetic activities. This term describes the integration of activities in
cyberspace and the electromagnetic environment, including cyberspace operations, electronic
warfare and spectrum management operations. For more information, see JDP 0-50.
Cyberspace. An operating environment consisting of the interdependent network of digital
technology infrastructures (including platforms, the Internet, telecommunication networks,
computer systems, as well as embedded processors and controllers), and the data therein
spanning the physical, virtual and cognitive domains. (JDP 0-50)
Domain. A sphere of activity or knowledge. (COED)
Note: UK joint doctrine describes three domains– physical, virtual and cognitive. Domain is
not a NATO term. In US Army doctrine, domain refers to what NATO and UK describe as an
environment.
11-16 | | G-1
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Effect. A change which is a result or consequence of an action or other cause. (COED)
Enemy. A group or person that seeks to defeat us through armed lethal means. (ADP)
Environment. The surroundings in which an organisation operates, including air, water, land,
natural resources, flora, fauna humans and their inter-relations. (AAP-06)
Note: from a military perspective, environments include maritime, land, air and space, and
cyberspace.
Full spectrum approach. The approach taken by UK government departments to ensure
that that the UK’s national power is coherently applied. The term ‘full spectrum’ (as opposed
to NATO’s ‘comprehensive’) implies a greater level of collaboration which may not always be
possible during coalition operations. For more information, see JDP 0-01.
Functions of land power. This doctrine describes four functions of land power: fight,
engage, secure and support. These functions can be exercised independently or in
combinations. They are broadly aligned with the NATO operations themes.
Hybrid warfare. The application of conventional and unconventional forms of conflict, using
both attributable and non-attributable means. (ADP)
Integrated Action. The Army’s unifying doctrine. For more information, see Chapter 4.
Interoperability. The ability to act together coherently, effectively and efficiently to achieve
tactical, operational and strategic objectives. (AAP-06)
Joint action. The deliberate use and orchestration of military capabilities and activities to
affect actors’ will, understanding and capability, and the cohesion between them to achieve
influence. (JDP 3-00)
Land power. The ability to exert control within the land environment and to influence the
behaviour of actors and the course of events. (ADP)
Leadership. A combination of character, knowledge and action that inspires others to
succeed. (Army Leadership Doctrine)
Manoeuvrist Approach. The Army’s fighting doctrine for the tactical level. For more
information, see Chapter 5.
Mission Command. The Army’s command philosophy. For more information, see Chapter 6.
Objective. A clearly defined and attainable goal for a military operation. (AAP-06)
Operations process. The process by which commanders and staff conduct planning and
execute the plan. (ADP)
Note: activities within the process include: assessment, planning, preparation and execution.
Operations themes. The general conditions of the operating environment and the main
activities which the force will be required to conduct. (AJP-01)
Note: there are four themes – warfighting, security, peace support and defence engagement.
This doctrine uses the term defence engagement instead of NATO’s peacetime military
engagement.
G-2 |
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
Outcome. Joint doctrine defines a desired outcome as a favourable and enduring situation,
consistent with political direction, reached through intervention or as a result of some other
form of influence. (JDP 01)
Note: in land operations, where appropriate to the tasks assigned and the resources available,
outcomes are described in terms of changed or maintained behaviours. NATO does not define
the term outcome.
Risk. A possibility of a negative outcome in relation to the force or mission. (ADP)
Tactical activities. There are four groups of tactical activities – offensive, defensive, stability
and enabling. Tactical activities were formerly described as tactical actions.
Tactical functions. These describe the full breadth of a land force’s activities when
conducting operations. They are: command, intelligence, manoeuvre, fires, information
activities, capacity building, protection and sustainment.
Types of operation. A sequence of coordinated actions with a defined purpose. (AAP-06)
Note: there are a number of types of operation. This doctrine categorises combat, stability,
and military aid to the civil authority as types of operation. Stability operations (which NATO
describes as crisis response operations) and military aid to the civil authority are UK terms.
Types of operation were formerly described as military activities.
Understanding. In the context of decision-making, understanding is the perception and
interpretation of a particular situation in order to provide the context, insight and foresight
required for effective decision-making. (JDP 04)
Whole force approach. UK Defence places human capability at the heart of its decision-
making and ensures that Defence outputs are delivered by the right mix of capable and
motivated people. For more information, see JDP 0-01.
G-2 | | G-3
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3
AC 71940
© Crown Copyright
The sponsor of this publication is:
Warfare Branch Editor,
Headquarters Field Army, Waterloo Lines,
Land Warfare Development Centre,
Imber Road, Warminster,
Wiltshire, BA12 ODJ
Contents
Contents
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
Page 3